CHAPTER I.

Produced by Henry Flower, Adrian Mastronardi, Ramon Pajares

Box and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at

http://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images

generously made available by The Internet Archive/American

Libraries.)

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE

* Italics are denoted by underscores as in _italics_.

* Small caps are represented in upper case as in SMALL CAPS.

* Letter spaced Greek text is enclosed in tildes as in ~καὶ τὰ

λοιπά~.

* Footnotes have been renumbered. Each footnote is placed at the

end of the paragraph that includes its anchor.

* Obvious printer errors have been silently corrected, after

comparison with a later edition of this work. Greek text has

also been corrected after checking with this later edition and

with Perseus, when the reference was found.

* Original spelling, hyphenation and punctuation have been kept,

but variant spellings were made consistent when a predominant

usage was found.

* Nevetherless, no attempt has been made at normalizing proper

names (i.e. Xenophon and Xenophôn, Ægæan and Ægean, Laërtês and

Laërtes, Corœbus and Korœbus etc.). The author established at the

beginning of the first volume of this work some rules of

transcription for proper names, but neither he nor his publisher

follow them consistently.

HISTORY OF GREECE

I. Legendary Greece.

II. Grecian History to the Reign of

Peisistratus at Athens.

BY

GEORGE GROTE, ESQ.

VOL. II.

REPRINTED FROM THE SECOND LONDON EDITION.

NEW YORK:

HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS,

329 AND 331 PEARL STREET.

1877.

CONTENTS.

VOL. II.

PART I.

CONTINUATION OF LEGENDARY GREECE.

CHAPTER XVIII.

CLOSING EVENTS OF LEGENDARY GREECE.—PERIOD OF INTERMEDIATE

DARKNESS, BEFORE THE DAWN OF HISTORICAL GREECE.

SECTION I.—_Return of the Herakleids into Peloponnêsus._

Exile and low condition of the Herakleids.—Their reappearance as

a powerful force along with the Dorians.—Mythical account of this

alliance, as well as of the three tribes of Dorians.—Têmenus,

Kresphontês, and Aristodêmus, invade Peloponnêsus across the

gulf of Corinth.—The prophet Karnus slain by Hippotês.—Oxylus

chosen as guide.—Division of the lands of Peloponnêsus among the

invaders.—Explanatory value of these legendary events.—Mythical

title of the Dorians to Peloponnêsus.—Plato makes out a different

title for the same purpose.—Other legends respecting the Achæans

and Tisamenus.—Occupation of Argos, Sparta, and Messênia, by

the Dorians.—Dorians at Corinth—Alêtês.—Oxylus and the Ætolians

at Elis.—Rights of the Eleians to superintend the Olympic

games.—Family of Têmenus and Kresphontês lowest in the series

of subjects for the heroic drama.—Pretence of the historical

Spartan kings to Achæan origin.—Emigrations from Peloponnêsus

consequent on the Dorian occupation.—Epeians, Pylians, Achæans,

Ionians.—Ionians in the north of Peloponnêsus—not recognized

by Homer.—Date assigned by Thucydidês to the return of the

Herakleids. _pages_ 1-14

SECTION II.—_Migration of Thessalians and Bœotians._

Thessalians move from Thesprôtis into Thessaly.—Non-Hellenic

character of the Thessalians.—Bœotians—their migration

from Thessaly into Bœotia.—Discrepant legends about the

Bœotians.—Affinities between Bœotia and Thessaly.—Transition from

mythical to historical Bœotia. 14-19

SECTION III—_Emigrations from Greece to Asia and the Islands of

the Ægæan._

1. Æolic Emigration.

Secession of the mythical races of Greece.—Æolic migration under

the Pelopids. 19-21

2. Ionic Emigration.

Ionic emigration—branches off from the legendary history of

Athens.—Thêseus and Menestheus.—Restoration of the sons of

Thêseus to their father’s kingdom.—They are displaced by the

Neleids.—Melanthus and Kodrus.—Devotion and death of Kodrus.—No

more kings at Athens.—Quarrel of the sons of Kodrus, and

emigration of Neileus.—Different races who furnished the

emigrants to Iônia. 21-25

3. Doric Emigrations.

Dorian colonies in Asia.—Thêra.—Legend of the Minyæ from

Lemnos.—Minyæ in Triphylia.—Migrations of Dorians to Krete.—Story

of Andrôn.—Althæmenês, founder of Rhodes.—Kôs, Knidus, and

Karpathus. 25-31

Intervening blank between legend and history.—Difficulty

of explaining that blank, on the hypothesis of continuous

tradition.—Such an interval essentially connected with the

genesis of legend. 31-34

CHAPTER XIX.

APPLICATION OF CHRONOLOGY TO GRECIAN LEGEND.

Different schemes of chronology proposed for the mythical

events.—The data essential to chronological determination

are here wanting.—Modern chronologists take up the same

problem as ancient, but with a different canon of belief.—Mr.

Clinton’s opinion on the computations of the date of the Trojan

war.—Value of the chronological computations depends on the

trustworthiness of the genealogies.—Mr. Clinton’s vindication

of the genealogies—his proofs.—1. Inscriptions—none of proved

antiquity.—Genealogies—numerous, and of unascertainable date.—2.

Early poets.—Mr. Clinton’s separation of the genealogical

persons into real and fabulous: principles on which it is

founded.—Remarks on his opinion.—His concessions are partial

and inconsistent, yet sufficient to render the genealogies

inapplicable for chronology.—Mr. Clinton’s positions respecting

historical evidence.—To what extent presumption may stand in

favor of the early poets.—Plausible fiction satisfies the

conditions laid down by Mr. Clinton—not distinguishable from

truth without the aid of evidence.—Kadmus, Danaus, Hyllus, etc.,

all eponyms, and falling under Mr. Clinton’s definition of

fictitious persons.—What is real in the genealogies cannot be

distinguished from what is fictitious.—At what time did the poets

begin to produce continuous genealogies, from the mythical to the

real world?—Evidence of mental progress when men methodize the

past, even on fictitious principles. 34-57

CHAPTER XX.

STATE OF SOCIETY AND MANNERS AS EXHIBITED IN GRECIAN LEGEND.

Legendary poems of Greece valuable pictures of real manners,

though giving no historical facts.—They are memorials of

the first state of Grecian society—the starting-point of

Grecian history.—Comparison of legendary with historical

Greece—government of the latter—of the former.—The king—in

legendary Greece.—His overruling personal ascendency.—Difficulty

which Aristotle found in explaining to himself the voluntary

obedience paid to the early kings.—The boulê—the agora: their

limited intervention and subordination to the king.—The agora—a

medium for promulgation of the intentions of the king.—Agora

summoned by Telemachus in Ithaka.—Agora in the second book of

the Iliad—picture of submission which it presents.—Conduct of

Odysseus to the people and the chiefs.—Justice administered in

the agora by the king or chiefs.—Complaints made by Hesiod of

unjust judgment in his own case.—The king among men is analogous

to Zeus among gods.—The Council and Assembly, originally media

through which the king acted, become, in historical Greece, the

paramount depositaries of power.—Spartan kings an exception to

the general rule—their limited powers.—Employment of public

speaking as an engine of government—coeval with the earliest

times.—Its effects in stimulating intellectual development.—Moral

and social feeling in legendary Greece.—Omnipotence of personal

feeling towards the gods, the king, or individuals.—Effect of

special ceremonies.—Contrast with the feelings in historical

Athens.—Force of the family tie.—Marriage—respect paid to

the wife.—Brothers, and kinsmen.—Hospitality.—Reception of

the stranger and the suppliant.—Personal sympathies the

earliest form of sociality.—Ferocious and aggressive passions

unrestrained.—Picture given by Hesiod still darker.—Contrast

between heroic and historical Greece.—Orphans.—Mutilation

of dead bodies.—Mode of dealing with homicide.—Appeased by

valuable compensation (ποινὴ) to the kinsman of the murdered

man.—Punished in historical Greece as a crime against

society.—Condition, occupations, and professions of the Homeric

Greeks.—Slaves.—Thêtes.—Limited commerce and navigation of

the Homeric Greeks.—Kretans, Taphians, Phœnicians.—Nature of

Phœnician trade as indicated by Homer.—Weapons and mode of

fighting of the Homeric Greeks.—Contrast with the military array

of historical Greece.—Analogous change—in military array and in

civil society.—Fortification of towns.—Earliest residences of

the Greeks—hill-villages lofty and difficult of access.—Homeric

society recognizes walled towns, individual property, and

strong local attachments.—Means of defence superior to those

of attack.—Habitual piracy.—Extended geographical knowledge

in the Hesiodic poems, as compared with Homer.—Astronomy and

physics.—Coined money, writing, arts.—Epic poetry.—Its great and

permanent influence on the Greek mind. 57-118

CHAPTER XXI.

GRECIAN EPIC. HOMERIC POEMS.

Two classes of epic poetry—Homeric—Hesiodic.—Didactic and mystic

Hexameter poetry—later as a genus than the epic.—Lost epic

poems.—Epic poets and their probable dates.—Epic cycle.—What

the epic cycle was—an arrangement of the poems according

to continuity of narrative.—Relation of the epic cycle to

Homer.—What poems were included in the cycle.—The Iliad and

Odyssey are the only poems of the cycle preserved.—Curiosity

which these two poems provoke—no data to satisfy it.—Different

poems ascribed to Homer.—Nothing known, and endless diversity of

opinion, respecting the person and date of Homer.—Poetical gens

of the Homêrids.—Homer, the superhuman eponymus and father of

this gens.—What may be the dates of the Iliad and Odyssey.—Date

assigned by Herodotus the most probable.—Probable date of the

Iliad and Odyssey between 850 and 776 B. C.—Epic poems recited

to assembled companies, not read by individuals apart.—Lyric and

choric poetry, intended for the ear.—Importance of the class

of rhapsodes, singers, and reciters.—Rhapsodes condemned by

the Socratic philosophers—undeservedly.—Variations in the mode

of reciting the ancient epic.—At what time the Homeric poems

began to be written.—Prolegomena of Wolf—raised new questions

respecting the Homeric text—connected unity of authorship

with poems written from the beginning.—The two questions not

necessarily connected, though commonly discussed together.—Few

traces of writing, long after the Homeric age.—Bards or rhapsodes

of adequate memory, less inconsistent with the conditions of

the age than long MSS.—Blind bards.—Possibility of preserving

the poems by memory, as accurately as in fact they were

preserved.—Argument from the lost letter Digamma.—When did

the Homeric poems begin to be written?—Reasons for presuming

that they were first written about the middle of the seventh

century B. C.—Condition of the Iliad and Odyssey down to the

reign of Peisistratus.—Theory of Wolf.—Authorities quoted in its

favor.—Objections against it.—Other long epic poems besides the

Iliad and Odyssey.—Catalogue in the Iliad—essentially a part of

a long poem—its early authority.—Iliad and Odyssey were entire

poems long anterior to Peisistratus, whether they were originally

composed as entire or not.—No traces in the Homeric poems, of

ideas or customs belonging to the age of Peisistratus.—Homeric

poems. 1. Whether by one author or several. 2. Whether of one

date and scheme.—Question raised by Wolf—Sagen-poesie.—New

standard applied to the Homeric poems.—Homeric unity—generally

rejected by German critics in the last generation—now again

partially revived.—Scanty evidence—difficulty of forming any

conclusive opinion.—Method of studying the question of Homeric

unity.—Odyssey to be studied first, as of more simple and

intelligible structure than the Iliad—Odyssey—evidences of

one design throughout its structure.—Exhibits very few marks

of incoherence or contradiction.—Chronological reckoning in

the Odyssey, inaccurate in one case.—Inference erroneously

drawn from hence, that the parts of the poem were originally

separate.—Double start and double stream of events, ultimately

brought into confluence in the Odyssey.—Skill displayed in

this point by the poet.—Difficulty of imagining the Odyssey

broken up into many existing poems or songs.—Structure of

the Odyssey—essentially one—cannot have been pieced together

out of preëxisting epics.—Analogy of the Odyssey shows that

long and premeditated epical composition consists with the

capacities of the early Greek mind.—Iliad—much less coherent and

uniform than the Odyssey.—Incoherence prevails only in parts

of the poem—manifest coherence in other parts.—Wolfian theory

explains the former, but not the latter.—Theory of Welcker,

Lange, and Nitzsch.—Age of the Epos preparatory to that of the

Epopee.—Iliad essentially an organized poem—but the original

scheme does not comprehend the whole poem.—Iliad—originally

an Achillêis built upon a narrower plan, then enlarged.—Parts

which constitute the primitive Achillêis exhibit a coherent

sequence of events.—Disablement of Agamemnôn, Odysseus, and

Diomêdês, all in the battle of the eleventh book.—The first book

concentrates attention upon Achilles, and upon the distress

which the Greeks are to incur in consequence of the injury done

to him.—Nothing done to realize this expectation until the

eighth book.—Primitive Achillêis includes books i, viii, xi

to xxii.—Ninth book an unsuitable addition.—Transition from

the Achillêis into the Iliad, in the beginning of the second

book.—Transition from the Iliad back into the Achillêis at the

end of the seventh book.—Fortification of the Grecian camp.—Zeus

in the fourth book, or Iliad, different from Zeus in the first

and eighth, or Achillêis.—Continuous Achillêis—from the eleventh

book onward.—Supposition of an enlarged Achillêis is the most

consonant to all the parts of the poem as it stands.—Question

of one or many authors—difficult to decide.—Odyssey all by one

author, Iliad probably not.—Difference of style in the last

six books—may be explained without supposing difference of

authorship.—Last two books—probably not parts of the original

Achillêis.—Books ii. to vii. inclusive.—Book x.—Odyssey—probably

by a different author from the Iliad—but perhaps of the

same age.—Real character of the Homeric poems—essentially

popular.—Addressed to unlettered minds, but touching those

feelings which all men have in common.—No didactic purpose in

Homer. 118-209

PART II.

HISTORICAL GREECE.

CHAPTER I.

GENERAL GEOGRAPHY AND LIMITS OF GREECE.

Northern boundary of Greece—Olympus.—Scardus and Pindus—their

extension and dissemination through southern Greece and

Peloponnesus.—Ossa and Pelion—to the Cyclades.—Geological

features.—Irregularity of the Grecian waters—rivers dry in

summer.—Frequent marshes and lakes.—Subterranean course

of rivers, out of land-locked basins.—Difficulty of land

communication and transport in Greece.—Indentations in

the line of coast—universal accessibility by sea.—Sea

communication essential for the islands and colonies.—Views of

the ancient philosophers on the influence of maritime habits

and commerce.—Difference between the land-states and the

sea-states in Greece.—Effects of the configuration of Greece

upon the political relations of the inhabitants.—Effects upon

their intellectual development.—Limits of Greece.—Its chief

productions.—Climate—better and more healthy in ancient times

than it is now.—Great difference between one part of Greece and

another.—Epirots, Macedonians, etc.—Islands in the Ægean.—Greeks

on the coast of Asia Minor. 211-236

CHAPTER II.

THE HELLENIC PEOPLE GENERALLY IN THE EARLY HISTORICAL TIMES.

The Hellens generally.—Barbarians—the word used as antithesis to

Hellens.—Hellenic aggregate—how held together. 1. Fellowship of

blood. 2. Common language.—Greek language essentially one with a

variety of dialects. 3. Common religious sentiments, localities,

and sacrifices.—Olympic and other sacred games.—Habit of common

sacrifice an early feature of the Hellenic mind—began on a small

scale.—Amphiktyonies—exclusive religious partnerships.—Their

beneficial influence in creating sympathies.—What was called the

Amphiktyonic Council.—Its twelve constituent members and their

mutual position.—Antiquity of the Council—simplicity of the old

oath.—Amphiktyonic meeting originally at Thermopylæ.—Valuable

influence of these Amphiktyonies and festivals in promoting

Hellenic union.—Amphiktyons had the superintendence of the

temple of Delphi.—But their interference in Grecian affairs

is only rare and occasional.—Many Hellenic states had no

participation in it.—Temple of Delphi.—Oracles generally—habit

of the Greek mind to consult them.—General analogy of manners

among the Greeks.—Political sovereignty attached to each

separate city—essential to the Hellenic mind.—Each city stood to

the rest in an international relation.—But city government is

essential—village residence is looked upon as an inferior scale

of living.—Village residents—numerous in early Greece—many of

them coalesced into cities.—Sparta retained its old village trim

even at the height of its power.—Hellenic aggregate accepted as

a primary fact—its preëxisting elements untraceable.—Ancient

Pelasgians not knowable.—Historical Pelasgians—spoke a

barbarous language.—Historical Leleges—barbarians in language

also.—Statements of good witnesses regarding the historical

Pelasgians and Leleges are to be admitted,—whether they fit the

legendary Pelasgians and Leleges or not.—Alleged ante-Hellenic

colonies from Phœnicia and Egypt—neither verifiable nor

probable.—Most ancient Hellas—Græci. 236-269

CHAPTER III.

MEMBERS OF THE HELLENIC AGGREGATE, SEPARATELY TAKEN.—GREEKS NORTH

OF PELOPONNESUS.

Amphiktyonic races.—Non-Amphiktyonic races.—First period

of Grecian history—from 776-560 B. C.—Second period—from

560-300 B. C.—Important differences between the two—the first

period preparatory and very little known.—Extra-Peloponnesian

Greeks (north of Attica) not known at all during the

first period.—General sketch of them.—Greeks north of

Thermopylæ.—Thessalians and their dependents.—Thessalian

character.—Condition of the population of Thessaly—a villein

race—the Penestæ.—Who the Penestæ were—doubtful.—Quadruple

division of Thessaly.—Disorderly confederacy of the

Thessalian cities.—Great power of Thessaly, when in a

state of unanimity.—Achæans, Perrhæbi, Magnêtes, Malians,

Dolopes, etc., all tributaries of the Thessalians, but all

Amphiktyonic races.—Asiatic Magnêtes.—The Malians.—The

Œtæi.—The Ænianes.—Lokrians, Phocians, Dorians.—The

Phocians.—Doris—Dryopis.—Historical Dryopes.—The Ætolians.—The

Akarnanians.—Ozolian Lokrians, Ætolians, and Akarnanians, were

the rudest of all Greeks.—The Bœotians.—Orchomenus.—Cities

of Bœotia.—Confederation of Bœotia.—Early legislation of

Thebes.—Philolaus and Dioklês. 269-298

CHAPTER IV.

EARLIEST HISTORICAL VIEW OF PELOPONNESUS. DORIANS IN ARGOS AND

THE NEIGHBORING CITIES.

Distribution of Peloponnesus about 450 B. C.—Continuous

Dorian states.—Western Peloponnesus.—Northern

Peloponnesus—Achaia.—Central region—Arcadia.—Difference

between this distribution and that of 776 B. C.—Portions

of the population which were believed to be indigenous

Arcadians, Kynurians. Achæans.—Emigrant portions—Dorians,

Ætolo-Eleians, Dryopes, Triphylians.—Legendary account of the

Dorian emigration.—Alexandrine chronology from the return of

the Herakleids to the first Olympiad.—Spartan kings.—Herakleid

kings of Corinth.—Argos and the neighboring Dorians greater

than Sparta in 770 B. C.—Early settlements of the Dorians at

Argos and Corinth—Temenion—Hill of Solygeius.—Dorian settlers

arrived by sea.—Early Dorians in Krete.—The Dryopians—their

settlements formed by sea.—Dorian settlements in Argos quite

distinct from those in Sparta and in Messenia.—Early position of

Argos—metropolis of the neighboring Dorian cities.—Pheidôn the

Temenid—king of Argos.—His claims and projects as representative

of Hêraklês.—He claims the right of presiding at the Olympic

games.—Relations of Pisa with Pheidôn, and of Sparta with

Elis.—Conflict between Pheidôn and the Spartans, at or about

the 8th Olympiad, 747 B. C.—Pheidôn the earliest Greek who

coined money and determined a scale of weight.—Coincidence

of the Æginæan scale with the Babylonian.—Argos at this time

the first state in Peloponnesus.—Her subsequent decline, from

the relaxation of her confederacy of cities.—Dorians in the

Argolic peninsula—their early commerce with the Dorian islands

in the Ægean.—From hence arose the coinage of money, etc., by

Pheidôn.—Pheidonian coinage and statical scale—belong originally

to Argos, not to Ægina. 298-325

CHAPTER V.

ÆTOLO-DORIAN EMIGRATION INTO PELOPONNESUS.—ELIS, LACONIA, AND

MESSENIA.

Ætolian emigration into Peloponnesus.—Dorians of Sparta

and Stenyklêrus—accompanying or following them across the

Corinthian gulf.—Settlement at Sparta made by marching along

the valleys of the Alpheus and Eurotas.—Causes which favored

the settlement—Settlements confined at first to Sparta and

Stenyklêrus.—First view of historical Sparta.—Messenian

kings.—Analogous representations in regard to the early

proceedings both of Spartans and Messenians.—The kings

of Stenyklêrus did not possess all Messenia.—Olympic

festival—the early point of union of Spartans, Messenians, and

Eleians.—Previous inhabitants of southern Peloponnesus—how far

different from the Dorians.—Doric and Æolic dialect. 325-337

CHAPTER VI.

LAWS AND DISCIPLINE OF LYKURGUS AT SPARTA.

Lykurgus—authorities of Plutarch respecting him.—Uncertainties

about his genealogy.—Probable date of Lykurgus.—Opinion of O.

Müller (that Sparta is the perfect type of Dorian character

and tendencies) is incorrect.—Peculiarity of Sparta.—Early

date of Lykurgus.—View taken of Lykurgus by Herodotus.—Little

said about Lykurgus in the earlier authors.—Copious details of

Plutarch.—Regency of Lykurgus—his long absence from Sparta.—He is

sent by the Delphian oracle to reform the state.—His institutions

ascribed to him—senate and popular assembly—ephors.—Constitution

ascribed to Lykurgus agrees with that which we find in

Homer.—Pair of kings at Sparta—their constant dissensions—a

security to the state against despotism.—Idea of Kleomenês the

Third respecting the first appointment of the ephors.—Popular

origin of the board of ephors—oath interchanged between them and

the kings.—Subordination of the kings, and supremacy of the

ephors, during the historical times.—Position and privileges

of the kings.—Power of the ephors.—Public assembly.—The

Senate.—Spartan constitution—a close oligarchy.—Long duration

of the constitution without formal change—one cause of the

respect in Greece and pride in the Spartans themselves.—Dorians

divided into three tribes,—Hylleis, Pamphyli, and Dymanes.—Local

distinctions known among the Spartans.—Population of Laconia—1.

Spartans.—2. Periœki.—Special meaning of the word Periœki

in Laconia.—Statement of Isokratês as to the origin of the

Periœki.—Statement of Ephorus—different from Isokratês,

yet not wholly irreconcilable.—Spartans and Periœki—no

distinction of race known between them in historical times.—3.

Helots—essentially villagers.—They were serfs—adscripti

glebæ—their condition and treatment.—Bravery and energy of

the Helots—fear and cruelty of the Spartans.—Evidence of the

character of the Spartan government.—The Krypteia.—Manumitted

Helots.—Economical and social regulations ascribed to

Lykurgus.—Partition of lands.—Syssitia, or public mess.—Public

training or discipline.—Manners and training of the Spartan

women—opinion of Aristotle.—Statement of Xenophon and

Plutarch.—Number of rich women in the time of Aristotle—they had

probably procured exemption from the general training.—Earnest

and lofty patriotism of the Spartan women.—Lykurgus is the

trainer of a military brotherhood, more than the framer of a

political constitution.—His end exclusively warlike—his means

exclusively severe.—Statements of Plutarch about Lykurgus—much

romance in them.—New partition of lands—no such measure ascribed

to Lykurgus by earlier authors down to Aristotle.—The idea of

Lykurgus as an equal partitioner of lands belongs to the century

of Agis and Kleomenês.—Circumstances of Sparta down to the reign

of Agis.—Diminished number of citizens and degradation of Sparta

in the reign of Agis.—His ardent wish to restore the dignity of

the state.—Historic fancy of Lykurgus as an equal partitioner

of lands grew out of this feeling.—Partition proposed by

Agis.—Opinion that Lykurgus proposed some agrarian interference,

but not an entire repartition, gratuitous and improbable.—The

statement of Plutarch is best explained by supposing it a fiction

of the time of Agis.—Acknowledged difficulty of understanding

by what means the fixed number and integrity of the lots was

maintained.—Plutarch’s story about the ephor Epitadeus.—Landed

property was always unequally divided at Sparta.—Nor were

there any laws which tended to equalize it.—Opinions of

Aristotle.—Erroneous suppositions with regard to the Spartan

law and practice of succession.—Lykurgean system—originally

applied only to Sparta—introduced equal severity of discipline,

not equality of property.—Original Dorian allotment of land

in Sparta unknown—probably not equal.—Gradual conquest of

Laconia, the result of the new force imparted by the Lykurgean

discipline.—Conquest of Amyklæ, Pharis, and Geronthræ, by king

Têleklus.—Helus conquered by Alkamenês.—Progressive increase of

Sparta. 337-421

CHAPTER VII.

FIRST AND SECOND MESSENIAN WARS.

Authorities for the history of the Messenian wars.—Chiefly

belong to the time after the foundation of Messênê by

Epameinondas.—Absence of real or ancient traditions concerning

these wars: contradictions about the Messenian hero

Aristomenês.—Dates of the first wars—B. C. 743-724.—Causes

alleged by the Spartans.—Spartan king Têleklus slain by the

Messenians at the temple of Artemis Limnatis.—First Messenian

war.—Messenian kings, Euphaês and Aristodêmus.—Messenians

concentrate themselves on Mount Ithôme—after a long siege they

are completely conquered.—Harsh treatment and Helotism of the

conquered Messenians under Sparta.—Revolt of the Messenians

against Sparta—second Messenian war—Aristomenês.—His chivalrous

exploits and narrow escapes—end of the second war.—The Messenians

again conquered.—Narrative of Pausanias, borrowed from the

poet Rhianus, is undeserving of credit.—The poet Tyrtæus, the

ally of Sparta—his great efficiency and influence over the

Spartan mind.—Musical susceptibilities of the Spartans.—Powerful

ethical effect of the old Grecian music.—Sufferings of the

Spartans in the second Messenian war.—Date of the second war,

B. C. 648-631.—Punishment of the traitor Aristokratês, king of

the Arcadian Orchomenus.—Spartans acquire the country west of

Taygetus.—The Messenian Dorians had no considerable fortified

places—lived in small townships and villages.—Relations of

Pisa and Elis.—Struggles of the Pisatæ and Triphylians for

autonomy—the latter in after times sustained by the political

interests of Sparta. 421-440

CHAPTER VIII.

CONQUESTS OF SPARTA TOWARDS ARCADIA AND ARGOLIS.

State of Arcadia.—Tegea and Mantineia the most powerful Arcadian

towns, before the building of Megalopolis.—Encroachments of

Sparta upon the southern boundary of Arcadia.—Unsuccessful

attempts of the Spartans against Tegea.—They are directed by the

oracle to bring to Sparta the bones of the hero Orestês.—Their

operations against Tegea become more successful; nevertheless,

Tegea maintains her independence.—Boundaries of Sparta towards

Argos—conquest of Thyreatis by Sparta.—Battle of the three

hundred select champions, between Sparta and Argos, to decide the

possession of the Thyreatis—valor of Othryades.—Thyreatis comes

into possession of Sparta—efforts of the Argeians to recover

it.—Alteration of Grecian opinion, as to the practice of deciding

disputes by select champions.—Kynurians in Argolis, said to be of

Ionic race, but Dorized.—Full acquisition of the southern portion

of Peloponnesus, from sea to sea, by the Spartans before 540 B.

C.—Great comparative power of Sparta at that early time.—Careful

personal training of the Spartans at a time when other states had

no training at all.—Military institutions of Sparta.—Peculiar and

minute military subdivisions, distinct from the civil Enômoties,

etc.—Careful drilling of the Enômoties.—In other Grecian cities

there were no peculiar military divisions distinct from the

civil.—Recognized superiority of Sparta—a part of early Grecian

sentiment—coincident with the growing tendency to increased

communion.—Homeric mode of fighting—probably belonged to Asia,

not to Greece.—Argos—her struggles to recover the headship of

Greece.—Her conquest of Mykenæ, Tiryns, and Kleônæ.—Nemean

games.—Achaia—twelve autonomous towns, perhaps more—little known.

441-466

HISTORY OF GREECE.

PART I.

CONTINUATION OF LEGENDARY GREECE.

CHAPTER XVIII.

CLOSING EVENTS OF LEGENDARY GREECE.—PERIOD OF INTERMEDIATE DARKNESS,

BEFORE THE DAWN OF HISTORICAL GREECE.

SECTION I.—RETURN OF THE HERAKLEIDS INTO PELOPONNESUS.

In one of the preceding chapters, we have traced the descending

series of the two most distinguished mythical families in

Peloponnêsus,—the Perseids and the Pelopids: we have followed the

former down to Hêraklês and his son Hyllus, and the latter down

to Orestês son of Agamemnôn, who is left in possession of that

ascendancy in the peninsula which had procured for his father the

chief command in the Trojan war. The Herakleids, or sons of Hêraklês,

on the other hand, are expelled fugitives, dependent upon foreign

aid or protection: Hyllus had perished in single combat with Echemus

of Tegea, (connected with the Pelopids by marriage with Timandra

sister of Klytæmnêstra,[1]) and a solemn compact had been made, as

the preliminary condition of this duel, that no similar attempt at

an invasion of the peninsula should be undertaken by his family for

the space of one hundred years. At the end of the stipulated period

the attempt was renewed, and with complete success; but its success

was owing, not so much to the valor of the invaders as to a powerful

body of new allies. The Herakleids reappear as leaders and companions

of the Dorians,—a northerly section of the Greek name, who now first

come into importance,—poor, indeed, in mythical renown, since they

are never noticed in the Iliad, and only once casually mentioned in

the Odyssey, as a fraction among the many-tongued inhabitants of

Krête,—but destined to form one of the grand and predominant elements

throughout all the career of historical Hellas.

[1] Hesiod, Eoiai, Fragm. 58, p. 43, ed. Düntzer.

The son of Hyllus—Kleodæus—as well as his grandson Aristomachus, were

now dead, and the lineage of Hêraklês was represented by the three

sons of the latter,—Têmenus, Kresphontês, and Aristodêmus, and under

their conduct the Dorians penetrated into the peninsula. The mythical

account traced back this intimate union between the Herakleids and

the Dorians to a prior war, in which Hêraklês himself had rendered

inestimable aid to the Dorian king Ægimius, when the latter was

hard pressed in a contest with the Lapithæ. Hêraklês defeated the

Lapithæ, and slew their king Korônus; in return for which Ægimius

assigned to his deliverer one third part of his whole territory, and

adopted Hyllus as his son. Hêraklês desired that the territory thus

made over might be held in reserve until a time should come when his

descendants might stand in need of it; and that time did come, after

the death of Hyllus, (see Chap. V.) Some of the Herakleids then found

shelter at Trikorythus in Attica, but the remainder, turning their

steps towards Ægimius, solicited from him the allotment of land which

had been promised to their valiant progenitor. Ægimius received them

according to his engagement, and assigned to them the stipulated

third portion of his territory:[2] and from this moment the

Herakleids and Dorians became intimately united together into one

social communion. Pamphylus and Dymas, sons of Ægimius, accompanied

Têmenus and his two brothers in their invasion of Peloponnêsus.

[2] Diodôr. iv. 37-60; Apollodôr. ii. 7, 7; Ephorus ap. Steph.

Byz. Δυμᾶν, Fragm. 10, ed. Marx.

The Doric institutions are called by Pindar τεθμοὶ Αἰγιμίου

Δωρικοί (Pyth. i. 124).

There existed an ancient epic poem, now lost, but cited on

some few occasions by authors still preserved, under the title

Αἰγίμιος; the authorship being sometimes ascribed to Hesiod,

sometimes to Kerkops (Athenæ. xi. p. 503). The few fragments

which remain do not enable us to make out the scheme of it,

inasmuch as they embrace different mythical incidents lying

very wide of each other,—Iô, the Argonauts, Pêleus, and Thetis,

etc. But the name which it bears seems to imply that the war

of Ægimius against the Lapithæ, and the aid given to him by

Hêraklês, was one of its chief topics. Both O. Müller (History of

the Dorians, vol. i. b. 1, c. 8) and Welcker (Der Epische Kyklus,

p. 263) appear to me to go beyond the very scanty evidence which

we possess, in their determination of this last poem; compare

Marktscheffel, Præfat. Hesiod. Fragm. cap. 5, p. 159.

Such is the mythical incident which professes to explain the origin

of those three tribes into which all the Dorian communities were

usually divided,—the Hyllêis, the Pamphyli, and the Dymanes,—the

first of the three including certain particular families, such as

that of the kings of Sparta, who bore the special name of Herakleids.

Hyllus, Pamphylus, and Dymas are the eponymous heroes of the three

Dorian tribes.

Têmenus and his two brothers resolved to attack Peloponnêsus, not by

a land-march along the Isthmus, such as that in which Hyllus had been

previously slain, but by sea, across the narrow inlet between the

promontories of Rhium and Antirrhium, with which the Gulf of Corinth

commences. According to one story, indeed,—which, however, does not

seem to have been known to Herodotus,—they are said to have selected

this line of march by the express direction of the Delphian god, who

vouchsafed to expound to them an oracle which had been delivered

to Hyllus in the ordinary equivocal phraseology. Both the Ozolian

Lokrians, and the Ætolians, inhabitants of the northern coast of the

Gulf of Corinth, were favorable to the enterprise, and the former

granted to them a port for building their ships, from which memorable

circumstance the port ever afterwards bore the name of Naupaktus.

Aristodêmus was here struck with lightning and died, leaving twin

sons, Eurysthenês and Proklês; but his remaining brothers continued

to press the expedition with alacrity.

At this juncture, an Akarnanian prophet named Karnus presented

himself in the camp[3] under the inspiration of Apollo, and

uttered various predictions: he was, however, so much suspected

of treacherous collusion with the Peloponnesians, that Hippotês,

great-grandson of Hêraklês through Phylas and Antiochus, slew him.

His death drew upon the army the wrath of Apollo, who destroyed their

vessels and punished them with famine. Têmenus, in his distress,

again applying to the Delphian god for succor and counsel, was made

acquainted with the cause of so much suffering, and was directed

to banish Hippotês for ten years, to offer expiatory sacrifice for

the death of Karnus, and to seek as the guide of the army a man

with three eyes.[4] On coming back to Naupaktus, he met the Ætolian

Oxylus, son of Andræmôn, returning to his country, after a temporary

exile in Elis, incurred for homicide: Oxylus had lost one eye, but

as he was seated on a horse, the man and the horse together made up

the three eyes required, and he was adopted as the guide prescribed

by the oracle.[5] Conducted by him, they refitted their ships, landed

on the opposite coast of Achaia, and marched to attack Tisamenus son

of Orestês, then the great potentate of the peninsula. A decisive

battle was fought, in which the latter was vanquished and slain,

and in which Pamphylus and Dymas also perished. This battle made

the Dorians so completely masters of the Peloponnêsus, that they

proceeded to distribute the territory among themselves. The fertile

land of Elis had been by previous stipulation reserved for Oxylus, as

a recompense for his services as conductor: and it was agreed that

the three Herakleids,—Têmenus, Kresphontês, and the infant sons of

Aristodêmus,—should draw lots for Argos, Sparta, and Messênê. Argos

fell to Têmenus, Sparta to the sons of Aristodêmus, and Messênê to

Kresphontês; the latter having secured for himself this prize, the

most fertile territory of the three, by the fraud of putting into

the vessel out of which the lots were drawn, a lump of clay instead

of a stone, whereby the lots of his brothers were drawn out while his

own remained inside. Solemn sacrifices were offered by each upon this

partition: but as they proceeded to the ceremony, a miraculous sign

was seen upon the altar of each of the brothers,—a toad corresponding

to Argos, a serpent to Sparta, and a fox to Messênê. The prophets,

on being consulted, delivered the import of these mysterious

indications: the toad, as an animal slow and stationary, was an

evidence that the possessor of Argos would not succeed in enterprises

beyond the limits of his own city; the serpent denoted the aggressive

and formidable future reserved to Sparta; the fox prognosticated a

career of wile and deceit to the Messenian.

[3] Respecting this prophet, compare Œnomaus ap. Eusebium,

Præparat. Evangel. v. p. 211. According to that statement, both

Kleodæus (here called _Aridæus_) son of Hyllus, and Aristomachus

son of Kleodæus, had made separate and successive attempts at the

head of the Herakleids to penetrate into Peloponnêsus through

the Isthmus: both had failed and perished, having misunderstood

the admonition of the Delphian oracle. Œnomaus could have

known nothing of the pledge given by Hyllus, as the condition

of the single combat between Hyllus and Echemus (according to

Herodotus), that the Herakleids should make no fresh trial for

one hundred years; if it had been understood that they had given

and then violated such a pledge, such violation would probably

have been adduced to account for their failure.

[4] Apollodôr. ii. 8, 3; Pausan. iii. 13. 3.

[5] Apollodôr. ii. 8, 3. According to the account of Pausanias,

the beast upon which Oxylus rode was a mule, and had lost one eye

(Paus. v. 3, 5).

Such is the brief account given by Apollodôrus of the Return of the

Herakleids, at which point we pass, as if touched by the wand of a

magician, from mythical to historical Greece. The story bears on

the face of it the stamp, not of history, but of legend,—abridged

from one or more of the genealogical poets,[6] and presenting such

an account as they thought satisfactory, of the first formation of

the great Dorian establishments in Peloponnêsus, as well as of the

semi-Ætolian Elis. Its incidents are so conceived as to have an

explanatory bearing on Dorian institutions,—upon the triple division

of tribes, characteristic of the Dorians,—upon the origin of the

great festival of the Karneia at Sparta, alleged to be celebrated

in expiation of the murder of Karnus,—upon the different temper

and character of the Dorian states among themselves,—upon the

early alliance of the Dorians with Elis, which contributed to give

ascendency and vogue to the Olympic games,—upon the reverential

dependence of Dorians towards the Delphian oracle,—and, lastly, upon

the etymology of the name Naupaktus. If we possessed the narrative

more in detail, we should probably find many more examples of

coloring of the legendary past suitable to the circumstances of the

historical present.

[6] Herodotus observes, in reference to the Lacedæmonian

account of their first two kings in Peloponnêsus, (Eurysthenês

and Proklês, the twin sons of Aristodêmus,) that the

Lacedæmonians gave a _story not in harmony with any of the

poets_,—Λακεδαιμόνιοι γὰρ, ~ὁμολογέοντες οὐδενὶ ποιητῇ~, λέγουσιν

αὐτὸν Ἀριστόδημον ... βασιλεύοντα ἀγαγεῖν σφεας ἐς ταύτην τὴν

χώρην τὴν νῦν ἐκτέαται, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ τοὺς Ἀριστοδήμου παῖδας (Herodot.

vi. 52).

Above all, this legend makes out in favor of the Dorians and their

kings a mythical title to their Peloponnesian establishments; Argos,

Sparta, and Messênê are presented as rightfully belonging, and

restored by just retribution, to the children of Hêraklês. It was

to them that Zeus had specially given the territory of Sparta; the

Dorians came in as their subjects and auxiliaries.[7] Plato gives a

very different version of the legend, but we find that he, too, turns

the story in such a manner as to embody a claim of right on the part

of the conquerors. According to him, the Achæans, who returned from

the capture of Troy, found among their fellow-citizens at home—the

race which had grown up during their absence—an aversion to readmit

them: after a fruitless endeavor to make good their rights, they

were at last expelled, but not without much contest and bloodshed. A

leader named Dorieus, collected all these exiles into one body, and

from him they received the name of Dorians instead of Achæans; then

marching back, under the conduct of the Herakleids into Peloponnêsus,

they recovered by force the possessions from which they had been

shut out, and constituted the three Dorian establishments under the

separate Herakleid brothers, at Argos, Sparta, and Messênê. These

three fraternal dynasties were founded upon a scheme of intimate

union and sworn alliance one with the other, for the purpose of

resisting any attack which might be made upon them from Asia,[8]

either by the remaining Trojans or by their allies. Such is the

story as Plato believed it; materially different in the incidents

related, yet analogous in mythical feeling, and embodying alike the

idea of a rightful reconquest. Moreover, the two accounts agree

in representing both the entire conquest and the triple division

of Dorian Peloponnêsus as begun and completed in one and the same

enterprise,—so as to constitute one single event, which Plato would

probably have called the Return of the Achæans, but which was

commonly known as the Return of the Herakleids. Though this is both

inadmissible and inconsistent with other statements which approach

close to the historical times, yet it bears every mark of being the

primitive view originally presented by the genealogical poets: the

broad way in which the incidents are grouped together, was at once

easy for the imagination to follow, and impressive to the feelings.

[7] Tyrtæus, Fragm.—

Αὐτος γαρ Κρονίων, καλλιστεφάνου πόσις Ἥρας,

Ζεὺς Ἡρακλείδαις τήνδε δέδωκε πόλιν·

Οἰσιν ἅμα, προλιπόντες Ἐρίνεον ἠνεμόεντα,

Εὐρεῖαν Πέλοπος νῆσον ἀφικόμεθα.

In a similar manner Pindar says that Apollo had planted the sons

of Hêraklês, jointly with those of Ægimius, at Sparta, Argos, and

Pylus (Pyth. v. 93).

Isokratês (Or. vi. _Archidamus_, p. 120) makes out a good title

by a different line of mythical reasoning. There seem to have

been also stories containing mythical reasons why the Herakleids

did _not_ acquire possession of Arcadia (Polyæn. i. 7).

[8] Plato, Legg. iii. 6-7, pp. 682-686.

The existence of one legendary account must never be understood as

excluding the probability of other accounts, current at the same

time, but inconsistent with it: and many such there were as to the

first establishment of the Peloponnesian Dorians. In the narrative

which I have given from Apollodôrus, conceived apparently under the

influence of Dorian feelings, Tisamenus is stated to have been slain

in the invasion. But according to another narrative, which seems to

have found favor with the historical Achæans on the north coast of

Peloponnêsus, Tisamenus, though expelled by the invaders from his

kingdom of Sparta or Argos, was not slain: he was allowed to retire

under agreement, together with a certain portion of his subjects,

and he directed his steps towards the coast of Peloponnêsus south

of the Corinthian Gulf, then occupied by the Ionians. As there were

relations, not only of friendship, but of kindred origin, between

Ionians and Achæans, (the eponymous heroes Iôn and Achæus pass for

brothers, both sons of Xuthus), Tisamenus solicited from the Ionians

admission for himself and his fellow-fugitives into their territory.

The leading Ionians declining this request, under the apprehension

that Tisamenus might be chosen as sovereign over the whole, the

latter accomplished his object by force. After a vehement struggle,

the Ionians were vanquished and put to flight, and Tisamenus thus

acquired possession of Helikê, as well as of the northern coast of

the peninsula, westward from Sikyôn; which coast continued to be

occupied by the Achæans, and received its name from them, throughout

all the historical times. The Ionians retired to Attica, many of

them taking part in what is called the Ionic emigration to the coast

of Asia Minor, which followed shortly after. Pausanias, indeed, tells

us that Tisamenus, having gained a decisive victory over the Ionians,

fell in the engagement,[9] and did not himself live to occupy the

country of which his troops remained masters. But this story of

the death of Tisamenus seems to arise from a desire, on the part

of Pausanias, to blend together into one narrative two discrepant

legends; at least the historical Achæans in later times continued

to regard Tisamenus himself as having lived and reigned in their

territory, and as having left a regal dynasty which lasted down to

Ogygês,[10] after whom it was exchanged for a popular government.[11]

[9] Pausan. vii. 1-3.

[10] Polyb. ii. 45; iv. 1; Strabo, viii. pp. 383-384. This

Tisamenus derives his name from the memorable act of revenge

ascribed to his father Orestês. So, in the legend of the Siege

of Thêbes, Thersander, as one of the Epigoni, avenged his father

Polynikês: the son of Thersander was also called _Tisamenus_

(Herodot. iv. 149). Compare O. Müller, Dorians, i. p. 69, note 9,

Eng. Trans.

[11] Diodôr. iv. 1. The historian Ephorus embodied in his work a

narrative in considerable detail of this grand event of Grecian

legend, the Return of the Herakleids,—with which he professed to

commence his consecutive history: from what sources he borrowed

we do not know.

The conquest of Têmenus, the eldest of the three Herakleids,

originally comprehended only Argos and its neighborhood; it was

from thence that Trœzen, Epidaurus, Ægina, Sikyôn, and Phlius

were successfully occupied by Dorians, the sons and son-in-law of

Têmenus—Deiphontês, Phalkês, and Keisus—being the leaders under whom

this was accomplished.[12] At Sparta, the success of the Dorians was

furthered by the treason of a man named Philonomus, who received as

recompense the neighboring town and territory of Amyklæ.[13] Messênia

is said to have submitted without resistance to the dominion of the

Herakleid Kresphontês, who established his residence at Stenyklêrus:

the Pylian Melanthus, then ruler of the country, and representative

of the great mythical lineage of Nêleus and Nestôr, withdrew with

his household gods and with a portion of his subjects to Attica.[14]

[12] Strabo, viii. p. 389. Pausan. ii. 6, 2; 12, 1.

[13] Conôn, Nar. 36; Strabo, viii. p. 365.

[14] Strabo, viii. p. 359; Conôn, Narr. 39.

The only Dorian establishment in the peninsula not directly connected

with the triple partition is Corinth, which is said to have been

Dorized somewhat later and under another leader, though still a

Herakleid. Hippotês—descendant of Hêraklês in the fourth generation,

but not through Hyllus,—had been guilty (as already mentioned) of

the murder of Karnus the prophet at the camp of Naupaktus, for which

he had been banished and remained in exile for ten years; his son

deriving the name of Alêtês from the long wanderings endured by the

father. At the head of a body of Dorians, Alêtês attacked Corinth:

he pitched his camp on the Solygeian eminence near the city, and

harassed the inhabitants with constant warfare until he compelled

them to surrender. Even in the time of the Peloponnesian war, the

Corinthians professed to identify the hill on which the camp of

these assailants had been placed. The great mythical dynasty of

the Sisyphids was expelled, and Alêtês became ruler and Œkist of

the Dorian city; many of the inhabitants, however, Æolic or Ionic,

departed.[15]

[15] Thucydid. iv. 42. Schol. Pindar. Olymp. xiii. 17; and Nem.

vii. 155. Conôn, Narrat. 26. Ephor. ap. Strab. viii. p. 389.

Thucydidês calls the ante-Dorian inhabitants of Corinth Æolians;

Conôn calls them Ionians.

The settlement of Oxylus and his Ætolians in Elis is said by some

to have been accomplished with very little opposition; the leader

professing himself to be descended from Ætolus, who had been in a

previous age banished from Elis into Ætôlia, and the two people,

Epeians and Ætolians, acknowledging a kindred origin one with the

other.[16] At first, indeed, according to Ephorus, the Epeians

appeared in arms, determined to repel the intruders, but at length

it was agreed on both sides to abide the issue of a single combat.

Degmenus, the champion of the Epeians, confided in the long shot

of his bow and arrow; but the Ætolian Pyræchmês came provided with

his sling,—a weapon then unknown and recently invented by the

Ætolians,—the range of which was yet longer than that of the bow

of his enemy: he thus killed Degmenus, and secured the victory to

Oxylus and his followers. According to one statement, the Epeians

were expelled; according to another, they fraternized amicably with

the new-comers: whatever may be the truth as to this matter, it is

certain that their name is from this moment lost, and that they never

reappear among the historical elements of Greece:[17] we hear from

this time forward only of Eleians, said to be of Ætolian descent.[18]

[16] Ephorus ap. Strabo, x. p. 463.

[17] Strabo, viii. p. 358; Pausan. v. 4, 1. One of the six towns

in Triphylia mentioned by Herodotus is called Ἔπειον (Herodot.

iv. 149).

[18] Herodot. viii. 73; Pausan. v. 1, 2. Hekatæus affirmed that

the Epeians were completely alien to the Eleians; Strabo does

not seem to have been able to satisfy himself either of the

affirmative or negative (Hekatæus, Fr. 348, ed. Didot; Strabo,

viii. p. 341).

One most important privilege was connected with the possession of the

Eleian territory by Oxylus, coupled with his claim on the gratitude

of the Dorian kings. The Eleians acquired the administration of the

temple at Olympia, which the Achæans are said to have possessed

before them; and in consideration of this sacred function, which

subsequently ripened into the celebration of the great Olympic games,

their territory was solemnly pronounced to be inviolable. Such

was the statement of Ephorus:[19] we find, in this case as in so

many others, that the Return of the Herakleids is made to supply a

legendary basis for the historical state of things in Peloponnêsus.

[19] Ephorus ap. Strabo. viii. p. 358. The tale of the

inhabitants of Pisa, the territory more immediately bordering

upon Olympia, was very different from this.

It was the practice of the great Attic tragedians, with rare

exceptions, to select the subjects of their composition from the

heroic or legendary world, and Euripidês had composed three dramas,

now lost, on the adventures of Têmenus with his daughter Hyrnethô and

his son-in-law Dêiphontês,—on the family misfortunes of Kresphontês

and Meropê,—and on the successful valor of Archelaus the son of

Têmenus in Macedonia, where he was alleged to have first begun the

dynasty of the Temenid kings. Of these subjects the first and second

were eminently tragical, and the third, relating to Archelaus,

appears to have been undertaken by Euripidês in compliment to his

contemporary sovereign and patron, Archelaus king of Macedonia: we

are even told that those exploits which the usual version of the

legend ascribed to Têmenus, were reported in the drama of Euripidês

to have been performed by Archelaus his son.[20] Of all the heroes,

touched upon by the three Attic tragedians, these Dorian Herakleids

stand lowest in the descending genealogical series,—one mark amongst

others that we are approaching the ground of genuine history.

[20] Agatharchides ap. Photium, Sect. 250, p. 1332. Ὀυδ᾽

Εὐριπίδου κατηγορῶ, τῷ Ἀρχελάῳ περιτεθεικότος τὰς Τημένου πράξεις.

Compare the Fragments of the Τημένιδαι, Ἀρχέλαος, and Κρεσφόντης,

in Dindorf’s edition of Euripidês, with the illustrative remarks

of Welcker, Griechische Tragödien, pp. 697, 708, 828.

The Prologue of the Archelaus seems to have gone through the

whole series of the Herakleidan lineage, from Ægyptus and Danaus

downwards.

Though the name Achæans, as denoting a people, is henceforward

confined to the North-Peloponnesian territory specially called

Achaia, and to the inhabitants of Achæa, Phthiôtis, north of Mount

Œta,—and though the great Peloponnesian states always seem to have

prided themselves on the title of Dorians,—yet we find the kings

of Sparta, even in the historical age, taking pains to appropriate

to themselves the mythical glories of the Achæans, and to set

themselves forth as the representatives of Agamemnôn and Orestês.

The Spartan king Kleomenês even went so far as to disavow formally

any Dorian parentage; for when the priestess at Athens refused to

permit him to sacrifice in the temple of Athênê, on the plea that it

was peremptorily closed to all Dorians, he replied: “I am no Dorian,

but an Achæan.”[21] Not only did the Spartan envoy, before Gelôn

of Syracuse, connect the indefeasible title of his country to the

supreme command of the Grecian military force, with the ancient name

and lofty prerogatives of Agamemnôn,[22]—but, in farther pursuance

of the same feeling, the Spartans are said to have carried to Sparta

both the bones of Orestês from Tegea, and those of Tisamenus from

Helikê,[23] at the injunction of the Delphian oracle. There is also a

story that Oxylus in Elis was directed by the same oracle to invite

into his country an Achæan, as Œkist conjointly with himself;

and that he called in Agorius, the great-grandson of Orestês,

from Helikê, with a small number of Achæans who joined him.[24]

The Dorians themselves, being singularly poor in native legends,

endeavored, not unnaturally, to decorate themselves with those

legendary ornaments which the Achæans possessed in abundance.

[21] Herodot. v. 72.

[22] Herodot. vii. 159.

[23] Herodot. i. 68; Pausan. vii. 1, 3.

[24] Pausan. v. 4, 2.

As a consequence of the Dorian establishments in Peloponnêsus,

several migrations of the preëxisting inhabitants are represented as

taking place. 1. The Epeians of Elis are either expelled, or merged

in the new-comers under Oxylus, and lose their separate name. 2.

The Pylians, together with the great heroic family of Nêleus and

his son Nestôr, who preside over them, give place to the Dorian

establishment of Messênia, and retire to Athens, where their leader,

Melanthus, becomes king: a large portion of them take part in the

subsequent Ionic emigration. 3. A portion of the Achæans, under

Penthilus and other descendants of Orestês, leave Peloponnêsus, and

form what is called the Æolic emigration, to Lesbos, the Trôad,

and the Gulf of Adramyttium: the name _Æolians_, unknown to Homer,

and seemingly never applied to any separate tribe at all, being

introduced to designate a large section of the Hellenic name, partly

in Greece Proper, and partly in Asia. 4. Another portion of Achæans

expel the Ionians from Achaia, properly so called, in the north of

Peloponnêsus; the Ionians retiring to Attica.

The Homeric poems describe Achæans, Pylians, and Epeians, in

Peloponnêsus, but take no notice of Ionians in the northern district

of Achaia: on the contrary, the Catalogue in the Iliad distinctly

includes this territory under the dominions of Agamemnôn. Though the

Catalogue of Homer is not to be regarded as an historical document,

fit to be called as evidence for the actual state of Peloponnêsus

at any prior time, it certainly seems a better authority than the

statements advanced by Herodotus and others respecting the occupation

of northern Peloponnêsus by the Ionians, and their expulsion from

it by Tisamenus. In so far as the Catalogue is to be trusted, it

negatives the idea of Ionians at Helikê, and countenances what seems

in itself a more natural supposition,—that the historical Achæans in

the north part of Peloponnêsus are a small undisturbed remnant of the

powerful Achæan population once distributed throughout the peninsula,

until it was broken up and partially expelled by the Dorians.

The Homeric legends, unquestionably the oldest which we possess, are

adapted to a population of Achæans, Danaans, and Argeians, seemingly

without any special and recognized names, either aggregate or

divisional, other than the name of each separate tribe or kingdom.

The post-Homeric legends are adapted to a population classified

quite differently,—Hellens, distributed into Dorians, Ionians, and

Æolians. If we knew more of the time and circumstances in which these

different legends grew up, we should probably be able to explain

their discrepancy; but in our present ignorance we can only note the

fact.

Whatever difficulty modern criticism may find in regard to the event

called “The Return of the Herakleids,” no doubt is expressed about it

even by the best historians of antiquity. Thucydidês accepts it as a

single and literal event, having its assignable date, and carrying at

one blow the acquisition of Peloponnêsus. The date of it he fixes as

eighty years after the capture of Troy. Whether he was the original

determiner of this epoch, or copied it from some previous author, we

do not know. It must have been fixed according to some computation

of generations, for there were no other means accessible,—probably

by means of the lineage of the Herakleids, which, as belonging to

the kings of Sparta, constituted the most public and conspicuous

thread of connection between the Grecian real and mythical world,

and measured the interval between the Siege of Troy itself and the

first recorded Olympiad. Hêraklês himself represents the generation

before the siege, and his son Tlepolemus fights in the besieging

army. If we suppose the first generation after Hêraklês to commence

with the beginning of the siege, the fourth generation after him will

coincide with the ninetieth year after the same epoch; and therefore,

deducting ten years for the duration of the struggle, it will

coincide with the eightieth year after the capture of the city;[25]

thirty years being reckoned for a generation. The date assigned

by Thucydidês will thus agree with the distance in which Têmenus,

Kresphontês, and Aristodêmus, stand removed from Hêraklês. The

interval of eighty years, between the capture of Troy and the Return

of the Herakleids, appears to have been admitted by Apollodôrus and

Eratosthenês, and some other professed chronologists of antiquity:

but there were different reckonings which also found more or less of

support.

[25] The date of Thucydidês is calculated, μετὰ Ἰλίου ἅλωσιν (i.

13).

SECTION II.—MIGRATION OF THESSALIANS AND BŒOTIANS.

In the same passage in which Thucydidês speaks of the Return of

the Herakleids, he also marks out the date of another event a

little antecedent, which is alleged to have powerfully affected the

condition of Northern Greece. “Sixty years after the capture of Troy

(he tells us) the Bœotians were driven by the Thessalians from Arnê,

and migrated into the land then called Kadmêïs, but now Bœotia,

wherein there had previously dwelt a section of their race, who had

contributed the contingent to the Trojan war.”

The expulsion here mentioned, of the Bœotians from Arnê “by the

Thessalians,” has been construed, with probability, to allude

to the immigration of the Thessalians, properly so called, from

the Thesprôtid in Epirus into Thessaly. That the Thessalians had

migrated into Thessaly from the Thesprôtid territory, is stated by

Herodotus,[26] though he says nothing about time or circumstances.

Antiphus and Pheidippus appear in the Homeric Catalogue as commanders

of the Grecian contingent from the islands of Kôs and Karpathus, on

the south-east coast of Asia Minor: they are sons of Thessalus, who

is himself the son of Hêraklês. A legend ran that these two chiefs,

in the dispersion which ensued after the victory, had been driven

by storms into the Ionian Gulf, and cast upon the coast of Epirus,

where they landed and settled at Ephyrê in the Thesprôtid.[27] It

was Thessalus, grandson of Pheidippus, who was reported to have

conducted the Thesprotians across the passes of Pindus into Thessaly,

to have conquered the fertile central plain of that country, and

to have imposed upon it his own name instead of its previous

denomination Æolis.[28]

[26] Herod. vii. 176.

[27] See the Epigram ascribed to Aristotle (Antholog. Græc. t. i.

p. 181, ed. Reisk; Velleius Patercul. i. 1).

The Scholia on Lycophrôn (912) give a story somewhat different.

Ephyrê is given as the old legendary name of the city of Krannon

in Thessaly (Kineas, ap. Schol. Pindar. Pyth. x. 85), which

creates the confusion with the Thesprotian Ephyrê.

[28] Herodot. vii. 176; Velleius Patercul. i. 2-3; Charax. ap.

Stephan. Byz. v. Δώριον: Polyæn. viii. 44.

There were several different statements, however, about the

parentage of Thessalus, as well as about the name of the country

(Strabo, ix. p. 443 Stephan. Byz. v. Αἱμονία).

Whatever we may think of this legend as it stands, the state of

Thessaly during the historical ages renders it highly probable

that the Thessalians, properly so called, were a body of immigrant

conquerors. They appear always as a rude, warlike, violent, and

uncivilized race, distinct from their neighbors the Achæans, the

Magnetes, and the Perrhæbians, and holding all the three in tributary

dependence: these three tribes stand to them in a relation analogous

to that of the Lacedæmonian Periœki towards Sparta, while the

Penestæ, who cultivated their lands, are almost an exact parallel

of the Helots. Moreover, the low level of taste and intelligence

among the Thessalians, as well as certain points of their costume,

assimilates them more to Macedonians or Epirots than to Hellens.[29]

Their position in Thessaly is in many respects analogous to that of

the Spartan Dorians in Peloponnêsus, and there seems good reason for

concluding that the former, as well as the latter, were originally

victorious invaders, though we cannot pretend to determine the

time at which the invasion took place. The great family of the

Aleuads,[30] and probably other Thessalian families besides, were

descendants of Hêraklês, like the kings of Sparta.

[29] See K. O. Müller, History of the Dorians, Introduction,

sect. 4.

[30] Pindar, Pyth. x. 2.

There are no similar historical grounds, in the case of the alleged

migration of the Bœotians from Thessaly to Bœotia, to justify a

belief in the main fact of the legend, nor were the different

legendary stories in harmony one with the other. While the Homeric

Epic recognizes the Bœotians in Bœotia, but not in Thessaly,

Thucydidês records a statement which he had found of their migration

from the latter into the former; but in order to escape the necessity

of flatly contradicting Homer, he inserts the parenthesis that there

had been previously an outlying fraction of Bœotians in Bœotia at

the time of the Trojan war,[31] from whom the troops who served

with Agamemnôn were drawn. Nevertheless, the discrepancy with the

Iliad, though less strikingly obvious, is not removed, inasmuch as

the Catalogue is unusually copious in enumerating the contingents

from Thessaly, without once mentioning Bœotians. Homer distinguishes

Orchomenus from Bœotia, and he does not specially notice Thêbes

in the Catalogue: in other respects his enumeration of the towns

coincides pretty well with the ground historically known afterwards

under the name of Bœotia.

[31] Thucyd. i. 12. ἦν δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ ἀποδασμὸς πρότερον ἐν τῇ γῇ

ταύτῃ ἀφ᾽ ὧν καὶ ἐς Ἴλιον ἐστράτευσαν.

Pausanias gives us a short sketch of the events which he supposes

to have intervened in this section of Greece between the Siege of

Troy and the Return of the Herakleids. Peneleôs, the leader of the

Bœotians at the siege, having been slain by Eurypylus the son of

Telephus, Tisamenus, son of Thersander and grandson of Polynikês,

acted as their commander, both during the remainder of the siege and

after their return. Autesiôn, his son and successor, became subject

to the wrath of the avenging Erinnyes of Laius and Œdipus: the oracle

directed him to expatriate, and he joined the Dorians. In his place,

Damasichthôn, son of Opheltas and grandson of Peneleôs, became king

of the Bœotians: he was succeeded by Ptolemæus, who was himself

followed by Xanthus. A war having broken out at that time between

the Athenians and Bœotians, Xanthus engaged in single combat with

Melanthus son of Andropompus, the champion of Attica, and perished by

the cunning of his opponent. After the death of Xanthus, the Bœotians

passed from kingship to popular government.[32] As Melanthus was of

the lineage of the Neleids, and had migrated from Pylus to Athens

in consequence of the successful establishment of the Dorians in

Messênia, the duel with Xanthus must have been of course subsequent

to the Return of the Herakleids.

[32] Pausan. ix. 5, 8.

Here, then, we have a summary of alleged Bœotian history between the

Siege of Troy and the Return of the Herakleids, in which no mention

is made of the immigration of the mass of Bœotians from Thessaly,

and seemingly no possibility left of fitting in so great and capital

an incident. The legends followed by Pausanias are at variance with

those adopted by Thucydidês, but they harmonize much better with

Homer.

So deservedly high is the authority of Thucydidês, that the

migration here distinctly announced by him is commonly set down as

an ascertained datum, historically as well as chronologically. But

on this occasion it can be shown that he only followed one amongst a

variety of discrepant legends, none of which there were any means of

verifying.

Pausanias recognized a migration of the Bœotians from Thessaly,

in early times anterior to the Trojan war;[33] and the account

of Ephorus, as given by Strabo, professed to record a series of

changes in the occupants of the country: First, the non-Hellenic

Aones and Temmikes, Leleges and Hyantes; next, the Kadmeians, who,

after the second siege of Thêbes by the Epigoni, were expelled by

the Thracians and Pelasgians, and retired into Thessaly, where they

joined in communion with the inhabitants of Arnê,—the whole aggregate

being called Bœotians. After the Trojan war, and about the time of

the Æolic emigration, these Bœotians returned from Thessaly and

reconquered Bœotia, driving out the Thracians and Pelasgians,—the

former retiring to Parnassus, the latter to Attica. It was on this

occasion (he says) that the Minyæ of Orchomenus were subdued, and

forcibly incorporated with the Bœotians. Ephorus seems to have

followed, in the main, the same narrative as Thucydidês, about the

movement of the Bœotians out of Thessaly; coupling it, however, with

several details current as explanatory of proverbs and customs.[34]

[33] Pausan. x. 8, 3.

[34] Ephor. Fragm. 30, ed. Marx.; Strabo, ix. pp. 401-402. The

story of the Bœotians at Arnê, in Polyænus (i. 12), probably

comes from Ephorus.

Diodôrus (xix. 53) gives a summary of the legendary history of

Thêbes from Deukalion downwards: he tells us that the Bœotians

were expelled from their country, and obliged to return into

Thessaly during the Trojan war, in consequence of the absence of

so many of their brave warriors at Troy; they did not find their

way back into Bœotia until the fourth generation.

The only fact which we make out, independent of these legends, is,

that there existed certain homonymies and certain affinities of

religious worship, between parts of Bœotia and parts of Thessaly,

which appear to indicate a kindred race. A town named Arne,[35]

similar in name to the Thessalian, was enumerated in the Bœotian

Catalogue of Homer, and antiquaries identified it sometimes with the

historical town Chæroneia,[36] sometimes with Akræphium. Moreover,

there was near the Bœotian Korôneia a river named Kuarius, or

Koralius, and a venerable temple dedicated to the Itonian Athênê,

in the sacred ground of which the Pambœotia, or public council of

the Bœotian name, was held; there was also a temple and a river

of similar denomination in Thessaly, near to a town called Iton,

or Itônus.[37] We may from these circumstances presume a certain

ancient kindred between the population of these regions, and such

a circumstance is sufficient to explain the generation of legends

describing migrations backward and forward, whether true or not in

point of fact.

[35] Stephen. Byz. v. Ἄρνη, makes the Thessalian Arnê an ἄποικος

of the Bœotian.

[36] Homer, Iliad, ii.; Strabo, ix. p. 413; Pausan. ix. 40, 3.

Some of the families at Chæroneia, even during the time of the

Roman dominion in Greece, traced their origin to Peripoltas

the prophet, who was said to have accompanied Opheltas in his

invading march out of Thessaly (Plutarch, Cimôn, c. 1).

[37] Strabo, ix. 411-435; Homer, Iliad, ii. 696; Hekatæus, Fr.

338, Didot.

The fragment from Alkæus (cited by Strabo, but briefly, and with

a mutilated text,) serves only to identify the river and the town.

Itônus was said to be son of Amphiktyôn, and Bœôtus son of Itônus

(Pausan. ix. 1, 1. 34, 1: compare Steph. Byz. v. Βοιωτία) by

Melanippê. By another legendary genealogy (probably arising after

the name _Æolic_ had obtained footing as the class-name for a

large section of Greeks, but as old as the poet Asius, Olympiad

30), the eponymous hero Bϙtus was fastened on to the great

lineage of Æolus, through the paternity of the god Poseidôn,

either with Melanippê or with Arnê, daughter of Æolus (Asius, Fr.

8, ed. Düntzer; Strabo, vi. p. 265; Diodôr. v. 67; Hellanikus

ap. Schol. Iliad. ii 494). Two lost plays of Euripidês were

founded on the misfortunes of Melanippê, and her twin children by

Poseidôn,—Bœôtus and Æolus (Hygin. Fab. 186; see the Fragments of

Μελανίππη Σοφὴ and Μελανίππη Δεσμῶτις in Dindorf’s edition, and

the instructive comments of Welcker; Griech. Tragöd. vol. ii. pp.

840-860).

What is most important to remark is, that the stories of Thucydidês

and Ephorus bring us out of the mythical into the historical Bœotia.

Orchomenus is Bœotized, and we hear no more of the once-powerful

Minyæ: there are no more Kadmeians at Thêbes, nor Bœotians in

Thessaly. The Minyæ and the Kadmeians disappear in the Ionic

emigration, which will be presently adverted to. Historical Bœotia

is now constituted, apparently in its federative league, under the

presidency of Thêbes, just as we find it in the time of the Persian

and Peloponnesian wars.

SECTION III.—EMIGRATIONS FROM GREECE TO ASIA AND THE ISLANDS OF THE

ÆGÆAN.

1. ÆOLIC.—2. IONIC.—3. DORIC.

To complete the transition of Greece from its mythical to its

historical condition, the secession of the races belonging to the

former must follow upon the introduction of those belonging to

the latter. This is accomplished by means of the Æolic and Ionic

migrations.

The presiding chiefs of the Æolic emigration are the representatives

of the heroic lineage of the Pelopids: those of the Ionic emigration

belong to the Neleids: and even in what is called the Doric

emigration to Thêra, the Œkist Thêras is not a Dorian but a Kadmeian,

the legitimate descendant of Œdipus and Kadmus.

The Æolic, Ionic, and Doric colonies were planted along the western

coast of Asia Minor, from the coasts of the Propontis southward down

to Lykia (I shall in a future chapter speak more exactly of their

boundaries); the Æolic occupying the northern portion, together

with the islands of Lesbos and Tenedos; the Doric occupying the

southernmost, together with the neighboring islands of Rhodes and

Kôs; and the Ionic being planted between them, comprehending Chios,

Samos, and the Cycladês islands.

1. ÆOLIC EMIGRATION.

The Æolic emigration was conducted by the Pelopids: the original

story seems to have been, that Orestês himself was at the head of the

first batch of colonists, and this version of the event is still

preserved by Pindar and by Hellanikus.[38] But the more current

narratives represented the descendants of Orestês as chiefs of the

expeditions to Æolis,—his illegitimate son Penthilus, by Erigonê

daughter of Ægisthus,[39] together with Echelatus and Gras, the

son and grandson of Penthilus, together with Kleuês and Malaus,

descendants of Agamemnôn through another lineage. According to the

account given by Strabo, Orestês began the emigration, but died

on his route in Arcadia; his son Penthilus, taking the guidance

of the emigrants, conducted them by the long land-journey through

Bœotia and Thessaly to Thrace;[40] from whence Archelaus, son of

Penthilus, led them across the Hellespont, and settled at Daskylium

on the Propontis. Gras, son of Archelaus, crossed over to Lesbos

and possessed himself of the island. Kleuês and Malaus, conducting

another body of Achæans, were longer on their journey, and lingered

a considerable time near Mount Phrikium, in the territory of

Lokris; ultimately, however, they passed over by sea to Asia and

took possession of Kymê, south of the Gulf of Adramyttium, the most

considerable of all the Æolic cities on the continent.[41] From

Lesbos and Kymê, the other less considerable Æolic towns, spreading

over the region of Ida as well as the Trôad, and comprehending the

island of Tenedos, are said to have derived their origin.

[38] Pindar, Nem. xi. 43; Hellanic. Fragm. 114, ed. Didot.

Compare Stephan. Byz. v. Πέρινθος.

[39] Kinæthon ap. Pausan. ii. 18, 5. Penthilids existed in Lesbos

during the historical times (Aristot. Polit. v. 10, 2).

[40] It has sometimes been supposed that the country called

Thrace here means the residence of the Thracians near Parnassus;

but the length of the journey, and the number of years which it

took up, are so specially marked, that I think Thrace in its

usual and obvious sense must be intended.

[41] Strabo, xiii. p. 582. Hellanikus seems to have treated of

this delay near Mount Phrikium (see Steph. Byz. v. Φρίκιον). In

another account (xiii. p. 621), probably copied from the Kymæan

Ephorus, Strabo connects the establishments of this colony with

the sequel of the Trojan war: the Pelasgians, the occupants of

the territory, who had been the allies of Priam, were weakened

by the defeat which they had sustained and unable to resist the

emigrants.

Though there are many differences in the details, the accounts agree

in representing these Æolic settlements as formed by the Achæans

expatriated from Lacônia under the guidance of the dispossessed

Pelopids.[42] We are told that in their journey through Bœotia

they received considerable reinforcements, and Strabo adds that

the emigrants started from Aulis, the port from whence Agamemnôn

departed in the expedition against Troy.[43] He also informs us that

they missed their course and experienced many losses from nautical

ignorance, but we do not know to what particular incidents he

alludes.[44]

[42] Velleius Patercul. i. 4: compare Antikleidês ap. Athenæ. xi.

c. 3; Pausanias, iii. 2, 1.

[43] Strabo, ix. p. 401.

[44] Strabo, i. p. 10.

2. IONIC EMIGRATION.

The Ionic emigration is described as emanating from and directed

by the Athenians, and connects itself with the previous legendary

history of Athens, which must therefore be here briefly recapitulated.

The great mythical hero Thêseus, of whose military prowess and

errant exploits we have spoken in a previous chapter, was still more

memorable in the eyes of the Athenians as an internal political

reformer. He was supposed to have performed for them the inestimable

service of transforming Attica out of many states into one. Each

dême, or at least a great many out of the whole number, had before

his time enjoyed political independence under its own magistrates and

assemblies, acknowledging only a federal union with the rest under

the presidency of Athens: by a mixture of conciliation and force,

Thêseus succeeded in putting down all these separate governments,

and bringing them to unite in one political system, centralized at

Athens. He is said to have established a constitutional government,

retaining for himself a defined power as king, or president, and

distributing the people into three classes: Eupatridæ, a sort

of sacerdotal noblesse; Geômori and Demiurgi, husbandmen and

artisans.[45] Having brought these important changes into efficient

working, he commemorated them for his posterity by introducing solemn

and appropriate festivals. In confirmation of the dominion of Athens

over the Megarid territory, he is said farther to have erected a

pillar at the extremity of the latter towards the Isthmus, marking

the boundary between Peloponnêsus and Iônia.

[45] Plutarch, Thêseus, c. 24, 25, 26.

But a revolution so extensive was not consummated without creating

much discontent; and Menestheus, the rival of Thêseus,—the first

specimen, as we are told, of an artful demagogue,—took advantage of

this feeling to assail and undermine him. Thêseus had quitted Attica,

to accompany and assist his friend Peirithöus, in his journey down

to the under-world, in order to carry off the goddess Persephonê,—or

(as those who were critical in legendary story preferred recounting)

in a journey to the residence of Aidôneus, king of the Molossians in

Epirus, to carry off his daughter. In this enterprise, Peirithöus

perished, while Thêseus was cast into prison, from whence he was

only liberated by the intercession of Hêraklês. It was during his

temporary absence, that the Tyndarids Castôr and Pollux invaded

Attica for the purpose of recovering their sister Helen, whom Thêseus

had at a former period taken away from Sparta and deposited at

Aphidnæ; and the partisans of Menestheus took advantage both of the

absence of Thêseus and of the calamity which his licentiousness had

brought upon the country, to ruin his popularity with the people.

When he returned, he found them no longer disposed to endure his

dominion, or to continue to him the honors which their previous

feelings of gratitude had conferred. Having, therefore, placed his

sons under the protection of Elephenôr, in Eubœa, he sought an asylum

with Lykomêdês, prince of Scyros, from whom, however, he received

nothing but an insidious welcome and a traitorous death.[46]

[46] Plutarch, Thêseus, c. 34-35.

Menestheus, succeeding to the honors of the expatriated hero,

commanded the Athenian troops at the Siege of Troy. But though he

survived the capture, he never returned to Athens,—different stories

being related of the place where he and his companions settled.

During this interval, the feelings of the Athenians having changed,

they restored the sons of Thêseus, who had served at Troy under

Elephenôr, and had returned unhurt, to the station and functions of

their father. The Theseids Demophoôn, Oxyntas, Apheidas, and Thymœtês

had successively filled this post for the space of about sixty

years,[47] when the Dorian invaders of Peloponnêsus (as has been

before related) compelled Melanthus and the Neleid family to abandon

their kingdom of Pylus. The refugees found shelter at Athens, where

a fortunate adventure soon raised Melanthus to the throne. A war

breaking out between the Athenians and Bœotians, respecting the

boundary tract of Œnoê, the Bœotian king Xanthus challenged Thymœtês

to single combat: the latter declining to accept it, Melanthus not

only stood forward in his place, but practised a cunning stratagem

with such success as to kill his adversary. He was forthwith chosen

king, Thymœtês being constrained to resign.[48]

[47] Eusebius, Chronic. Can. pp. 228-229, ed. Scaliger; Pausan.

ii. 18, 7.

[48] Ephorus ap. Harpocration. v. Ἀπατούρια: Ἔφορος ἐν δευτέρῳ,

ὡς διὰ τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν ὁρίων ἀπάτην γενομένην, ὅτι πολεμούντων

Ἀθηναίων πρὸς Βοιωτοὺς ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν Μελαινῶν χώρας, Μέλανθος ὁ

τῶν Ἀθηναίων βασιλεὺς Ξάνθον τὸν Θηβαῖων μονομαχῶν ἀπέκτεινεν.

Compare Strabo, ix. p. 393.

Ephorus derives the term Ἀπατούρια from the words signifying a

trick with reference to the boundaries, and assumes the name of

this great Ionic festival to have been derived from the stratagem

of Melanthus, described in Conôn (Narrat. 39) and Polyænus (i.

19). The whole derivation is fanciful and erroneous, and the

story is a curious specimen of legend growing out of etymology.

Melanthus and his son Kodrus reigned for nearly sixty years, during

which time large bodies of fugitives, escaping from the recent

invaders throughout Greece, were harbored by the Athenians: so that

Attica became populous enough to excite the alarm and jealousy of the

Peloponnesian Dorians. A powerful Dorian force, under the command

of Alêtês from Corinth and Althæmenês from Argos, were accordingly

despatched to invade the Athenian territory, in which the Delphian

oracle promised them success, provided they abstained from injuring

the person of Kodrus. Strict orders were given to the Dorian army

that Kodrus should be preserved unhurt; but the oracle had become

known among the Athenians,[49] and the generous prince determined

to bring death upon himself as a means of salvation to his country.

Assuming the disguise of a peasant, he intentionally provoked

a quarrel with some of the Dorian troops, who slew him without

suspecting his real character. No sooner was this event known,

than the Dorian leaders, despairing of success, abandoned their

enterprise and evacuated the country.[50] In retiring, however, they

retained possession of Megara, where they established permanent

settlers, and which became from this moment Dorian,—seemingly at

first a dependency of Corinth, though it afterwards acquired its

freedom and became an autonomous community.[51] This memorable act of

devoted patriotism, analogous to that of the daughters of Erechtheus

at Athens, and of Menœkeus at Thêbes, entitled Kodrus to be ranked

among the most splendid characters in Grecian legend.

[49] The orator Lykurgus, in his eulogium on Kodrus, mentions a

Delphian citizen named Kleomantis, who secretly communicated the

oracle to the Athenians, and was rewarded by them for doing so

with σίτησις ἐν Πρυτανείῳ (Lycurg. cont. Leocrat. c. 20).

[50] Pherekydês, Fragm. 110, ed. Didot; Vell. Paterc. i. 2;

Conôn, Narr. 26; Polyæn. i. c. 18.

Hellanikus traced the genealogy of Kodrus, through ten

generations, up to Deukaliôn (Fragment 10, ed. Didot.)

[51] Strabo, xiv. p. 653.

Kodrus is numbered as the last king of Athens: his descendants were

styled Archons, but they held that dignity for life,—a practice

which prevailed during a long course of years afterwards. Medon

and Neileus, his two sons, having quarrelled about the succession,

the Delphian oracle decided in favor of the former; upon which the

latter, affronted at the preference, resolved upon seeking a new

home.[52] There were at this moment many dispossessed sections of

Greeks, and an adventitious population accumulated in Attica, who

were anxious for settlements beyond sea. The expeditions which

now set forth to cross the Ægean, chiefly under the conduct of

members of the Kodrid family, composed collectively the memorable

Ionic Emigration, of which the Ionians, recently expelled from

Peloponnêsus, formed a part, but, as it would seem, only a small

part; for we hear of many quite distinct races, some renowned in

legend, who withdraw from Greece amidst this assemblage of colonists.

The Kadmeians, the Minyæ of Orchomenus, the Abantês of Eubœa, the

Dryopes; the Molossi, the Phokians, the Bœotians, the Arcadian

Pelasgians, and even the Dorians of Epidaurus,—are represented

as furnishing each a proportion of the crews of these emigrant

vessels.[53] Nor were the results unworthy of so mighty a confluence

of different races. Not only the Cyclades islands in the Ægean,

but the great islands of Samos and Chios, near the Asiatic coast,

and ten different cities on the coast of Asia Minor, from Milêtus

in the south to Phokæa in the north, were founded, and all adopted

the Ionic name. Athens was the metropolis or mother city of all of

them: Androklus and Neileus, the Œkists of Ephesus and Milêtus,

and probably other Œkists also, started from the Prytaneium at

Athens,[54] with those solemnities, religious and political, which

usually marked the departure of a swarm of Grecian colonists.

[52] Pausan. vii. 2, 1.

[53] Herodot. i. 146; Pausan. vii. 2, 3, 4. Isokratês extols

his Athenian ancestors for having provided, by means of this

emigration, settlements for so large a number of distressed and

poor Greeks at the expense of Barbarians (Or. xii. Panathenaic.

p. 241).

[54] Herodot. i. 146; vii. 95; viii 46. Vellei. Paterc. i. 4.

Pherekydês Frag. 111, ed. Didot.

Other mythical families, besides the heroic lineage of Nêleus and

Nestôr, as represented by the sons of Kodrus, took a leading part

in the expedition. Herodotus mentions Lykian chiefs, descendants

from Glaukus son of Hippolochus, and Pausanias tells us of Philôtas

descendant of Peneleôs, who went at the head of a body of Thebans:

both Glaukus and Peneleôs are commemorated in the Iliad.[55] And

it is a remarkable fact mentioned by Pausanias (though we do not

know on what authority), that the inhabitants of Phokæa,—which was

the northernmost city of Iônia on the borders of Æolis, and one of

the last founded,—consisting mostly of Phokian colonists under the

conduct of the Athenians Philogenês and Dæmôn, were not admitted

into the Pan-Ionic Amphiktyony until they consented to choose for

themselves chiefs of the Kodrid family.[56] Proklês, the chief who

conducted the Ionic emigrants from Epidaurus to Samos, was said to be

of the lineage of Iôn, son of Xuthus.[57]

[55] Herodot. i. 147; Pausan. vi. 2, 7.

[56] Pausan. vii. 2, 2; vii. 3, 4.

[57] Pausan. vii. 4, 3.

Of the twelve Ionic states constituting the Pan-Ionic

Amphiktyony—some of them among the greatest cities in Hellas—I shall

say no more at present, as I have to treat of them again when I come

upon historical ground.

3. DORIC EMIGRATIONS.

The Æolic and Ionic emigrations are thus both presented to us

as direct consequences of the event called the Return of the

Herakleids: and in like manner the formation of the Dorian

Hexapolis in the south-western corner of Asia Minor: Kôs, Knidus,

Halikarnassus, and Rhodes, with its three separate cities, as well as

the Dorian establishments in Krête, Melos, and Thêra, are all traced

more or less directly to the same great revolution.

Thêra, more especially, has its root in the legendary world. Its

Œkist was Thêras, a descendant of the heroic lineage of Œdipus and

Kadmus, and maternal uncle of the young kings of Sparta, Eurysthenês

and Proklês, during whose minority he had exercised the regency. On

their coming of age, his functions were at an end: but being unable

to endure a private station, he determined to put himself at the

head of a body of emigrants: many came forward to join him, and the

expedition was farther reinforced by a body of interlopers, belonging

to the Minyæ, of whom the Lacedæmonians were anxious to get rid.

These Minyæ had arrived in Laconia, not long before, from the island

of Lemnos, out of which they had been expelled by the Pelasgian

fugitives from Attica. They landed without asking permission, took up

their abode and began to “light their fires” on Mount Taygetus. When

the Lacedæmonians sent to ask who they were, and wherefore they had

come, the Minyæ replied that they were sons of the Argonauts who had

landed at Lemnos, and that, being expelled from their own homes, they

thought themselves entitled to solicit an asylum in the territory

of their fathers: they asked, withal, to be admitted to share both

the lands and the honors of the state. The Lacedæmonians granted

the request, chiefly on the ground of a common ancestry,—their own

great heroes, the Tyndarids, having been enrolled in the crew of the

Argô: the Minyæ were then introduced as citizens into the tribes,

received lots of land, and began to intermarry with the preëxisting

families. It was not long, however, before they became insolent: they

demanded a share in the kingdom (which was the venerated privilege

of the Herakleids), and so grossly misconducted themselves in other

ways, that the Lacedæmonians resolved to put them to death, and began

by casting them into prison. While the Minyæ were thus confined,

their wives, Spartans by birth, and many of them daughters of the

principal men, solicited permission to go in and see them: leave

being granted, they made use of the interview to change clothes with

their husbands, who thus escaped and fled again to Mount Taygetus.

The greater number of them quitted Laconia, and marched to Triphylia,

in the western regions of Peloponnêsus, from whence they expelled

the Paroreatæ and the Kaukones, and founded six towns of their own,

of which Lepreum was the chief. A certain proportion, however, by

permission of the Lacedæmonians, joined Thêras, and departed with him

to the island of Kallistê, then possessed by Phœnician inhabitants,

who were descended from the kinsmen and companions of Kadmus, and

who had been left there by that prince, when he came forth in

search of Eurôpa, eight generations preceding. Arriving thus among

men of kindred lineage with himself, Thêras met with a fraternal

reception, and the island derived from him the name, under which it

is historically known, of Thêra.[58]

[58] Herodot. iv. 145-149; Valer. Maxim. iv. c. 6; Polyæn.

vii. 49, who, however, gives the narrative differently by

mentioning “Tyrrhenians from Lemnos aiding Sparta during the

Helotic war:” another narrative in his collection (viii. 71),

though imperfectly preserved, seems to approach more closely to

Herodotus.

Such is the foundation-legend of Thêra, believed both by the

Lacedæmonians and by the Theræans, and interesting as it brings

before us, characteristically as well as vividly, the persons and

feelings of the mythical world,—the Argonauts, with the Tyndarids

as their companions and Minyæ as their children. In Lepreum, as in

the other towns of Triphylia, the descent from the Minyæ of old

seems to have been believed in the historical times, and the mention

of the river Minyëius in those regions by Homer tended to confirm

it.[59] But people were not unanimous as to the legend by which that

descent should be made out; while some adopted the story just cited

from Herodotus, others imagined that Chlôris, who had come from the

Minyeian town of Orchomenus as the wife of Nêleus to Pylus, had

brought with her a body of her countrymen.[60]

[59] Homer, Iliad, xi. 721.

[60] Strabo, viii. p. 347. M. Raoul Rochette, who treats the

legends for the most part as if they were so much authentic

history, is much displeased with Strabo for admitting this

diversity of stories (Histoire des Colonies Grecques, t. iii. ch.

7, p. 54): “Après des détails si clairs et si positifs, comment

est-il possible que ce même Strabon, bouleversant toute la

chronologie, fasse arriver les Minyens dans la Triphylie sous la

conduite de Chloris, mère de Nestor?”

The story which M. Raoul Rochette thus puts aside, is quite equal

in point of credibility to that which he accepts: in fact, no

measure of credibility can be applied.

These Minyæ from Lemnos and Imbros appear again as portions of

another narrative respecting the settlement of the colony of Mêlos.

It has already been mentioned, that when the Herakleids and the

Dorians invaded Lacônia, Philonomus, an Achæan, treacherously

betrayed to them the country, for which he received as his recompense

the territory of Amyklæ. He is said to have peopled this territory

by introducing detachments of Minyæ from Lemnos and Imbros, who, in

the third generation after the return of the Herakleids, became so

discontented and mutinous, that the Lacedæmonians resolved to send

them out of the country as emigrants, under their chiefs Polis and

Delphus. Taking the direction of Krête, they stopped in their way

to land a portion of their colonists on the island of Mêlos, which

remained throughout the historical times a faithful and attached

colony of Lacedæmôn.[61] On arriving in Krête, they are said to have

settled at the town of Gortyn. We find, moreover, that other Dorian

establishments, either from Lacedæmôn or Argos, were formed in Krête;

and Lyktos in particular, is noticed, not only as a colony of Sparta,

but as distinguished for the analogy of its laws and customs.[62]

It is even said that Krête, immediately after the Trojan war, had

been visited by the wrath of the gods, and depopulated by famine and

pestilence; and that, in the third generation afterwards, so great

was the influx of emigrants, the entire population of the island

was renewed, with the exception of the Eteokrêtes at Polichnæ and

Præsus.[63]

[61] Conôn, Narrat. 36. Compare Plutarch, Quæstion. Græc. c. 21,

where Tyrrhenians from Lemnos are mentioned, as in the passage of

Polyænus, referred to in a preceding note.

[62] Strabo, x. p. 481; Aristot. Polit. ii. 10.

[63] Herodot. vii. 171 (see above, Ch. xii. vol. i. p. 226).

Diodôrus (v. 80), as well as Herodotus, mentions generally large

emigrations into Krête from Lacedæmôn and Argos; but even the

laborious research of M. Raoul Rochette (Histoire des Colonies

Grecques, t. iii. c. 9, pp. 60-68) fails in collecting any

distinct particulars of them.

There were Dorians in Krête in the time of the Odyssey: Homer

mentions different languages and different races of men, Eteokrêtes,

Kydônes, Dorians, Achæans, and Pelasgians, as all coexisting in the

island, which he describes to be populous, and to contain ninety

cities. A legend given by Andrôn, based seemingly upon the statement

of Herodotus, that Dôrus the son of Hellen had settled in Histiæôtis,

ascribed the first introduction of the three last races to Tektaphus

son of Dôrus,—who had led forth from that country a colony of

Dorians, Achæans, and Pelasgians, and had landed in Krête during

the reign of the indigenous king Krês.[64] This story of Andrôn so

exactly fits on to the Homeric Catalogue of Kretan inhabitants, that

we may reasonably presume it to have been designedly arranged with

reference to that Catalogue, so as to afford some plausible account,

consistently with the received legendary chronology, how there came

to be Dorians in Krête before the Trojan war,—the Dorian colonies

after the return of the Herakleids being of course long posterior

in supposed order of time. To find a leader sufficiently early for

his hypothesis, Andrôn ascends to the primitive Eponymus Dôrus, to

whose son Tektaphus he ascribes the introduction of a mixed colony

of Dorians, Achæans, and Pelasgians into Krête: these are the exact

three races enumerated in the Odyssey, and the king Krês, whom Andrôn

affirms to have been then reigning in the island, represents the

Eteokrêtes and Kydônes in the list of Homer. The story seems to have

found favor among native Kretan historians, as it doubtless serves

to obviate what would otherwise be a contradiction in the legendary

chronology.[65]

[64] Steph. Byz. v. Δώριον.—Περὶ ὧν ἱστορεῖ Ἄνδρων, Κρητὸς ἐν τῇ

νήσῳ βασιλεύοντος, Τέκταφον τὸν Δώρου τοῦ Ἕλληνος, ὁρμήσαντα ἐκ

τῆς ἐν Θετταλίᾳ τότε μὲν Δωρίδος, νῦν δὲ Ἱστιαιώτιδος καλουμένης,

ἀφικέσθαι εἰς Κρήτην μετὰ Δωρίεων τε καὶ Ἀχαιῶν καὶ Πελασγῶν, τῶν

οὐκ ἀπαράντων εἰς Τυῤῥηνίαν. Compare Strabo, x. pp. 475-476, from

which it is plain that the story was adduced by Andrôn with a

special explanatory reference to the passage in the Odyssey (xv.

175.)

The age of Andrôn, one of the authors of Atthidês, is not

precisely ascertainable, but he can hardly be put earlier than

300 B. C.; see the preliminary Dissertation of C. Müller to the

Fragmenta Historicorum Græcorum, ed. Didot, p. lxxxii; and the

Prolusio de Atthidum Scriptoribus, prefixed to Lenz’s edition of

the Fragments of Phanodêmus and Dêmôn, p. xxviii. Lips. 1812.

[65] See Diodôr, iv. 60; v. 80. From Strabo, (_l. c._) however,

we see that others rejected the story of Andrôn.

O. Müller (History of the Dorians, b. i. c. 1, § 9) accepts the

story as substantially true, putting aside the name Dôrus, and

even regards it as certain that Minos of Knôssus was a Dorian;

but the evidence with which he supports this conclusion appears

to me loose and fanciful.

Another Dorian emigration from Peloponnêsus to Krête, which extended

also to Rhodes and Kôs, is farther said to have been conducted

by Althæmenês, who had been one of the chiefs in the expedition

against Attica, in which Krodus perished. This prince, a Herakleid,

and third in descent from Têmenus, was induced to expatriate by a

family quarrel, and conducted a body of Dorian colonists from Argos

first to Krête, where some of them remained; but the greater number

accompanied him to Rhodes, in which island, after expelling the

Karian possessors, he founded the three cities of Lindus, Ialysus,

and Kameirus.[66]

[66] Conôn, Narrat. 47; Ephorus, Fragm. 62, ed. Marx.

It is proper here to add, that the legend of the Rhodian

archæologists respecting their œkist Althæmenês, who was worshipped

in the island with heroic honors, was something totally different

from the preceding. Althæmenês was a Kretan, son of the king Katreus,

and grandson of Minos. An oracle predicted to him that he would

one day kill his father: eager to escape so terrible a destiny, he

quitted Krête, and conducted a colony to Rhodes, where the famous

temple of the Atabyrian Zeus, on the lofty summit of Mount Atabyrum,

was ascribed to his foundation, built so as to command a view of

Krête. He had been settled on the island for some time, when his

father Katreus, anxious again to embrace his only son, followed him

from Krête: he landed in Rhodes during the night without being known,

and a casual collision took place between his attendants and the

islanders. Althæmenês hastened to the shore to assist in repelling

the supposed enemies, and in the fray had the misfortune to kill his

aged father.[67]

[67] Diodôr. v. 59; Apollodôr. iii. 2, 2. In the Chapter next but

one preceding this, Diodôrus had made express reference to native

Rhodian mythologists,—to one in particular, named Zeno (c. 57).

Wesseling supposes two different settlers in Rhodes, both named

Althæmenês: this is certainly necessary, if we are to treat the

two narratives as historical.

Either the emigrants who accompanied Althæmenês, or some other

Dorian colonists afterwards, are reported to have settled at Kôs,

Knidus, Karpathus, and Halikarnassus. To the last mentioned city,

however, Anthês of Trœzên is assigned as the œkist: the emigrants who

accompanied him were said to have belonged to the Dymanian tribe, one

of the three tribes always found in a Doric state: and the city seems

to have been characterized as a colony sometimes of Trœzên, sometimes

of Argos.[68]

[68] Strabo, xiv. p. 653; Pausan. ii. 39, 3; Kallimachus apud

Stephan. Byz. v. Ἁλικάρνασσος.

Herodotus (vii. 99) calls Halikarnassus a colony of Trœzên;

Pomponius Mela (i. 16,) of Argos. Vitruvius names both Argos and

Trœzên (ii. 8, 12); but the two œkists whom he mentions, Melas

and Arevanius, were not so well known as Anthês; the inhabitants

of Halikarnassus being called _Antheadæ_ (see Stephan. Byz.

v. Ἀθῆναι; and a curious inscription in Boeckh’s Corpus

Inscriptionum, No. 2655).

* * * * *

We thus have the Æolic, the Ionic, and the Doric colonial

establishments in Asia, all springing out of the legendary age, and

all set forth as consequences, direct or indirect, of what is called

the Return of the Herakleids, or the Dorian conquest of Peloponnêsus.

According to the received chronology, they are succeeded by a period,

supposed to comprise nearly three centuries, which is almost an

entire blank, before we reach authentic chronology and the first

recorded Olympiad,—and they thus form the concluding events of the

mythical world, out of which we now pass into historical Greece, such

as it stands at the last-mentioned epoch. It is by these migrations

that the parts of the Hellenic aggregate are distributed into the

places which they occupy at the dawn of historical daylight,—Dorians,

Arcadians, Ætolo-Eleians, and Achæans, sharing Peloponnêsus unequally

among them,—Æolians, Ionians, and Dorians, settled both in the

islands of the Ægean and the coast of Asia Minor. The Return of the

Herakleids, as well as the three emigrations, Æolic, Ionic, and

Doric, present the legendary explanation, suitable to the feelings

and belief of the people, showing how Greece passed from the heroic

races who besieged Troy and Thêbes, piloted the adventurous Argô,

and slew the monstrous boar of Kalydôn, to the historical races,

differently named and classified, who furnished victors to the

Olympic and Pythian games.

A patient and learned French writer, M. Raoul Rochette,—who construes

all the events of the heroic age, generally speaking, as so much real

history, only making allowance for the mistakes and exaggerations

of poets,—is greatly perplexed by the blank and interruption which

this supposed continuous series of history presents, from the Return

of the Herakleids down to the beginning of the Olympiads. He cannot

explain to himself so long a period of absolute quiescence, after the

important incidents and striking adventures of the heroic age; and if

there happened nothing worthy of record during this long period,—as

he presumes, from the fact that nothing has been transmitted,—he

concludes that this must have arisen from the state of suffering and

exhaustion in which previous wars and revolution had left the Greeks:

a long interval of complete inaction being required to heal such

wounds.[69]

[69] “La période qui me semble la plus obscure et la plus remplie

de difficultés n’est pas celle que je viens de parcourir: c’est

celle qui sépare l’époque des Héraclides de l’institution des

Olympiades. La perte des ouvrages d’Ephore et de Théopompe est

sans doute la cause en grande partie du vide immense que nous

offre dans cet intervalle l’histoire de la Grèce. Mais si l’on

en excepte l’établissement des colonies Eoliennes, Doriennes,

et Ioniennes, de l’Asie Mineure, et quelques évènemens, très

rapprochés de la première de ces époques, l’espace de plus de

quatre siècles qui les sépare est couvert d’une obscurité presque

impénétrable, et l’on aura toujours lieu de s’étonner que les

ouvrages des anciens n’offrent aucun secours pour remplir une

lacune aussi considérable. Une pareille absence doit aussi nous

faire soupçonner qu’il se passa dans la Grèce peu de ces grands

évènemens qui se gravent fortement dans la mémoire des hommes:

puisque, si les traces ne s’en étaient point conservées dans

les écrits des contemporains, au moins le souvenir s’en seroit

il perpétué par des monumens: or les monumens et l’histoire se

taisent également. Il faut donc croire que la Grèce, agitée

depuis si long temps par des révolutions de toute espèce, épuisée

par ses dernières émigrations, se tourna toute entière vers des

occupations paisibles, et ne chercha, pendant ce long intervalle,

qu’à guérir, au sein du repos et de l’abondance qui en est la

suite, les plaies profondes que sa population avait souffertes.

(Raoul Rochette, Histoire des Colonies Grecques, t. ii. c. 16. p.

455).

To the same purpose, Gillies (History of Greece, ch. iii. p.

67. quarto): “The obscure transactions of Greece, during the

four following centuries ill correspond with the splendor of the

Trojan, or even of the Argonautic expedition,” etc.

Assuming M. Rochette’s view of the heroic ages to be correct, and

reasoning upon the supposition that the adventures ascribed to the

Grecian heroes are matters of historical reality, transmitted by

tradition from a period of time four centuries before the recorded

Olympiads, and only embellished by describing poets,—the blank which

he here dwells upon is, to say the least of it, embarrassing and

unaccountable. It is strange that the stream of tradition, if it had

once begun to flow, should (like several of the rivers in Greece) be

submerged for two or three centuries and then reappear. But when we

make what appears to me the proper distinction between legend and

history, it will be seen that a period of blank time between the two

is perfectly conformable to the conditions under which the former

is generated. It is not the immediate past, but a supposed remote

past, which forms the suitable atmosphere of mythical narrative,—a

past originally quite undetermined in respect to distance from the

present, as we see in the Iliad and Odyssey. And even when we come

down to the genealogical poets, who affect to give a certain measure

of bygone time, and a succession of persons as well as of events,

still, the names whom they most delight to honor and upon whose

exploits they chiefly expatiate, are those of the ancestral gods and

heroes of the tribe and their supposed contemporaries; ancestors

separated by a long lineage from the present hearer. The gods and

heroes were conceived as removed from him by several generations,

and the legendary matter which was grouped around them appeared only

the more imposing when exhibited at a respectful distance, beyond

the days of father and grandfather, and of all known predecessors.

The Odes of Pindar strikingly illustrate this tendency. We thus see

how it happened that, between the times assigned to heroic adventure

and those of historical record, there existed an intermediate blank,

filled with inglorious names; and how, amongst the same society which

cared not to remember proceedings of fathers and grandfathers, there

circulated much popular and accredited narrative respecting real

or supposed ancestors long past and gone The obscure and barren

centuries which immediately precede the first recorded Olympiad,

form the natural separation between the legendary return of the

Herakleids and the historical wars of Sparta against Messênê,—between

the province of legend, wherein matter of fact (if any there be) is

so intimately combined with its accompaniments of fiction, as to be

undistinguishable without the aid of extrinsic evidence,—and that

of history where some matters of fact can be ascertained, and where

a sagacious criticism may be usefully employed in trying to add to

their number.

CHAPTER XIX.

APPLICATION OF CHRONOLOGY TO GRECIAN LEGEND.

I need not repeat, what has already been sufficiently set forth in

the preceding pages, that the mass of Grecian incident anterior

to 776 B. C. appears to me not reducible either to history or to

chronology, and that any chronological system which may be applied

to it must be essentially uncertified and illusory. It was, however,

chronologized in ancient times, and has continued to be so in modern;

and the various schemes employed for this purpose may be found stated

and compared in the first volume (the last published) of Mr. Fynes

Clinton’s Fasti Hellenici. There were among the Greeks, and there

still are among modern scholars, important differences as to the

dates of the principal events:[70] Eratosthenês dissented both from

Herodotus and from Phanias and Kallimachus, while Larcher and Raoul

Rochette (who follow Herodotus) stand opposed to O. Müller and to

Mr. Clinton. That the reader may have a general conception of the

order in which these legendary events were disposed, I transcribe

from the Fasti Hellenica a double chronological table, contained in

p. 139, in which the dates are placed in series, from Phorôneus to

the Olympiad of Corœbus in B. C. 776,—in the first column according

to the system of Eratosthenês, in the second according to that of

Kallimachus.

[70] Larcher and Raoul Rochette, adopting the chronological date

of Herodotus, fix the taking of Troy at 1270 B. C., and the

Return of the Herakleids at 1190 B. C. According to the scheme of

Eratosthenês, these two events stand at 1184 and 1104 B. C.

O. Müller, in his Chronological Tables (Appendix vi. to History

of Dorians, vol ii. p. 441, Engl. transl.), gives no dates or

computation of years anterior to the Capture of Troy and the

Return of the Herakleids, which he places with Eratosthenês in

1184 and 1104 B. C.

C. Müller thinks (in his Annotatio ad Marmor Parium, appended to

the Fragmenta Historicorum Græcorum, ed. Didot, pp. 556, 568,

572; compare his Prefatory notice of the Fragments of Hellanikus,

p. xxviii. of the same volume) that the ancient chronologists,

in their arrangement of the mythical events as antecedent and

consequent, were guided by certain numerical attachments,

especially by a reverence for the cycle of 63 years, product

of the sacred numbers 7 × 9 = 63. I cannot think that he makes

out his hypothesis satisfactorily, as to the particular cycle

followed, though it is not improbable that some preconceived

numerical theories _did_ guide these early calculators. He calls

attention to the fact that the Alexandrine computation of dates

was only one among a number of others discrepant, and that modern

inquirers are too apt to treat it as if it stood alone, or

carried some superior authority, (pp. 568-572; compare Clemen.

Alex. Stromat. i. p. 145, Sylb.) For example, O. Müller observes,

(Appendix to Hist. of Dorians, p. 442,) that “Larcher’s criticism

and rejection of the Alexandrine chronologists may perhaps be

found as groundless as they are presumptuous,”—an observation,

which, to say the least of it, ascribes to Eratosthenês a far

higher authority than he is entitled to.

“The following Table (says Mr. Clinton) offers a summary view of

the leading periods from Phorôneus to the Olympiad of Corœbus, and

exhibits a double series of dates; the one proceeding from the

date of Eratosthenês, the other from a date founded on the reduced

calculations of Phanias and Kallimachus, which strike out fifty-six

years from the amount of Eratosthenês. Phanias, as we have seen,

omitted fifty-five years between the Return and the registered

Olympiads; for so we may understand the account: Kallimachus,

fifty-six years between the Olympiad of Iphitus and the Olympiad in

which Corœbus won.[71]

[71] The date of Kallimachus for _Iphitus_ is approved by Clavier

(Prem. Temps, tom. ii. p. 203), who considers it as not far from

the truth.

“The first column of this Table exhibits the _current_ years before

and after the fall of Troy: in the second column of dates the

_complete_ intervals are expressed.”

Years

Years intervening

before between

the Fall the different B. C. B. C.

of Troy. events. Eratosth. Kallimach.

(570)[72] _Phoroneus_, p. 19 287 (1753) (1697)

(283) { _Daneus_, p. 73 }

{ _Pelasgus V._ p. 13, 88 } 33 (1466) (1410)

(250) _Deukalion_, p. 42 50 (1433) (1377)

(200) { _Erechtheus_ }

{ _Dardanus_, p. 88 } 50 (1383) (1327)

(150) _Azan_, _Aphida_, _Elatus_ 20 (1333) (1277)

130 _Kadmus_, p. 85 30 1313 1257

(100) _Pelops_ 22 (1283) (1227)

78 Birth of _Hercules_ 36 1261 1205

(42) Argonauts 12 (1225) (1169)

30 First Theban war, p. 51, h. 4 1213 1157

26 Death of _Hercules_ 2 1209 1153

24 Death of _Eurystheus_, p. 106, x. 4 1207 1151

20 Death of _Hyllus_ 2y 9m 1203 1147

18 Accession of _Agamemnon_ 2 1200 1144

16 Second Theban war, p. 87, 1 6 1198 1142

10 Trojan expedition (9y 1m) 9 1192 1136

Years

after

the Fall

of Troy.

Troy taken 7 1183 1127

8 _Orestes_ reigns at Argos in the 8th year 52 1176 1120

60 { The _Thessali_ occupy Thessaly }

{ The _Bœoti_ return to Bœotia in the 60th yr. }

{ Æolic migration under _Penthilus_ } 20 1124 1068

80 Return of the _Heraclidæ_ in the 80th year 29 1104 1048

109 _Aletes_ reigns at Corinth, p. 130, m. 1 1075 1019

110 Migration of _Theras_ 21 1074 1018

131 Lesbos occupied 130 years after the æra 8 1053 997

139 Death of _Codrus_ 1 1045 989

140 Ionic migration 60 years after the Return 11 1044 988

151 Cymê founded 150 years after the æra 18 1033 977

169 Smyrna, 168 years after the æra, p. 105, t. 131 1015 959

299

300 Olympiad of _Iphitus_ { 108 }

{ 52 } 884 828

408 }

352 } Olympiad of _Corœbus_ .. 776 776

[72] These dates, distinguished from the rest by braces, are

proposed as mere conjectures, founded upon the probable length of

generations.

Wherever chronology is possible, researches such as those of Mr.

Clinton, which have conduced so much to the better understanding of

the later times of Greece, deserve respectful attention. But the

ablest chronologist can accomplish nothing, unless he is supplied

with a certain basis of matters of fact, pure and distinguishable

from fiction, and authenticated by witnesses both knowing the truth

and willing to declare it. Possessing this preliminary stock, he

may reason from it to refute distinct falsehoods and to correct

partial mistakes: but if all the original statements submitted to

him contain truth (at least wherever there is truth) in a sort

of chemical combination with fiction, which he has no means of

decomposing,—he is in the condition of one who tries to solve a

problem without data: he is first obliged to construct his own data,

and from them to extract his conclusions. The statements of the epic

poets, our only original witnesses in this case, correspond to the

description here given. Whether the proportion of truth contained in

them be smaller or greater, it is at all events unassignable,—and

the constant and intimate admixture of fiction is both indisputable

in itself, and, indeed, essential to the purpose and profession of

those from whom the tales proceed. Of such a character are all the

deposing witnesses, even where their tales agree; and it is out of a

heap of such tales, not agreeing, but discrepant in a thousand ways,

and without a morsel of pure authenticated truth,—that the critic

is called upon to draw out a methodical series of historical events

adorned with chronological dates.

If we could imagine a modern critical scholar transported into Greece

at the time of the Persian war,—endued with his present habits of

appreciating historical evidence, without sharing in the religious

or patriotic feelings of the country,—and invited to prepare, out

of the great body of Grecian epic which then existed, a History and

Chronology of Greece anterior to 776 B. C., assigning reasons as

well for what he admitted as for what he rejected,—I feel persuaded

that he would have judged the undertaking to be little better than

a process of guesswork. But the modern critic finds that not only

Pherekydês and Hellanikus, but also Herodotus and Thucydidês, have

either attempted the task or sanctioned the belief that it was

practicable,—a matter not at all surprising, when we consider both

their narrow experience of historical evidence and the powerful

ascendency of religion and patriotism in predisposing them to

antiquarian belief,—and he therefore accepts the problem as they have

bequeathed it, adding his own efforts to bring it to a satisfactory

solution. Nevertheless, he not only follows them with some degree of

reserve and uneasiness, but even admits important distinctions quite

foreign to their habits of thought. Thucydidês talks of the deeds

of Hellên and his sons with as much confidence as we now speak of

William the Conqueror: Mr. Clinton recognizes Hellên, with his sons

Dôrus, Æolus, and Xuthus, as fictitious persons. Herodotus recites

the great heroic genealogies down from Kadmus and Danaus, with a

belief not less complete in the higher members of the series than

in the lower: but Mr. Clinton admits a radical distinction in the

evidence of events before and after the first recorded Olympiad, or

776 B. C.,—“the first date in Grecian chronology (he remarks, p. 123)

which can be fixed upon _authentic evidence_,”—the highest point to

which Grecian chronology, _reckoning upward_, can be carried. Of this

important epoch in Grecian development,—the commencement of authentic

chronological life,—Herodotus and Thucydidês had no knowledge or took

no account: the later chronologists, from Timæus downwards, noted it,

and made it serve as the basis of their chronological comparisons,

so far as it went: but neither Eratosthenês nor Apollodôrus seem to

have recognized (though Varro and Africanus did recognize) a marked

difference in respect of certainty or authenticity between the period

before and the period after.

In farther illustration of Mr. Clinton’s opinion that the first

recorded Olympiad is the earliest date which can be fixed upon

authentic evidence, we have, in p. 138, the following just remarks

in reference to the dissentient views of Eratosthenês, Phanias,

and Kallimachus, about the date of the Trojan war: “The chronology

of Eratosthenês (he says), founded on a careful comparison of

circumstances, and approved by those to whom the same stores of

information were open, is entitled to our respect. But we must

remember that a conjectural date can never rise to the authority of

evidence; that what is accepted as a substitute for testimony is not

an equivalent: witnesses only can prove a date, and in the want of

these, the knowledge of it is plainly beyond our reach. If in the

absence of a better light we seek for what is probable, we are not to

forget the distinction between conjecture and proof; between what is

probable and what is certain. The computation, then, of Eratosthenês

for the war of Troy is open to inquiry; and if we find it adverse

to the opinions of many preceding writers, who fixed a lower date,

and adverse to the acknowledged length of generation in the most

authentic dynasties, we are allowed to follow other guides, who give

us a lower epoch.”

Here Mr. Clinton again plainly acknowledges the want of evidence,

and the irremediable uncertainty of Grecian chronology before the

Olympiads; and the reasonable conclusion from his argument is, not

simply, that “the computation of Eratosthenês was open to inquiry,”

(which few would be found to deny,) but that both Eratosthenês and

Phanias had delivered positive opinions upon a point on which no

sufficient evidence was accessible, and therefore that neither the

one nor the other was a guide to be followed.[73] Mr. Clinton does,

indeed, speak of authentic dynasties prior to the first recorded

Olympiad, but if there be any such, reaching up from that period to

a supposed point coeval with or anterior to the war of Troy,—I see

no good reason for the marked distinction which he draws between

chronology before and chronology after the Olympiad of Korœbus, or

for the necessity which he feels of suspending his upward reckoning

at the last-mentioned epoch, and beginning a different process,

called “a downward reckoning,” from the higher epoch (supposed to

be somehow ascertained without any upward reckoning) of the first

patriarch from whom such authentic dynasty emanates.[74] Herodotus

and Thucydidês might well, upon this supposition, ask of Mr.

Clinton, why he called upon them to alter their method of proceeding

at the year 776 B. C., and why they might not be allowed to pursue

their “upward chronological reckoning,” without interruption,

from Leonidas up to Danaus, or from Peisistratus up to Hellên and

Deukalion, without any alteration in the point of view. Authentic

dynasties from the Olympiads, up to an epoch above the Trojan war,

would enable us to obtain chronological proof for the latter date,

instead of being reduced (as Mr. Clinton affirms that we are) to

“conjecture” instead of proof.

[73] Karl Müller observes (in the Dissertation above referred to,

appended to the Fragmenta Historicum Græcorum, p. 568): “Quod

attinet æram Trojanam, tot obruimur et tam diversis veterum

scriptorum computationibus, ut singulas enumerare negotium sit

tædii plenum, eas vel probare vel improbare res vana nec vacua ab

arrogantiâ. Nam nemo hodie nescit quænam fides his habenda sit

omnibus.”

[74] The distinction which Mr. Clinton draws between an upward

and a downward chronology is one that I am unable to comprehend.

His doctrine is, that upward chronology is trustworthy and

practicable up to the first recorded Olympiad; downward

chronology is trustworthy and practicable from Phorôneus down

to the Ionic migration: what is uncertain is, the length of the

intermediate line which joins the Ionic migration to the first

recorded Olympiad,—the downward and the upward terminus. (See

Fasti Hellenici, vol. i. Introduct. p. ix. second edit. and p.

123, ch. vi.)

All chronology must begin by reckoning upwards: when by this

process we have arrived at a certain determined era in earlier

time, we may from that date reckon downwards, if we please. We

must be able to reckon upwards from the present time to the

Christian era, before we can employ that event as a fixed point

for chronological determinations generally. But if Eratosthenês

could perform correctly the upward reckoning from his own

time to the fall of Troy, so he could also perform the upward

reckoning up to the nearer point of the Ionic migration. It is

true that Eratosthenês gives all his statements of time from an

older point to a newer (so far at least as we can judge from

Clemens Alex. Strom. 1, p. 336); he says “From the capture of

Troy to the return of the Herakleids is 80 years; from thence

to the Ionic migration, 60 years; then, farther on, to the

guardianship of Lykurgus, 159 years; then to the first year

of the first Olympiad, 108 years; from which Olympiad to the

invasion of Xerxês, 297 years; from whence to the beginning of

the Peloponnesian war, 48 years,” etc. But here is no difference

between upward reckoning as high as the first Olympiad, and

then downward reckoning for the intervals of time above it.

Eratosthenês first found or made some upward reckoning to the

Trojan capture, either from his own time or from some time at

a known distance from his own: he then assumes the capture

of Troy as an era, and gives statements of intervals going

downwards to the Peloponnesian war: amongst other statements,

he assigns clearly that interval which Mr. Clinton pronounces

to be undiscoverable, viz. the space of time between the Ionic

emigration and the first Olympiad, interposing one epoch between

them. I reject the computation of Eratosthenês, or any other

computation, to determine the supposed date of the Trojan war;

but, if I admitted it, I could have no hesitation in admitting

also the space which he defines between the Ionic migration and

the first Olympiad. Eusebius (Præp. Ev. x. 9, p. 485) reckons

upwards from the birth of Christ, making various halts, but never

breaking off, to the initial phenomena of Grecian antiquity,—the

deluge of Deukalion and the conflagration of Phaëtôn.

The whole question, as to the value of the reckoning from the

Olympiads up to Phorôneus, does in truth turn upon this point: Are

those genealogies, which profess to cover the space between the two,

authentic and trustworthy, or not? Mr. Clinton appears to feel that

they are not so, when he admits the essential difference in the

character of the evidence and the necessity of altering the method

of computation, before and after the first recorded Olympiad; yet,

in his Preface, he labors to prove that they possess historical

worth and are in the main correctly set forth: moreover, that the

fictitious persons, wherever any such are intermingled, may be

detected and eliminated. The evidences upon which he relies, are: 1.

Inscriptions; 2. The early poets.

1. An inscription, being nothing but a piece of writing on marble,

carries evidentiary value under the same conditions as a published

writing on paper. If the inscriber reports a contemporary fact which

he had the means of knowing, and if there be no reason to suspect

misrepresentation, we believe his assertion: if, on the other hand,

he records facts belonging to a long period before his own time, his

authority counts for little, except in so far as we can verify and

appreciate his means of knowledge.

In estimating, therefore, the probative force of any inscription,

the first and most indispensable point is to assure ourselves of its

date. Amongst all the public registers and inscriptions alluded to

by Mr. Clinton, there is not one which can be positively referred

to a date anterior to 776 B. C. The quoit of Iphitus,—the public

registers at Sparta, Corinth, and Elis,—the list of the priestesses

of Juno at Argos,—are all of a date completely uncertified. O. Müller

does, indeed, agree with Mr. Clinton (though in my opinion without

any sufficient proof) in assigning the quoit of Iphitus to the age

ascribed to that prince: and if we even grant thus much, we shall

have an inscription as old (adopting Mr. Clinton’s determination

of the age of Iphitus) as 828 B. C. But when Mr. Clinton quotes O.

Müller as admitting the registers of Sparta, Corinth, and Elis, it

is right to add that the latter does not profess to guarantee the

authenticity of these documents, or the age at which such registers

began to be kept. It is not to be doubted that there were registers

of the kings of Sparta carrying them up to Hêraklês, and of the

kings of Elis from Oxylus to Iphitus; but the question is, at what

time did these lists begin to be kept continuously? This is a point

which we have no means of deciding, nor can we accept Mr. Clinton’s

unsupported conjecture, when he tells us: “_Perhaps_ these were begun

to be written as early as B. C. 1048, the probable time of the Dorian

conquest.” Again, he tells us: “At Argos, a register was preserved

of the priestesses of Juno, which _might_ be more ancient than the

catalogues of the kings of Sparta or Corinth. That register, from

which Hellanikus composed his work, contained the priestesses from

the earliest times down to the age of Hellanikus himself.... But

this catalogue _might have_ been commenced as early as the Trojan

war itself, and even at a still earlier date.” (pp. x. xi.) Again,

respecting the inscriptions quoted by Herodotus from the temple of

the Ismenian Apollo at Thêbes, in which Amphitryo and Laodamas are

named, Mr. Clinton says, “They were ancient in the time of Herodotus,

which _may_ perhaps carry them back 400 years before his time: and

in that case they _might_ approach within 300 years of Laodamas

and within 400 years of the probable time of Kadmus himself.”—“It

is granted (he adds, in a note,) that these inscriptions were _not

genuine_, that is, not of the date to which they were assigned by

Herodotus himself. But that they were ancient, cannot be doubted,” &c.

The time when Herodotus saw the temple of the Ismenian Apollo

at Thêbes can hardly have been earlier than 450 B. C. reckoning

upwards from hence to 776 B. C., we have an interval of 326 years:

the inscriptions which Herodotus saw may well therefore have been

_ancient_, without being earlier than the first recorded Olympiad.

Mr. Clinton does, indeed, tell us that _ancient_ “may perhaps” be

construed as 400 years earlier than Herodotus. But no careful reader

can permit himself to convert such bare possibility into a ground

of inference, and to make it available, in conjunction with other

similar possibilities before enumerated, for the purpose of showing

that there really existed inscriptions in Greece of a date anterior

to 776 B. C. Unless Mr. Clinton can make out this, he can derive no

benefit from inscriptions, in his attempt to substantiate the reality

of the mythical persons or of the mythical events.

The truth is, that the Herakleid pedigree of the Spartan kings

(as has been observed in a former chapter) is only one out of the

numerous divine and heroic genealogies with which the Hellenic world

abounded,[75]—a class of documents which become historical evidence

only so high in the ascending series as the names composing them are

authenticated by contemporary, or nearly contemporary, enrolment. At

what period this practice of enrolment began, we have no information.

Two remarks, however, may be made, in reference to any approximative

guess as to the time when actual registration commenced: First, that

the number of names in the pedigree, or the length of past time which

it professes to embrace, affords no presumption of any superior

antiquity in the time of registration: Secondly, that, looking to

the acknowledged paucity and rudeness of Grecian writing, even down

to the 60th Olympiad (540 B. C.), and to the absence of the habit

of writing, as well as the low estimate of its value, which such a

state of things argues, the presumption is, that written enrolment

of family genealogies, did not commence until a long time after 776

B. C., and the obligation of proof falls upon him who maintains

that it commenced earlier. And this second remark is farther borne

out, when we observe that there is no registered list, except that

of the Olympic victors, which goes up even so high as 776 B. C. The

next list which O. Müller and Mr. Clinton produce, is that of the

Karneonicæ, or victors at the Karneian festival, which reaches only

up to 676 B. C.

[75] See the string of fabulous names placed at the head of the

Halikarnassian Inscription, professing to enumerate the series of

priests of Poseidôn from the foundation of the city (Inscript.

No. 2655, Boeckh), with the commentary of the learned editor:

compare, also, what he pronounces to be an inscription of a

genealogy partially fabulous at Hierapytna in Krête (No. 2563).

The memorable Parian marble is itself an inscription, in which

legend and history—gods, heroes, and men—are blended together

in the various successive epochs without any consciousness of

transition in the mind of the inscriber.

That the Catalogue of Priestesses of Hêrê at Argos went back to

the extreme of fabulous times, we may discern by the Fragments of

Hellanikus (Frag. 45-53). So also did the registers at Sikyôn:

they professed to record Amphion, son of Zeus and Antiopê, as the

inventor of harp-music (Plutarch, De Musicâ, c. 3, p. 1132).

I remarked in the preceding page, that Mr. Clinton erroneously

cites K. O. Müller as a believer in the chronological

_authenticity_ of the lists of the early Spartan kings: he says

(vol. iii. App. vi. p. 330), “Mr. Müller is of opinion that an

_authentic_ account of the years of each Lacedæmonian reign from

the return of the Heraclidæ to the Olympiad of Korœbus had been

preserved to the time of Eratosthenês and Apollodôrus.” But this

is a mistake; for Müller expressly disavows any belief in the

_authenticity_ of the lists (Dorians, i. p. 146): he says: “I do

not contend that the chronological accounts in the Spartan lists

form _an authentic document_, more than those in the catalogue

of the priestesses of Hêrê and in the list of Halikarnassian

priests. The chronological statements in the Spartan lists may

have been formed from imperfect memorials: but the Alexandrine

chronologists must have found such tables in existence,” &c.

The discrepancies noticed in Herodotus (vi. 52) are alone

sufficient to prove that continuous registers of the names of the

Lacedæmonian kings did not begin to be kept until very long after

the date here assigned by Mr. Clinton.

Xenophôn (Agesilaus, viii. 7) agrees with what Herodotus mentions

to have been the native Lacedæmonian story,—that Aristodêmus (and

not his sons) was the king who conducted the Dorian invaders

to Sparta. What is farther remarkable is, that Xenophôn calls

him—Ἀριστόδημος ὁ Ἡρακλέους. The reasonable inference here is,

that Xenophôn believed Aristodêmus to be the _son_ of Hêraklês,

and that this was one of the various genealogical stories

current. But here the critics interpose; “ὁ Ἡρακλἑους (observes

Schneider,) non παῖς, sed ἀπόγονος, ut ex Herodoto, viii. 131,

admonuit Weiske.” Surely, if Xenophôn had meant this, he would

have said ὁ ἀφ᾽ Ἡρακλέους.

Perhaps particular exceptional cases might be quoted, wherein

the very common phrase of ὁ, followed by a genitive, means

_descendant_, and not _son_. But if any doubt be allowed upon

this point, chronological computations, founded on genealogies,

will be exposed to a serious additional suspicion. Why are we to

assume that Xenophôn _must_ give the same story as Herodotus,

unless his words naturally tell us so?

If Mr. Clinton then makes little out of inscriptions to sustain his

view of Grecian history and chronology anterior to the recorded

Olympiads, let us examine the inferences which he draws from his

ether source of evidence,—the early poets. And here it will be

found, First, that in order to maintain the credibility of these

witnesses, he lays down positions respecting historical evidence

both indefensible in themselves, and especially inapplicable to the

early times of Greece: Secondly, that his reasoning is at the same

time inconsistent,—inasmuch as it includes admissions, which, if

properly understood and followed out, exhibit these very witnesses as

habitually, indiscriminately, and unconsciously mingling truth and

fiction; and therefore little fit to be believed upon their solitary

and unsupported testimony.

To take the second point first, he says, Introduction, p. ii-iii:

“The authority even of the genealogies has been called in question

by many able and learned persons, who reject Danaus, Kadmus,

Hercules, Thêseus, and many others, as fictitious persons. It

is evident that any fact would come from the hands of the poets

embellished with many fabulous additions: and fictitious genealogies

were undoubtedly composed. Because, however, some genealogies

were fictitious, we are not justified in concluding that all were

fabulous.... In estimating, then, the historical value of the

genealogies transmitted by the early poets, we may take a middle

course; not rejecting them as wholly false, nor yet implicitly

receiving all as true. The genealogies _contain many real persons_,

but these are _incorporated with many fictitious names_. The

fictions, however, will have a basis of truth: the genealogical

expression may be false, but the connection which it describes is

real. Even to those who reject the whole as fabulous, the exhibition

of the early times which is presented in this volume may still be not

unacceptable: because it is necessary to the right understanding of

antiquity that the opinions of the Greeks concerning their own origin

should be set before us, even if these are erroneous opinions, and

that their story should be told as they have told it themselves. The

names preserved by the ancient genealogies may be considered of three

kinds; either they were the name of a race or clan converted into

the name of an individual, or they were altogether fictitious, or

lastly, they were real historical names. An attempt is made, in the

four genealogical tables inserted below, to distinguish these three

classes of names.... Of those who are left in the third class (_i.

e._ the real) all are not entitled to remain there. But I have only

placed in the third class those names concerning which there seemed

to be little doubt. The rest are left to the judgment of the reader.”

Pursuant to this principle of division, Mr. Clinton furnishes four

genealogical tables,[76] in which the names of persons representing

races are printed in capital letters, and those of purely fictitious

persons in italics. And these tables exhibit a curious sample of the

intimate commixture of fiction with that which he calls truth: real

son and mythical father, real husband and mythical wife, or _vice

versâ_.

[76] See Mr. Clinton’s work, pp. 32, 40, 100.

Upon Mr. Clinton’s tables we may remark:—

1. The names singled out as fictitious are distinguished by no common

character, nor any mark either assignable or defensible, from those

which are left as real. To take an example (p. 40), why is Itônus the

first pointed out as a fiction, while Itônus the second, together

with Physcus, Cynus, Salmôneus, Ormenus, etc., in the same page, are

preserved as real, all of them being eponyms of towns just as much as

Itônus?

2. If we are to discard Hellên, Dôrus, Æolus, Iôn, etc., as not being

real individual persons, but expressions for personified races, why

are we to retain Kadmus, Danaus, Hyllus, and several others, who are

just as much eponyms of races and tribes as the four above mentioned?

Hyllus, Pamphylus, and Dymas are the eponyms of the three Dorian

tribes,[77] just as Hoplês and the other three sons of Iôn were of

the four Attic tribes: Kadmus and Danaus stand in the same relation

to the Kadmeians and Danaans, as Argus and Achæus to the Argeians and

Achæans. Besides, there are many other names really eponymous, which

we cannot now recognize to be so, in consequence of our imperfect

acquaintance with the subdivisions of the Hellenic population, each

of which, speaking generally, had its god or hero, to whom the

original of the name was referred. If, then, eponymous names are to

be excluded from the category of reality, we shall find that the

ranks of the real men will be thinned to a far greater extent than is

indicated by Mr. Clinton’s tables.

[77] “From these three” (Hyllus, Pamphylus, and Dymas,) says Mr.

Clinton, vol. i. ch. 5, p. 109, “the three Dorian tribes derived

their names.”

3. Though Mr. Clinton does not carry out consistently either of

his disfranchising qualifications among the names and persons of

the old mythes, he nevertheless presses them far enough to strike

out a sensible proportion of the whole. By conceding thus much

to modern scepticism, he has departed from the point of view of

Hellanikus and Herodotus, and the ancient historians generally;

and it is singular that the names, which he has been the most

forward to sacrifice, are exactly those to which they were most

attached, and which it would have been most painful to their faith

to part with,—I mean the eponymous heroes. Neither Herodotus, nor

Hellanikus, nor Eratosthenês, nor any one of the chronological

reckoners of antiquity, would have admitted the distinction which

Mr. Clinton draws between persons real and persons fictitious in

the old mythical world, though they might perhaps occasionally, on

special grounds, call in question the existence of some individual

characters amongst the mythical ancestry of Greece; but they never

dreamed of that general severance into real and fictitious persons,

which forms the principle of Mr. Clinton’s “middle course.” Their

chronological computations for Grecian antiquity assumed that the

mythical characters, in their full and entire sequence, were all real

persons. Setting up the entire list as real, they calculated so many

generations to a century, and thus determined the number of centuries

which separated themselves from the gods, the heroes, or the

autochthonous men who formed in their view the historical starting

point. But as soon as it is admitted that the personages in the

mythical world are divisible into two classes, partly real and partly

fictitious, the integrity of the series is broken up, and it can be

no longer employed as a basis for chronological calculation. In the

estimate of the ancient chronologers, three succeeding persons of the

same lineage—grandfather, father, and son,—counted for a century;

and this may pass in a rough way, so long as you are thoroughly

satisfied that they are all real persons: but if, in the succession

of persons A, B, C, you strike out B as a fiction, the continuity

of data necessary for chronological computation disappears. Now Mr.

Clinton is inconsistent with himself in this,—that, while he abandons

the unsuspecting historical faith of the Grecian chronologers, he

nevertheless continues his chronological computations upon the data

of that ancient faith,—upon the assumed reality of all the persons

constituting his ante-historical generations. What becomes, for

example, of the Herakleid genealogy of the Spartan kings, when it

is admitted that eponymous persons are to be cancelled as fictions;

seeing that Hyllus, through whom those kings traced their origin to

Hêraklês comes in the most distinct manner under that category, as

much so as Hoplês the son of Iôn? It will be found that, when we

once cease to believe in the mythical world as an uninterrupted and

unalloyed succession of real individuals, it becomes unfit to serve

as a basis for chronological computations, and that Mr. Clinton, when

he mutilated the data of the ancient chronologists, ought at the

same time to have abandoned their problems as insoluble. Genealogies

of real persons, such as Herodotus and Eratosthenês believed in,

afford a tolerable basis for calculations of time, within certain

limits of error: “genealogies containing many real persons, but

incorporated with many fictitious names,” (to use the language just

cited from Mr. Clinton,) are essentially unavailable for such a

purpose.

It is right here to add, that I agree in Mr. Clinton’s view of

these eponymous persons: I admit, with him, that “the genealogical

expression may often be false, when the connection which it describes

is real.” Thus, for example, the adoption of Hyllus by Ægimius, the

father of Pamphylus and Dymas, to the privileges of a son and to a

third fraction of his territories, may reasonably be construed as

a mythical expression of the fraternal union of the three Dorian

tribes, Hyllêis, Pamphyli, and Dymanes: so about the relationship of

Iôn and Achæus, of Dôrus and Æolus. But if we put this construction

on the name of Hyllus, or Iôn, or Achæus, we cannot at the same time

employ either of these persons as units in chronological reckoning:

nor is it consistent to recognize them in the lump as members of

a distinct class, and yet to enlist them as real individuals in

measuring the duration of past time.

4. Mr. Clinton, while professing a wish to tell the story of the

Greeks as they have told it themselves, seems unconscious how

capitally his point of view differs from theirs. The distinction

which he draws between real and fictitious persons would have

appeared unreasonable, not to say offensive, to Herodotus or

Eratosthenês. It is undoubtedly right that the early history (if so

it is to be called) of the Greeks should be told as they have told

it themselves, and with that view I have endeavored in the previous

narrative, as far as I could, to present the primitive legends in

their original color and character,—pointing out at the same time the

manner in which they were transformed and distilled into history by

passing through the retort of later annalists. It is the legend, as

thus transformed, which Mr. Clinton seems to understand as the story

told by the Greeks themselves,—which cannot be admitted to be true,

unless the meaning of the expression be specially explained. In his

general distinction, however, between the real and fictitious persons

of the mythical world, he departs essentially from the point of

view even of the later Greeks. And if he had consistently followed

out that distinction in his particular criticisms, he would have

found the ground slipping under his feet in his upward march even

to Troy,—not to mention the series of eighteen generations farther

up, to Phorôneus; but he does _not_ consistently follow it out, and

therefore, in practice, he deviates little from the footsteps of the

ancients.

Enough has been said to show that the witnesses upon whom Mr. Clinton

relies, blend truth and fiction habitually, indiscriminately, and

unconsciously, even upon his own admission. Let us now consider the

positions which he lays down respecting historical evidence. He says

(Introduct. pp. vi-vii):—

“We may acknowledge as real persons all those whom there is no reason

for rejecting. The presumption is in favor of the early tradition,

if no argument can be brought to overthrow it. The persons may be

considered real, when the description of them is consonant with

the state of the country at that time: when no national prejudice

or vanity could be concerned in inventing them: when the tradition

is consistent and general: when rival or hostile tribes concur in

the leading facts: when the acts ascribed to the person (divested

of their poetical ornament) enter into the political system of the

age, or form the basis of other transactions which fall within known

historical times. Kadmus and Danaus appear to be real persons: for

it is conformable to the state of mankind, and perfectly credible,

that Phœnician and Egyptian adventurers, in the ages to which these

persons are ascribed, should have found their way to the coasts of

Greece: and the Greeks (as already observed) had no motive from any

national vanity to feign these settlements. Hercules was a real

person. His acts were recorded by those who were not friendly to

the Dorians; by Achæans and Æolians, and Ionians, who had no vanity

to gratify in celebrating the hero of a hostile and rival people.

His descendants in many branches remained in many states down to

the historical times. His son Tlepolemus, and his grandson and

great-grandson Cleodæus and Aristomachus, are acknowledged (_i. e._

by O. Müller) to be real persons: and there is no reason that can be

assigned for receiving these, which will not be equally valid for

establishing the reality both of Hercules and Hyllus. Above all,

Hercules is authenticated by the testimonies both of the Iliad and

Odyssey.”

These positions appear to me inconsistent with any sound views of the

conditions of historical testimony. According to what is here laid

down, we are bound to accept as real all the persons mentioned by

Homer, Arktinus, Leschês, the Hesiodic poets, Eumêlus, Asius, etc.,

unless we can adduce some positive ground in each particular case

to prove the contrary. If this position be a true one, the greater

part of the history of England, from Brute the Trojan down to Julius

Cæsar, ought at once to be admitted as valid and worthy of credence.

What Mr. Clinton here calls the _early tradition_, is in point of

fact, the narrative of these early poets. The word _tradition_ is

an equivocal word, and begs the whole question; for while in its

obvious and literal meaning it implies only something handed down,

whether truth or fiction,—it is tacitly understood to imply a tale

descriptive of some real matter of fact, taking its rise at the time

when that fact happened, and originally accurate, but corrupted

by subsequent oral transmission. Understanding, therefore, by Mr.

Clinton’s words _early tradition_, the tales of the old poets, we

shall find his position totally inadmissible,—that we are bound to

admit the persons or statements of Homer and Hesiod as real unless

where we can produce reasons to the contrary. To allow this, would

be to put them upon a par with good contemporary witnesses; for no

greater privilege can be claimed in favor even of Thucydidês, than

the title of his testimony to be believed unless where it can be

contradicted on special grounds. The presumption in favor of an

asserting witness is either strong or weak, or positively nothing,

according to the compound ratio of his means of knowledge, his moral

and intellectual habits, and his motive to speak the truth. Thus,

for instance, when Hesiod tells us that his father quitted the Æolic

Kymê, and came to Askra in Bœôtia, we may fully believe him; but

when he describes to us the battles between the Olympic gods and the

Titans, or between Hêraklês and Cycnus,—or when Homer depicts the

efforts of Hectôr, aided by Apollo, for the defence of Troy, and

the struggles of Achilles and Odysseus, with the assistance of Hêrê

and Poseidôn, for the destruction of that city, events professedly

long past and gone,—we cannot presume either of them to be in any

way worthy of belief. It cannot be shown that they possessed any

means of knowledge, while it is certain that they could have no

motive to consider historical truth: their object was to satisfy an

uncritical appetite for narrative, and to interest the emotions of

their hearers. Mr. Clinton says, that “the persons may be considered

real when the description of them is consistent with the state of

the country at that time.” But he has forgotten, first, that we know

nothing of the state of the country except what these very poets tell

us; next, that fictitious persons may be just as consonant to the

state of the country as real persons. While, therefore, on the one

hand, we have no independent evidence either to affirm or to deny

that Achilles or Agamemnôn are consistent with the state of Greece or

Asia Minor, at a certain supposed date 1183 B. C., so, on the other

hand, even assuming such consistency to be made out, this of itself

would not prove them to be real persons.

Mr. Clinton’s reasoning altogether overlooks the existence of

_plausible fiction_,—fictitious stories which harmonize perfectly

well with the general course of facts, and which are distinguished

from matters of fact not by any internal character, but by the

circumstance that matter of fact has some competent and well-informed

witness to authenticate it, either directly or through legitimate

inference. Fiction may be, and often is, extravagant and incredible;

but it may also be plausible and specious, and in that case there

is nothing but the want of an attesting certificate to distinguish

it from truth. Now all the tests, which Mr. Clinton proposes as

guarantees of the reality of the Homeric persons, will be just as

well satisfied by plausible fiction as by actual matter of fact:

the plausibility of the fiction consists in its satisfying those

and other similar conditions. In most cases, the tales of the

poets _did_ fall in with the existing current of feelings in their

audience: “prejudice and vanity” are not the only feelings, but

doubtless prejudice and vanity were often appealed to, and it was

from such harmony of sentiment that they acquired their hold on men’s

belief. Without any doubt, the Iliad appealed most powerfully to the

reverence for ancestral gods and heroes among the Asiatic colonists

who first heard it: the temptation of putting forth an interesting

tale is quite a sufficient stimulus to the invention of the poet, and

the plausibility of the tale a sufficient passport to the belief of

the hearers. Mr. Clinton talks of “consistent and general tradition.”

But that the tale of a poet, when once told with effect and beauty,

acquired general belief,—is no proof that it was founded on fact:

otherwise, what are we to say to the divine legends, and to the large

portion of the Homeric narrative which Mr. Clinton himself sets

aside as untrue, under the designation of “poetical ornament?” When

a mythical incident is recorded as “forming the basis” of some known

historical fact or institution,—as, for instance, the successful

stratagem by which Melanthus killed Xanthus, in the battle on the

boundary, as recounted in my last chapter,—we may adopt one of two

views; we may either treat the incident as real, and as having

actually given occasion to what is described as its effect,—or we

may treat the incident as a legend imagined in order to assign some

plausible origin of the reality,—“Aut ex re nomen, aut ex vocabulo

fabula.”[78] In cases where the legendary incident is referred to

a time long anterior to any records,—as it commonly is,—the second

mode of proceeding appears to me far more consonant to reason and

probability than the first. It is to be recollected that all the

persons and facts, here defended as matter of real history, by Mr.

Clinton, are referred to an age long preceding the first beginning of

records.

[78] Pomponius Mela, iii. 7.

I have already remarked that Mr. Clinton shrinks from his own rule

in treating Kadmus and Danaus as real persons, since they are as

much eponyms of tribes or races as Dôrus and Hellên. And if he can

admit Hêraklês to be a real man, I cannot see upon what reason he

can consistently disallow any one of the mythical personages, for

there is not one whose exploits are more strikingly at variance with

the standard of historical probability. Mr. Clinton reasons upon the

supposition that “Herculês was a _Dorian_ hero:” but he was Achæan

and Kadmeian as well as Dorian, though the legends respecting him are

different in all the three characters. Whether his son Tlepolemus and

his grandson Cleodæus belong to the category of historical men, I

will not take upon me to say, though O. Müller (in my opinion without

any warranty) appears to admit it; but Hyllus certainly is not a real

man, if the canon of Mr. Clinton himself respecting the eponyms is

to be trusted. “The descendants of Herculês (observes Mr. Clinton)

remained in many states down to the historical times.” So did those

of Zeus and Apollo, and of that god whom the historian Hekatæus

recognized as his progenitor in the sixteenth generation; the titular

kings of Ephesus, in the historical times, as well as Peisistratus,

the despot of Athens, traced their origin up to Æolus and Hellên,

yet Mr. Clinton does not hesitate to reject Æolus and Hellên as

fictitious persons. I dispute the propriety of quoting the Iliad and

Odyssey (as Mr. Clinton does) in evidence of the historic personality

of Herculês. For, even with regard to the ordinary men who figure

in those poems, we have no means of discriminating the real from

the fictitious; while the Homeric Hêraklês is unquestionably more

than an ordinary man,—he is the favorite son of Zeus, from his birth

predestined to a life of labor and servitude, as preparation for a

glorious immortality. Without doubt, the poet himself believed in the

reality of Herculês, but it was a reality clothed with superhuman

attributes.

Mr. Clinton observes (Introd. p. ii.), that “because some genealogies

were fictitious, we are not justified in concluding that all were

fabulous.” It is no way necessary that we should maintain so

extensive a position: it is sufficient that all are fabulous so

far as concerns gods and heroes,—_some_ fabulous throughout,—and

none ascertainably true, for the period anterior to the recorded

Olympiads. How much, or what particular portions, may be true, no

one can pronounce. The gods and heroes are, from our point of view,

essentially fictitious; but from the Grecian point of view they were

the most real (if the expression may be permitted, _i. e._ clung to

with the strongest faith) of all the members of the series. They

not only formed parts of the genealogy as originally conceived,

but were in themselves the grand reason why it was conceived,—as a

golden chain to connect the living man with a divine ancestor. The

genealogy, therefore, taken as a whole, (and its value consists in

its being taken as a whole,) was from the beginning a fiction; but

the names of the father and grandfather of the living man, in whose

day it first came forth, were doubtless those of real men. Wherever,

therefore, we can verify the date of a genealogy, as applied to some

living person, we may reasonably presume the two lowest members of

it to be also those of real persons: but this has no application

to the time anterior to the Olympiads,—still less to the pretended

times of the Trojan war, the Kalydônian boar-hunt, or the deluge of

Deukalion. To reason (as Mr. Clinton does, Introd. p. vi.),—“Because

Aristomachus was a real man, therefore his father Cleodæus, his

grandfather Hyllus, and so farther upwards, etc., must have been

real men,”—is an inadmissible conclusion. The historian Hekatæus was

a real man, and doubtless his father Hegesander, also,—but it would

be unsafe to march up his genealogical ladder fifteen steps, to the

presence of the ancestorial god of whom he boasted: the upper steps

of the ladder will be found broken and unreal. Not to mention that

the inference, from real son to real father, is inconsistent with the

admissions in Mr. Clinton’s own genealogical tables; for he there

inserts the names of several mythical fathers as having begotten real

historical sons.

The general authority of Mr. Clinton’s book, and the sincere respect

which I entertain for his elucidations of the later chronology,

have imposed upon me the duty of assigning those grounds on which I

dissent from his conclusions prior to the first recorded Olympiad.

The reader who desires to see the numerous and contradictory guesses

(they deserve no better name) of the Greeks themselves in the attempt

to chronologize their mythical narratives, will find them in the

copious notes annexed to the first half of his first volume. As I

consider all such researches not merely as fruitless, in regard to

any trustworthy result, but as serving to divert attention from the

genuine form and really illustrative character of Grecian legend, I

have not thought it right to go over the same ground in the present

work. Differing as I do, however, from Mr. Clinton’s views on

this subject, I concur with him in deprecating the application of

etymology (Intr. pp. xi-xii.) as a general scheme of explanation to

the characters and events of Greek legend. Amongst the many causes

which operated as suggestives and stimulants to Greek fancy in the

creation of these interesting tales, doubtless etymology has had its

share; but it cannot be applied (as Hermann, above all others, has

sought to apply it) for the purpose of imparting supposed sense and

system to the general body of mythical narrative. I have already

remarked on this topic in a former chapter.

It would be curious to ascertain at what time, or by whom, the

earliest continuous genealogies, connecting existing persons with

the supposed antecedent age of legend, were formed and preserved.

Neither Homer nor Hesiod mentioned any verifiable _present_ persons

or circumstances: had they done so, the age of one or other of them

could have been determined upon good evidence, which we may fairly

presume to have been impossible, from the endless controversies upon

this topic among ancient writers. In the Hesiodic Works and Days, the

heroes of Troy and Thêbes are even presented as an extinct race,[79]

radically different from the poet’s own contemporaries, who are a new

race, far too depraved to be conceived as sprung from the loins of

the heroes; so that we can hardly suppose Hesiod (though his father

was a native of the Æolic Kymê) to have admitted the pedigree of the

Æolic chiefs, as reputed descendants of Agamemnôn. Certain it is,

that the earliest poets did not attempt to measure or bridge over

the supposed interval, between their own age and the war of Troy, by

any definite series of fathers and sons: whether Eumêlus or Asius

made any such attempt, we cannot tell, but the earliest continuous

backward genealogies which we find mentioned are those of Pherekydês,

Hellanikus, and Herodotus. It is well known that Herodotus, in his

manner of computing the upward genealogy of the Spartan kings,

assigns the date of the Trojan war to a period 800 years earlier than

himself, equivalent about to B. C. 1270-1250; while the subsequent

Alexandrine chronologists, Eratosthenês and Apollodôrus, place that

event in 1184 and 1183 B. C.; and the Parian marble refers it to

an intermediate date, different from either,—1209 B. C. Ephorus,

Phanias, Timæus, Kleitarchus, and Duris, had each his own conjectural

date; but the computations of the Alexandrine chronologists was

the most generally followed by those who succeeded them, and seems

to have passed to modern times as the received date of this great

legendary event,—though some distinguished inquirers have adopted

the epoch of Herodotus, which Larcher has attempted to vindicate

in an elaborate but feeble dissertation.[80] It is unnecessary to

state that, in my view, the inquiry has no other value except to

illustrate the ideas which guided the Greek mind, and to exhibit

its progress from the days of Homer to those of Herodotus. For it

argues a considerable mental progress when men begin to methodize

the past, even though they do so on fictitious principles, being as

yet unprovided with those records which alone could put them on a

better course. The Homeric man was satisfied with feeling, imagining,

and believing particular incidents of a supposed past, without any

attempt to graduate the line of connection between them and himself:

to introduce fictitious hypotheses and media of connection is the

business of a succeeding age, when the stimulus of rational curiosity

is first felt, without any authentic materials to supply it. We have,

then, the form of history operating upon the matter of legend,—the

transition-state between legend and history; less interesting,

indeed, than either separately, yet necessary as a step between the

two.

[79] See the preceding volume of this History, Chap. ii. p. 66.

[80] Larcher, Chronologie d’Hérodote, chap. xiv. pp. 352-401.

From the capture of Troy down to the passage of Alexander with

his invading army into Asia, the latter a known date of 334 B.

C., the following different reckonings were made:—

Phanias gave 715 years.

Ephorus ” 735 ”

Eratosthenês ” 774 ”

Timæus } ” 820 ”

Kleitarchus }

Duris ” 1000 ”

(Clemens Alexand. Strom. i. p. 337.)

Democritus estimated a space of seven hundred and thirty

years between his composition of the Μικρὸς Διάκοσμος and the

capture of Troy (Diogen. Laërt. ix. 41). Isokratês believed the

Lacedæmonians to have been established in Peloponnêsus seven

hundred years, and he repeats this in three different passages

(Archidam. p. 118; Panathen. p. 275; De Pace, p. 178). The dates

of these three orations themselves differ by twenty-four years,

the Archidamus being older than the Panathenaïc by that interval;

yet he employs the same number of years for each in calculating

backwards to the Trojan war, (see Clinton, vol. i. Introd. p.

v.) In round numbers, his calculation coincides pretty nearly

with the eight hundred years given by Herodotus in the preceding

century.

The remarks of Boeckh on the Parian marble generally, in his

Corpus Inscriptionum Græc. t. ii. pp. 322-336, are extremely

valuable, but especially his criticism on the epoch of the Trojan

war, which stands the twenty-fourth in the Marble. The ancient

chronologists, from Damastês and Hellanikus downwards, professed

to fix not only the exact year, but the exact month, day, and

hour in which this celebrated capture took place. [Mr. Clinton

pretends to no more than the possibility of determining the event

within fifty years, Introduct. p. vi.] Boeckh illustrates the

manner of their argumentation.

O. Müller observes (History of the Dorians, t. ii. p. 442, Eng.

Tr.), “In reckoning from the migration of the Heraklidæ downward,

we follow the Alexandrine chronology, of which it should be

observed, that our materials only enable us to restore it to its

original state, _not to examine its correctness_.”

But I do not see upon what evidence even so much as this can be

done. Mr. Clinton, admitting that Eratosthenês fixed his date by

conjecture, supposes him to have chosen “a middle point between

the longer and shorter computations of his predecessors.” Boeckh

thinks this explanation unsatisfactory (_l. c._ p. 328).

CHAPTER XX.

STATE OF SOCIETY AND MANNERS AS EXHIBITED IN GRECIAN LEGEND.

Though the particular persons and events, chronicled in the legendary

poems of Greece, are not to be regarded as belonging to the province

of real history, those poems are, nevertheless, full of instruction

as pictures of life and manners; and the very same circumstances,

which divest their composers of all credibility as historians,

render them so much the more valuable as unconscious expositors of

their own contemporary society. While professedly describing an

uncertified past, their combinations are involuntarily borrowed

from the surrounding present: for among communities, such as those

of the primitive Greeks, without books, without means of extended

travel, without acquaintance with foreign languages and habits, the

imagination, even of highly gifted men, was naturally enslaved by

the circumstances around them to a far greater degree than in the

later days of Solôn or Herodotus; insomuch that the characters which

they conceived and the scenes which they described would for that

reason bear a stronger generic resemblance to the realities of their

own time and locality. Nor was the poetry of that age addressed

to lettered and critical authors, watchful to detect plagiarism,

sated with simple imagery, and requiring something of novelty or

peculiarity in every fresh production. To captivate their emotions,

it was sufficient to depict, with genius and fervor, the more obvious

manifestations of human adventure or suffering, and to idealize that

type of society, both private and public, with which the hearers

around were familiar. Even in describing the gods, where a great

degree of latitude and deviation might have been expected,[81] we see

that Homer introduces into Olympus the passions, the caprices, the

love of power and patronage, the alternation of dignity and weakness,

which animated the bosom of an ordinary Grecian chief; and this

tendency, to reproduce in substance the social relations to which he

had been accustomed, would operate still more powerfully when he had

to describe simply human characters,—the chief and his people, the

warrior and his comrades, the husband, wife, father, and son,—or the

imperfect rudiments of judicial and administrative proceeding. That

his narrative on all these points, even with fictitious characters

and events, presents a close approximation to general reality,

there can be no reason to doubt.[82] The necessity under which he

lay of drawing from a store, then happily unexhausted, of personal

experience and observation, is one of the causes of that freshness

and vivacity of description for which he stands unrivalled, and which

constituted the imperishable charm of the Iliad and Odyssey from the

beginning to the end of Grecian literature.

[81] Καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς δὲ διὰ τοῦτο πάντες φασὶ βασιλεύεσθαι, ὅτι

καὶ αὐτοὶ, οἱ μὲν ἔτι καὶ νῦν, οἱ δὲ τὸ ἀρχαῖον, ἐβασιλεύοντο.

Ὥσπερ δὲ καὶ τὰ εἴδη ἑαυτοῖς ἀφομοιοῦσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, οὕτω καὶ

τοὺς βίους τῶν θεῶν (Aristot. Politic. i. 1. 7).

[82] In the pictures of the Homeric Heroes, there is no material

difference of character recognized between one race of Greeks

and another,—or even between Greeks and Trojans. See Helbig, Die

Sittlichen Zustände des Griechischen Heldenalters, part ii. p. 53.

While, therefore, we renounce the idea of chronologizing or

historicizing the events of Grecian legend, we may turn them to

profit as valuable memorials of that state of society, feeling, and

intelligence, which must be to us the starting-point of the history

of the people. Of course, the legendary age, like all those which

succeeded it, had its antecedent causes and determining conditions;

but of these we know nothing, and we are compelled to assume it

as a primary fact, for the purpose of following out its subsequent

changes. To conceive absolute beginning or origin (as Niebuhr has

justly remarked) is beyond the reach of our faculties: we can neither

apprehend nor verify anything beyond progress, or development, or

decay,[83]—change from one set of circumstances to another, operated

by some definite combination of physical or moral laws. In the case

of the Greeks, the legendary age, as the earliest in any way known

to us, must be taken as the initial state from which this series of

changes commences. We must depict its prominent characteristics as

well as we can, and show,—partly how it serves to prepare, partly

how it forms a contrast to set off,—the subsequent ages of Solôn, of

Periklês, and of Demosthenês.

[83] Niebuhr, Römische Geschichte, vol. i. p. 55, 2d edit.

“Erkennt man aber, dass aller Ursprung jenseits unserer nur

Entwickelung und Fortgang fassenden Begriffe liegt; und

beschränkt sich von Stufe auf Stufe im Umfang der Geschichte

zurückzugehen, so wird man Völker eines Stammes (das heisst,

durch eigenthümliche Art und Sprache identisch) vielfach eben

an sich entgegenliegenden Küstenländern antreffen ... ohne dass

irgend etwas die Voraussetzung erheischte, eine von diesen

getrennten Landschaften sei die ursprüngliche Heimath gewesen

von wo ein Theil nach der andern gewandert wäre.... Dies ist der

Geographie der Thiergeschlechter und der Vegetation analog: deren

grosse Bezirke durch Gebürge geschieden werden, and beschränkte

Meere einschliessen.”

“When we once recognize, however, that _all absolute beginning

lies out of the reach of our mental conceptions, which comprehend

nothing beyond development and progress_, and when we attempt

nothing more than to go back from the later to the earlier stages

in the compass of history, we shall often find, on opposite

coasts of the same sea, people of one stock (that is, of the

same peculiar customs and language,) without being warranted in

supposing that either of these separate coasts was the primitive

home from whence emigrants crossed over to the other. This is

analogous to the geography of animals and plants, whose wide

districts are severed by mountains and inclose internal seas.”

1. The political condition, which Grecian legend everywhere presents

to us, is in its principal features strikingly different from

that which had become universally prevalent among the Greeks in

the time of the Peloponnêsian war. Historical oligarchy, as well

as democracy, agreed in requiring a certain established system of

government, comprising the three elements of specialized functions,

temporary functionaries, and ultimate responsibility (under some

forms or other) to the mass of qualified citizens—either a Senate

or an Ecclesia, or both. There were, of course, many and capital

distinctions between one government and another, in respect to the

qualification of the citizen, the attributes and efficiency of the

general assembly, the admissibility to power, etc.; and men might

often be dissatisfied with the way in which these questions were

determined in their own city. But in the mind of every man, some

determining rule or system—something like what in modern times is

called a _constitution_—was indispensable to any government entitled

to be called legitimate, or capable of creating in the mind of a

Greek a feeling of moral obligation to obey it. The functionaries

who exercised authority under it might be more or less competent

or popular; but his personal feelings towards them were commonly

lost in his attachment or aversion to the general system. If any

energetic man could by audacity or craft break down the constitution,

and render himself permanent ruler according to his own will and

pleasure,—even though he might govern well, he could never inspire

the people with any sentiment of duty towards him. His sceptre was

illegitimate from the beginning, and even the taking of his life,

far from being interdicted by that moral feeling which condemned the

shedding of blood in other cases, was considered meritorious. Nor

could he be mentioned in the language except by a name[84] (τύραννος,

_despot_,) which branded him as an object of mingled fear and dislike.

[84] The Greek name τύραννος cannot be properly rendered

_tyrant_; for many of the τύραννοι by no means deserved to be so

called, nor is it consistent with the use of language to speak

of a mild and well-intentioned tyrant. The word _despot_ is the

nearest approach which we can make to it, since it is understood

to imply that a man has got more power than he ought to have,

while it does not exclude a beneficent use of such power by some

individuals. It is, however, very inadequate to express the full

strength of Grecian feeling which the original word called forth.

If we carry our eyes back from historical to legendary Greece, we

find a picture the reverse of what has been here sketched. We discern

a government in which there is little or no scheme or system,—still

less any idea of responsibility to the governed,—but in which the

mainspring of obedience on the part of the people consists in their

personal feeling and reverence towards the chief. We remark, first

and foremost, the king: next, a limited number of subordinate kings

or chiefs; afterwards, the mass of armed freemen, husbandmen,

artisans, freebooters, etc.; lowest of all, the free laborers for

hire, and the bought slaves. The king is not distinguished by any

broad or impassable boundary from the other chiefs, to each of

whom the title _basileus_ is applicable as well as to himself: his

supremacy has been inherited from his ancestors, and passes by

descent, as a general rule, to his eldest son, having been conferred

upon the family as a privilege by the favor of Zeus.[85] In war,

he is the leader, foremost in personal prowess, and directing all

military movements; in peace, he is the general protector of the

injured and oppressed; he farther offers up those public prayers

and sacrifices which are intended to obtain for the whole people

the favor of the gods. An ample domain is assigned to him as an

appurtenance of his lofty position, while the produce of his fields

and his cattle is consecrated in part to an abundant, though rude

hospitality. Moreover, he receives frequent presents, to avert his

enmity, to conciliate his favor,[86] or to buy off his exactions;

and when plunder is taken from the enemy, a large previous share,

comprising probably the most alluring female captive, is reserved for

him, apart from the general distribution.[87]

[85] The Phæakian king Alkinous (Odyss. vii. 55-65): there are

twelve other Phæakian Βασιλῆες, he is himself the thirteenth

(viii. 391).

The chief men in the Iliad, and the suitors of Penelopê in the

Odyssey, are called usually and indiscriminately both Βασιλῆες

and Ἄνακτες; the latter word, however, designates them as men of

property and masters of slaves, (analogous to the subsequent word

δεσπότης, which word does not occur in Homer, though δέσποινα

is found in the Odyssey,) while the former word marks them as

persons of conspicuous station in the tribe (see Odyss. i.

393-401; xiv. 63). A chief could only be Βασιλεὺς of freemen; but

he might be Ἄναξ either of freemen or of slaves.

Agamemnôn and Menelaus belong to the _most kingly_ race (γένος

βασιλεύτερον: compare Tyrtæus, Fragm. ix. v. 8, p. 9, ed.

Schneidewin) of the Pelopids, to whom the sceptre originally

made for Zeus has been given by Hermês (Iliad, ii. 101; ix.

160; x. 239); compare Odyss. xv. 539. The race of Dardanus are

the favorite offspring of Zeus, βασιλεύτατον among the Trojans

(Iliad, xx. 304). These races are the parallels of the kingly

_prosapiæ_ called Amali, Asdingi, Gungingi, and Lithingi, among

the Goths, Vandals, and Lombards (Jornandes, De Rebus Geticis, c.

14-22; Paul Warnefrid, Gest. Langob. c. 14-21); and the ἀρχικὸν

γένος among the Chaonian Epirots (Thucyd. ii. 80).

[86] Odyss. i. 392; xi. 184; xiii. 14; xix. 109.—

Οὐ μὲν γάρ τι κακὸν βασιλεύεμεν· αἶψά τέ οἱ δῶ

Ἄφνειον πέλεται, καὶ τιμηέστερος αὐτός.

Iliad, ix. 154-297 (when Agamemnôn is promising seven townships

to Achilles, as a means of appeasing his wrath):—

Ἐν δ᾽ ἄνδρες ναίουσι πολυῤῥῆνες, πολυβοῦται,

Οἵ κέ σε δωτίνῃσι θεὸν ὣς, τιμήσουσι,

Καί σοι ὑπὸ σκήπτρῳ λιπαρὰς τελέουσι θέμιστας.

See Iliad, xii. 312; and the reproaches of Thersitês (ii.

226)—βασιλῆας δωροφάγους (Hesiod, Opp. Di. 38-264).

The Roman kings had a large τέμενος assigned to them,—“agri,

arva, et arbusta et pascui læti atque uberes” (Cicero, De Republ.

v. 2): the German kings received presents: “Mos est civitatibus

(observes Tacitus, respecting the Germans whom he describes, M.

G. 15) ultro ac viritim conferre principibus, vel armentorum vel

frugum, quod pro honore acceptum etiam necessitatibus subvenit.”

The revenue of the Persian kings before Darius consisted only

of what were called δῶρα, or presents (Herod. iii. 89): Darius

first introduced both the name of tribute and the determinate

assessment. King Polydektês, in Seriphos, invites his friends

to a festival, the condition of which is that each guest shall

contribute to an ἔρανος for his benefit (Pherekydês, Fragm. 26,

ed. Didot); a case to which the Thracian banquet prepared by

Seuthês affords an exact parallel (Xenophôn, Anab. vii. 3, 16-32:

compare Thucyd. ii. 97, and Welcker, Æschyl. Trilogie, p. 381).

Such Aids, or Benevolences, even if originally voluntary, became

in the end compulsory. In the European monarchies of the Middle

Ages, what were called free gifts were more ancient than public

taxes: “The feudal Aids (observes Mr. Hallam) are the beginning

of taxation, of which they for a long time answered the purpose.”

(Middle Ages, ch. ii. part i. p. 189.) So about the Aides in the

old French Monarchy, “La Cour des Aides avoit été instituée,

et sa jurisdiction s’étoit formée, lorsque le domaine des Rois

suffisoit à toutes les dépenses de l’Etat, les droits d’Aides

étoient alors des supplémens peu considérables et toujours

temporaires. Depuis, le domaine des Rois avoit été anéanti: les

Aides, au contraire, étoient devenues permanentes et formoient

presque la totalité des ressources du trésor.” (Histoire de la

Fronde, par M. de St. Aulaire, ch. iii. p. 124.)

[87] Ἐπὶ ῥητοῖς γέρασι πατρικαὶ βασιλεῖαι, is the description

which Thucydidês gives of these heroic governments (i. 13).

The language of Aristotle (Polit. iii. 10, 1) is much the same: Ἡ

βασιλεία—ἡ περὶ τοὺς ἡρωικοὺς χρόνους—αὐτὴ δ᾽ ἦν ἑκόντων μὲν, ἐπί

τισι δ᾽ ὡρισμένοις· στρατηγὸς δ᾽ ἦν καὶ δικαστὴς ὁ βασιλεὺς, καὶ

τῶν πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς κύριος.

It can hardly be said correctly, however, that the king’s

authority was _defined_: nothing can well be more indefinite.

Agamemnôn enjoyed or assumed the power of putting to death a

disobedient soldier (Aristot. Polit. iii. 9, 2). The words which

Aristotle read in the speech of Agamemnôn in the Iliad—Πὰρ γὰρ

ἐμοὶ θάνατος—are not in our present copies: the Alexandrine

critics effaced many traces of the old manners.

Such is the position of the king, in the heroic times of Greece,—the

only person (if we except the heralds and priests, each both

special and subordinate,) who is then presented to us as clothed

with any individual authority,—the person by whom all the executive

functions, then few in number, which the society requires, are either

performed or directed. His personal ascendency—derived from divine

countenance, bestowed both upon himself individually and upon his

race, and probably from accredited divine descent—is the salient

feature in the picture. The people hearken to his voice, embrace

his propositions, and obey his orders: not merely resistance, but

even criticism upon his acts, is generally exhibited in an odious

point of view, and is, indeed, never heard of except from some

one or more of the subordinate princes. To keep alive and justify

such feelings in the public mind, however, the king must himself

possess various accomplishments, bodily and mental, and that too in

a superior degree.[88] He must be brave in the field, wise in the

council, and eloquent in the agora; he must be endued with bodily

strength and activity above other men, and must be an adept, not

only in the use of his arms, but also in those athletic exercises

which the crowd delight to witness. Even the more homely varieties

of manual acquirements are an addition to his character,—such as the

craft of the carpenter or shipwright, the straight furrowing of the

ploughman, or the indefatigable persistence of the mower without

repose or refreshment throughout the longest day.[89] The conditions

of voluntary obedience, during the Grecian heroic times, are family

descent with personal force and superiority mental as well as bodily,

in the chief, coupled with the favor of the gods: an old chief, such

as Pêleus and Laërtes, cannot retain his position.[90] But, on the

other hand, where these elements of force are present, a good deal of

violence, caprice, and rapacity is tolerated: the ethical judgment is

not exact in scrutinizing the conduct of individuals so preëminently

endowed. As in the case of the gods, the general epithets of

_good_, _just_, etc., are applied to them as euphemisms arising

from submission and fear, being not only not suggested, but often

pointedly belied, by their particular acts. These words signify[91]

the man of birth, wealth, influence, and daring, whose arm is strong

to destroy or to protect, whatever may be the turn of his moral

sentiments; while the opposite epithet, _bad_, designates the poor,

lowly, and weak; from whose dispositions, be they ever so virtuous,

society has little either to hope or to fear.

[88] Striking phrases on this head are put into the mouth of

Sarpêdôn (Iliad, xii. 310-322).

Kings are named and commissioned by Zeus,—Ἐκ δὲ Διὸς βασιλῆες

(Hesiod, Theogon. 96; Callimach. Hymn. ad Jov. 79): κρατέρω

θεράποντε Διὸς is a sort of paraphrase for the kingly dignity in

the case of Pelias and Nêleus (Odyss. xi. 255; compare Iliad, ii.

204).

[89] Odysseus builds his own bed and bedchamber, and his own raft

(Odyss. xxiii. 188; v. 246-255): he boasts of being an excellent

mower and ploughman (xviii. 365-375): for his astonishing

proficiency in the athletic contests, see viii. 180-230. Paris

took a share in building his own house (Iliad, vi. 314).

[90] Odyss. xi. 496; xxiv. 136-248.

[91] See this prominent meaning of the words ἀγαθὸς, ἐσθλὸς,

κακὸς, etc. copiously illustrated in Welcker’s excellent

Prolegomena to Theognis, sect. 9-16. Camerarius, in his notes on

that poet (v. 19,), had already conceived clearly the sense in

which these words are used. Iliad, xv. 323. Οἶα τε τοῖς ἀγαθοῖσι

παραδρώωσι χέρηες. Compare Hesiod, Opp. Di. 216, and the line in

Athenæus, v. p. 178, Αὐτόματοι δ᾽ ἀγαθοὶ δειλῶν ἐπὶ δαῖτας ἴασιν.

“_Moralis_ illarum vocum vis, et _civilis_—quarum hæc a

lexicographis et commentatoribus plurimis fere neglecta est—probe

discernendæ erunt. Quod quo facilius fieret, nescio an ubi

posterior intellectus valet, majusculâ scribendum fuisset Ἀγαθοὶ

et Κακοὶ.”

If this advice of Welcker could have been followed, much

misconception would have been obviated. The reference of these

words to power and not to worth, is their primitive import in

the Greek language, descending from the Iliad downward, and

determining the habitual designation of parties during the

period of active political dispute. The ethical meaning of the

word hardly appears until the discussions raised by Socrates,

and prosecuted by his disciples; but the primitive import still

continued to maintain concurrent footing.

I shall have occasion to touch more largely on this subject, when

I come to expound the Grecian political parties. At present, it

is enough to remark that the epithets of _good men_, _best men_,

habitually applied afterwards to the aristocratical parties,

descend from the rudest period of Grecian society.

Aristotle, in his general theory of government,[92] lays down the

position, that the earliest sources of obedience and authority

among mankind are personal, exhibiting themselves most perfectly

in the type of paternal supremacy; and that therefore the kingly

government, as most conformable to this stage of social sentiment,

became probably the first established everywhere. And in fact it

still continued in his time to be generally prevalent among the

non-Hellenic nations, immediately around; though the Phœnician

cities and Carthage, the most civilized of all non-Hellenic states,

were republics. Nevertheless, so completely were the feelings about

kingship reversed among his contemporary Greeks, that he finds

it difficult to enter into the voluntary obedience paid by his

ancestors to their early heroic chiefs. He cannot explain to his

own satisfaction how any one man should have been so much superior

to the companions around him as to maintain such immense personal

ascendency: he suspects that in such small communities great merit

was very rare, so that the chief had few competitors.[93] Such

remarks illustrate strongly the revolution which the Greek mind had

undergone during the preceding centuries, in regard to the internal

grounds of political submission. But the connecting link, between

the Homeric and the republican schemes of government, is to be

found in two adjuncts of the Homeric royalty, which are now to be

mentioned,—the boulê, or council of chiefs, and the agora, or general

assembly of freemen.

[92] Aristot. Polit. i. 1, 7.

[93] Καὶ διὰ τοῦτ᾽ ἴσως ἐβασιλεύοντο πρότερον, ὅτι σπάνιον ἦν

εὑρεῖν ἄνδρας διαφέροντας κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν, ἄλλως τε καὶ τότε μικρὰς

οἰκοῦντας πόλεις (Polit. iii. 10, 7); also the same treatise, v.

8, 5, and v. 8, 22. Οὐ γίνονται δ᾽ ἔτι βασιλεῖαι νῦν, etc.

Aristotle handles monarchy far less copiously than either

oligarchy or democracy: the tenth and eleventh chapters of his

third book, in which he discusses it, are nevertheless very

interesting to peruse.

In the conception of Plato, also, the kingly government, if it is

to work well, implies a breed superior to humanity to hold the

sceptre (Legg. iv. 6. p. 713).

The Athenian dramatic poets (especially Euripidês) often put into

the mouths of their heroic characters popular sentiments adapted

to the democratical atmosphere of Athens—very different from what

we find in Homer.

These two meetings, more or less frequently convoked, and interwoven

with the earliest habits of the primitive Grecian communities, are

exhibited in the monuments of the legendary age as opportunities for

advising the king, and media for promulgating his intentions to the

people, rather than as restraints upon his authority. Unquestionably,

they must have conduced in practice to the latter result as well as

to the former; but this is not the light in which the Homeric poems

describe them. The chiefs, kings, princes, or gerontes—for the same

word in Greek designates both an old man and a man of conspicuous

rank and position—compose the council,[94] in which, according to the

representations in the Iliad, the resolutions of Agamemnôn on the

one side, and of Hectôr on the other, appear uniformly to prevail.

The harshness and even contempt with which Hectôr treats respectful

opposition from his ancient companion Polydamas,—the desponding tone

and conscious inferiority of the latter, and the unanimous assent

which the former obtains, even when quite in the wrong—all this is

clearly set forth in the poem:[95] while in the Grecian camp we see

Nestôr tendering his advice in the most submissive and delicate

manner to Agamemnôn, to be adopted or rejected, as “the king of men”

might determine.[96] The council is a purely consultative body,

assembled, not with any power of peremptorily arresting mischievous

resolves of the king, but solely for his information and guidance. He

himself is the presiding (boulephŏrus, or) member[97] of council; the

rest, collectively as well as individually, are his subordinates.

[94] Βουλὴν δὲ πρῶτον μεγαθύμων ἷζε γερόντων (Iliad, ii. 53):

compare x. 195-415. Ἴλου, παλαιοῦ ~δημογέροντος~ (xi. 371).

[95] Iliad, xviii. 313.—

Ἕκτορι μὲν γὰρ ἐπῄνησαν κακὰ μητιόωντι,

Πουλυδάμαντι δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ οὔτις, ὃς ἐσθλὴν φράζετο βουλήν.

Also, xii. 213, where Polydamas says to Hectôr,—

... ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδὲ ἔοικε

Δῆμον ἐόντα παρὲξ ἀγορεύεμεν, οὔτ᾽ ἐνὶ βουλῇ,

Οὔτε ποτ᾽ ἐν πολέμῳ, σὸν δὲ κράτος αἰὲν ἀέξειν.

[96] Iliad, ix. 95-101.

[97] Iliad, vii. 126, Πηλεὺς—Ἐσθλὸς Μυρμιδόνων βουληφόρος ἠδ᾽

ἀγορήτης.

We proceed from the council to the agora: according to what seems the

received custom, the king, after having talked over his intentions

with the former, proceeds to announce them to the people. The heralds

make the crowd sit down in order,[98] and enforce silence: any one

of the chiefs or councillors—but as it seems, no one else[99]—is

allowed to address them: the king first promulgates his intentions,

which are then open to be commented upon by others. But in the

Homeric agora, no division of affirmative or negative voices ever

takes place, nor is any formal resolution ever adopted. The nullity

of positive function strikes us even more in the agora than in the

council. It is an assembly for talk, communication, and discussion,

to a certain extent, by the chiefs, in presence of the people as

listeners and sympathizers,—often for eloquence, and sometimes for

quarrel,—but here its ostensible purposes end.

[98] Considerable stress seems to be laid on the necessity that

the people in the agora should _sit_ down (Iliad, ii. 96): a

_standing_ agora is a symptom of tumult or terror (Iliad, xviii,

246); an evening agora, to which men come elevated by wine, is

also the forerunner of mischief (Odyss. iii. 138).

Such evidences of regular formalities observed in the agora are

not without interest.

[99] Iliad, ii. 100.—

... εἴποτ᾽ ἀϋτῆς

Σχοίατ᾽, ἀκούσειαν δὲ διοτρεφέων βασιλήων.

Nitzsch (ad Odyss. ii. 14) controverts this restriction of

individual manifestation to the chiefs: the view of O. Müller

(Hist. Dorians, b. iii. c. 3) appears to me more correct: such

was also the opinion of Aristotle—φησὶ τοίνυν Ἀριστοτέλης ὅτι ὁ

μὲν δῆμος μόνου τοῦ ἀκοῦσαι κύριος ἦν, οἱ δὲ ἡγεμόνες καὶ τοῦ

πρᾶξαι (Schol. Iliad, ix. 17): compare the same statement in his

Nikomachean Ethics, iii. 5.

The agora in Ithaka, in the second book of the Odyssey, is convened

by the youthful Telemachus, at the instigation of Athênê, not for the

purpose of submitting any proposition, but in order to give formal

and public notice to the suitors to desist from their iniquitous

intrusion and pillage of his substance, and to absolve himself

farther, before gods and men, from all obligations towards them, if

they refuse to comply. For the slaughter of the suitors, in all the

security of the festive hall and banquet (which forms the catastrophe

of the Odyssey), was a proceeding involving much that was shocking to

Grecian feeling,[100] and therefore required to be preceded by such

ample formalities, as would leave both the delinquents themselves

without the shadow of excuse, and their surviving relatives without

any claim to the customary satisfaction. For this special purpose,

Telemachus directs the heralds to summon an agora: but what seems

most of all surprising is, that none had ever been summoned or

held since the departure of Odysseus himself,—an interval of twenty

years. “No agora or session has taken place amongst us (says the

gray-headed Ægyptius, who opens the proceedings) since Odysseus

went on shipboard: and now, who is he that has called us together?

what man, young or old, has felt such a strong necessity? Has he

received intelligence from our absent warriors, or has he other

public news to communicate? He is our good friend for doing this:

whatever his projects may be, I pray Zeus to grant him success.”[101]

Telemachus, answering the appeal forthwith, proceeds to tell the

assembled Ithakans that he has no public news to communicate, but

that he has convoked them upon his own private necessities. Next, he

sets forth, pathetically, the wickedness of the suitors, calls upon

them personally to desist, and upon the people to restrain them, and

concludes by solemnly warning them, that, being henceforward free

from all obligation towards them, he will invoke the avenging aid of

Zeus, so “that they may be slain in the interior of his own house,

without bringing upon him any subsequent penalty.”[102]

[100] See Iliad, ix. 635; Odyss. xi. 419.

[101] Odyss. ii. 25-40.

[102] Odyss. ii. 43, 77, 145.—

Νήποινοί κεν ἔπειτα ~δόμων ἔντοσθεν~ ὄλοισθε.

We are not of course to construe the Homeric description as anything

more than an _idéal_, approximating to actual reality. But, allowing

all that can be required for such a limitation, it exhibits the agora

more as a special medium of publicity and intercommunication,[103]

from the king to the body of the people, than as including any idea

of responsibility on the part of the former or restraining force

on the part of the latter, however such consequences may indirectly

grow out of it. The primitive Grecian government is essentially

monarchical, reposing on personal feeling and divine right: the

memorable dictum in the Iliad is borne out by all that we hear of the

actual practice; “The ruler of many is not a good thing: let us have

one ruler only,—one king,—him to whom Zeus has given the sceptre and

the tutelary sanctions.”[104]

[103] A similar character is given of the public assemblies of

the early Franks and Lombards (Pfeffel, Histoire du Droit Public

en Allemagne, t. i. p. 18; Sismondi, Histoire des Républiques

Italiennes, t. i. c. 2, p. 71).

Dionysius of Halikarnassus (ii. 12) pays rather too high a

compliment to the moderation of the Grecian heroic kings.

The kings at Rome, like the Grecian heroic kings, began with an

ἀρχὴ ἀνυπεύθυνος: the words of Pomponius (De Origine Juris, i.

2,) would be perhaps more exactly applicable to the latter than

to the former: “Initio civitatis nostræ Populus sine certâ lege,

sine jure certo, primum agere instituit: omniaque manu a Regibus

gubernabantur.” Tacitus says (Ann. iii. 26), “Nobis Romulus,

ut libitum, imperitaverat: dein Numa religionibus et divino

jure populum devinxit, repertaque quædam a Tullo et Anco: sed

præcipuus Servius Tullius sanctor legum fuit, quis etiam Reges

obtemperarent.” The appointment of a Dictator under the Republic

was a reproduction, for a short and definite interval, of this

old unbounded authority (Cicero, De Repub. ii. 32; Zonaras, Ann.

vii. 13; Dionys. Hal. v. 75).

See Rubino, Untersuchungen über Römische Verfassung und

Geschichte, Cassel, 1839, buch i. abschnitt 2, pp. 112-132; and

Wachsmuth, Hellenische Alterthumskunde, i. sect. 18, pp. 81-91.

[104] Iliad, ii. 204. Agamemnôn promises to make over to Achilles

seven well-peopled cities, with a body of wealthy inhabitants

(Iliad, ix. 153); and Menelaus, if he could have induced Odysseus

to quit Ithaka, and settle near him in Argos, would have

depopulated one of his neighboring towns in order to make room

for him (Odyss. iv. 176).

Manso (Sparta, i. 1, p. 34) and Nitzsch (ad Odyss. iv. 171) are

inclined to exclude these passages as spurious,—a proceeding, in

my opinion, inadmissible, without more direct grounds than they

are able to produce.

The second book of the Iliad, full as it is of beauty and vivacity,

not only confirms our idea of the passive, recipient, and listening

character of the agora, but even presents a repulsive picture

of the degradation of the mass of the people before the chiefs.

Agamemnôn convokes the agora for the purpose of immediately arming

the Grecian host, under a full impression that the gods have at

last determined forthwith to crown his arms with complete victory.

Such impression has been created by a special visit of Oneirus

(the Dream-god), sent by Zeus during his sleep,—being, indeed, an

intentional fraud on the part of Zeus, though Agamemnôn does not

suspect its deceitful character. At this precise moment, when he

may be conceived to be more than usually anxious to get his army

into the field and snatch the prize, an unaccountable fancy seizes

him, that, instead of inviting the troops to do what he really

wishes, and encouraging their spirits for this one last effort, he

will adopt a course directly contrary: he will try their courage by

professing to believe that the siege had become desperate, and that

there was no choice except to go on shipboard and flee. Announcing

to Nestôr and Odysseus, in preliminary council, his intention to

hold this strange language, he at the same time tells them that he

relies upon them to oppose it and counterwork its effect upon the

multitude.[105] The agora is presently assembled, and the king of

men pours forth a speech full of dismay and despair, concluding by

a distinct exhortation to all present to go aboard and return home

at once. Immediately the whole army, chiefs as well as people, break

up and proceed to execute his orders: every one rushes off to get

his ship afloat, except Odysseus, who looks on in mournful silence

and astonishment. The army would have been quickly on its voyage

home, had not the goddesses Hêrê and Athênê stimulated Odysseus

to an instantaneous interference. He hastens among the dispersing

crowd and diverts them from their purpose of retreat: to the chiefs

he addresses flattering words, trying to shame them by gentle

expostulation: but the people he visits with harsh reprimand and

blows from his sceptre,[106] thus driving them back to their seats in

the agora.

[105] Iliad, ii. 74. Πρῶτα δ᾽ ἐγὼν ἔπεσιν πειρήσομαι, etc.

[106] Iliad, ii. 188-196.—

Ὅντινα μὲν βασιλῆα καὶ ἔξοχον ἄνδρα κιχείη,

Τόνδ᾽ ἀγανοῖς ἐπέεσσιν ἐρητύσασκε παραστάς....

Ὅν δ᾽ αὖ δήμου τ᾽ ἄνδρα ἴδοι, βοόωντά τ᾽ ἐφεύροι,

Τὸν σκήπτρῳ ἐλάσασκεν, ὁμοκλήσασκέ τε μύθῳ, etc.

Amidst the dissatisfied crowd thus unwillingly brought back, the

voice of Thersitês is heard the longest and the loudest,—a man ugly,

deformed, and unwarlike, but fluent in speech, and especially severe

and unsparing in his censure of the chiefs, Agamemnôn, Achilles, and

Odysseus. Upon this occasion, he addresses to the people a speech

denouncing Agamemnôn for selfish and greedy exaction generally,

but particularly for his recent ill-treatment of Achilles,—and he

endeavors, moreover, to induce them to persist in their scheme of

departure. In reply, Odysseus not only rebukes Thersitês sharply

for his impudence in abusing the commander-in-chief, but threatens

that, if ever such behavior is repeated, he will strip him naked, and

thrash him out of the assembly with disgraceful blows; as an earnest

of which, he administers to him at once a smart stroke with the

studded sceptre, imprinting its painful mark in a bloody weal across

his back. Thersitês, terrified and subdued, sits down weeping; while

the surrounding crowd deride him, and express the warmest approbation

of Odysseus for having thus by force put the reviler to silence.[107]

[107] Iliad, ii. 213-277.

Both Odysseus and Nestôr then address the agora, sympathizing with

Agamemnôn for the shame which the retreat of the Greeks is about to

inflict upon him, and urging emphatically upon every one present

the obligation of persevering until the siege shall be successfully

consummated. Neither of them animadverts at all upon Agamemnôn,

either for his conduct towards Achilles, or for his childish freak of

trying the temper of the army.[108]

[108] Iliad, ii. 284-340. Nor does Thersitês, in his criminatory

speech against Agamemnôn, touch in any way upon this anomalous

point, though, in the circumstances under which his speech is

made, it would seem to be of all others the most natural,—and the

sharpest thrust against the commander-in-chief.

There cannot be a clearer indication than this description—so graphic

in the original poem—of the true character of the Homeric agora. The

multitude who compose it are listening and acquiescent, not often

hesitating, and never refractory[109] to the chief. The fate which

awaits a presumptuous critic, even where his virulent reproaches are

substantially well-founded, is plainly set forth in the treatment of

Thersitês; while the unpopularity of such a character is attested

even more by the excessive pains which Homer takes to heap upon

him repulsive personal deformities, than by the chastisement of

Odysseus;—he is lame, bald, crook-backed, of misshapen head, and

squinting vision.

[109] See this illustrated in the language of Theseus, Eurip.

Supplic. 349-352.

Δόξαι δὲ χρήζω καὶ πόλει πάσῃ τάδε·

Δόξει δ᾽, ἐμοῦ θέλοντος· ἀλλὰ τοῦ λόγου

Προσδοὺς, ἔχοιμ᾽ ἂν δῆμον εὐμενέστερον.

But we cease to wonder at the submissive character of the agora,

when we read the proceedings of Odysseus towards the people

themselves;—his fine words and flattery addressed to the chiefs, and

his contemptuous reproof and manual violence towards the common men,

at a moment when both were doing exactly the same thing,—fulfilling

the express bidding of Agamemnôn, upon whom Odysseus does not

offer a single comment. This scene, which excited a sentiment of

strong displeasure among the democrats of historical Athens,[110]

affords a proof that the feeling of personal dignity, of which

philosophic observers in Greece—Herodotus, Xenophôn, Hippocratês,

and Aristotle—boasted, as distinguishing the free Greek citizen from

the slavish Asiatic, was yet undeveloped in the time of Homer.[111]

The ancient epic is commonly so filled with the personal adventures

of the chiefs, and the people are so constantly depicted as simple

appendages attached to them, that we rarely obtain a glimpse of the

treatment of the one apart from the other, such as this memorable

Homeric agora affords.

[110] Xenophôn, Memorab. i. 2, 9.

[111] Aristot. Polit. vii. 6, 1; Hippocrat. De Aëre, Loc. et Aq.

v. 85-86; Herodot. vii. 135.

There remains one other point of view in which we are to regard

the agora of primitive Greece,—as the scene in which justice was

administered. The king is spoken of as constituted by Zeus the great

judge of society: he has received from Zeus the sceptre, and along

with it the powers of command and sanction: the people obey these

commands and enforce these sanctions, under him, enriching him at

the same time with lucrative presents and payments.[112] Sometimes

the king separately, sometimes the kings or chiefs or gerontes in

the plural number, are named as deciding disputes and awarding

satisfaction to complainants; always, however, in public, in the

midst of the assembled agora.[113] In one of the compartments of the

shield of Achilles, the details of a judicial scene are described.

While the agora is full of an eager and excited crowd, two men are

disputing about the fine of satisfaction for the death of a murdered

man,—one averring, the other denying, that the fine had already been

paid, and both demanding an inquest. The gerontes are ranged on

stone seats,[114] in the holy circle, with two talents of gold lying

before them, to be awarded to such of the litigants as shall make

out his case to their satisfaction. The heralds with their sceptres,

repressing the warm sympathies of the crowd in favor of one or other

of the parties, secure an alternate hearing to both.[115] This

interesting picture completely harmonizes with the brief allusion

of Hesiod to the judicial trial—doubtless a real trial—between

himself and his brother Persês. The two brothers disputed about

their paternal inheritance, and the cause was carried to be tried

by the chiefs in agora; but Persês bribed them, and obtained an

unjust verdict for the whole.[116] So at least Hesiod affirms, in the

bitterness of his heart; earnestly exhorting his brother not to waste

a precious time, required for necessary labors, in the unprofitable

occupation of witnessing and abetting litigants in the agora,—for

which (he adds) no man has proper leisure, unless his subsistence for

the year beforehand be safely treasured up in his garners.[117] He

repeats, more than once, his complaints of the crooked and corrupt

judgments of which the kings were habitually guilty; dwelling upon

abuse of justice as the crying evil of his day, and predicting as

well as invoking the vengeance of Zeus to repress it. And Homer

ascribes the tremendous violence of the autumnal storms to the wrath

of Zeus against those judges who disgrace the agora with their wicked

verdicts.[118]

[112] The σκῆπτρον, θέμιστες, or θέμις, and ἀγορὴ, go together,

under the presiding superintendence of the gods. The goddess

Themis both convokes and dismisses the agora (see Iliad, xi. 806;

Odyss. ii. 67; Iliad, xx. 4).

The θέμιστες, commandments and sanctions, belong properly to Zeus

(Odyss. xvi. 403); from him they are given in charge to earthly

kings along with the sceptre (Iliad, i. 238; ii. 206).

The commentators on Homer recognized θέμις, rather too strictly,

as ἀγορᾶς καὶ βουλῆς λέξιν (see Eustath. ad Odyss. xvi. 403).

The presents and the λιπαραὶ θέμιστες (Iliad, ix. 156).

[113] Hesiod, Theogon. 85; the single person judging seems to be

mentioned (Odyss. xii. 439).

It deserves to be noticed that, in Sparta, the senate decided

accusations of homicide (Aristot. Polit. iii. 1, 7): in

historical Athens, the senate of Areiopagus originally did the

same, and retained, even when its powers were much abridged, the

trial of accusations of intentional homicide and wounding.

Respecting the judicial functions of the early Roman kings,

Dionys. Hal. A. R. x. 1. Τὸ μὲν ἀρχαῖον οἱ βασιλεῖς ἐφ᾽ αὐτῶν

ἔταττον τοῖς δεομένοις τὰς δίκας, καὶ τὸ δικαιωθὲν ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνων,

τοῦτο νόμος ἦν (compare iv. 25; and Cicero, Republic. v. 2;

Rubino, Untersuchungen, i. 2, p. 122).

[114] Iliad, xviii. 504.—

Οἱ δὲ γέροντες

Εἵατ᾽ ἐπὶ ξεστοῖσι λίθοις, ἱερῷ ἐνὶ κύκλῳ.

Several of the old northern Sagas represent the old men,

assembled for the purpose of judging, as sitting on great stones

in a circle, called the Urtheilsring, or Gerichtsring (Leitfaden

der Nördischen Alterthümer, p. 31, Copenhag. 1837).

[115] Homer, Iliad, xviii. 497-510.

[116] Hesiod, Opp. Di. 37.

[117] Hesiod, Opp. Di. 27-33.

[118] Hesiod, Opp. Di. 250-263; Homer, Iliad, xvi. 387.

Though it is certain that, in every state of society, the feelings

of men when assembled in multitude will command a certain measure of

attention, yet we thus find the agora, in judicial matters still more

than in political, serving merely the purpose of publicity. It is the

king who is the grand personal mover of Grecian heroic society.[119]

He is on earth, the equivalent of Zeus in the agora of the gods: the

supreme god of Olympus is in the habit of carrying on his government

with frequent publicity, of hearing some dissentient opinions, and

of allowing himself occasionally to be wheedled by Aphroditê, or

worried into compliance by Hêrê: but his determination is at last

conclusive, subject only to the overruling interference of the Mœræ,

or Fates.[120] Both the society of gods, and the various societies of

men, are, according to the conceptions of Grecian legend, carried on

by the personal rule of a legitimate sovereign, who does not derive

his title from the special appointment of his subjects, though he

governs with their full consent. In fact, Grecian legend presents to

us hardly anything else, except these great individual personalities.

The race, or nation, is as it were absorbed into the prince:

eponymous persons, especially, are not merely princes, but fathers

and representative unities, each the equivalent of that greater or

less aggregate to which he gives name.

[119] Tittmann (Darstellung der Griechischen Staatsverfassungen,

book ii. p. 63) gives too lofty an idea, in my judgment, of the

condition and functions of the Homeric agora.

[120] Iliad, i. 520-527; iv. 14-56; especially the agora of the

gods (xx. 16).

But though, in the primitive Grecian government, the king is the

legitimate as well as the real sovereign, he is always conceived as

acting through the council and agora. Both the one and the other

are established and essential media through which his ascendency is

brought to bear upon the society: the absence of such assemblies

is the test and mark of savage men, as in the case of the

Cyclôpes.[121] Accordingly, he must possess qualities fit to act

with effect upon these two assemblies: wise reason for the council,

unctuous eloquence for the agora.[122] Such is the _idéal_ of the

heroic government: a king, not merely full of valor and resource

as a soldier, but also sufficiently superior to those around him

to insure both the deliberate concurrence of the chiefs, and the

hearty adhesion of the masses.[123] That this picture is not, in all

individual cases, realized, is unquestionable; but the endowments so

often predicated of good kings show it to have been the type present

to the mind of the describer.[124] Xenophôn, in his Cyropædia,

depicts Cyrus as an improved edition of the Homeric Agamemnôn,—“a

good king and a powerful soldier,” thus idealizing the perfection of

personal government.

[121] Odyss. ix. 114.—

Τοῖσιν δ᾽ (the Cyclôpes) οὔτ᾽ ἀγοραὶ βουληφόροι, οὔτε θέμιστες.

Ἀλλ᾽ οἵγ᾽ ὑψηλῶν ὀρέων ναίουσι κάρηνα

Ἐν σπέσσι γλαφυροῖσι· θεμιστεύει δὲ ἕκαστος

Παιδῶν ἠδ᾽ ἀλόχων· οὐδ᾽ ἀλλήλων ἀλέγουσι.

These lines illustrate the meaning of θέμις.

[122] See this point set forth in the prolix discourse of

Aristeides, Περὶ Ῥητορικῆς (Or. xlv. vol. ii. p. 99): Ἡσίοδος ...

ταὐτὰ ἀντικρὺς Ὁμήρῳ λέγων ... ὅτι τε ἡ ῥητορικὴ σύνεδρος τῆς

βασιλικῆς, etc.

[123] _Pêleus_, king of the Myrmidons, is called (Iliad, vii.

126) Ἐσθλὸς Μυρμιδόνων βουληφόρος ἠδ᾽ ἀγορητὴς—_Diomedes_,

ἀγορῇ δέ τ᾽ ἀμείνω (iv. 400)—_Nestôr_, λιγὺς Πυλίων

ἀγορητὴς—_Sarpêdôn_, Λυκίων βουληφόρε (v. 633); and _Idomeneus_,

Κρητῶν βουληφόρε (xiii. 219).

Hesiod (Theogon. 80-96) illustrates still more amply the _idéal_

of the king governing by persuasion and inspired by the Muses.

[124] See the striking picture in Thucydidês (ii. 65). Xenophôn,

in the Cyropædia, puts into the mouth of his hero the Homeric

comparison between the good king and the good shepherd, implying

as it does immense superiority of organization, morality, and

intelligence (Cyropæd. viii. p. 450, Hutchinson).

Volney observes, respecting the emirs of the Druses in Syria:

“Everything depends on circumstances: if the governor be a man of

ability, he is absolute;—if weak, he is a cipher. This proceeds

from the want of fixed laws; a want common to all Asia.” (Travels

in Egypt and Syria, vol. ii. p. 66.) Such was pretty much the

condition of the king in primitive Greece.

It is important to point out these fundamental conceptions of

government, discernible even before the dawn of Grecian history,

and identified with the social life of the people. It shows us that

the Greeks, in their subsequent revolutions, and in the political

experiments which their countless autonomous communities presented,

worked upon preëxisting materials,—developing and exalting elements

which had been at first subordinate, and suppressing, or remodelling

on a totally new principle, that which had been originally

predominant. When we approach historical Greece, we find that (with

the exception of Sparta) the primitive hereditary, unresponsible

monarch, uniting in himself all the functions of government, has

ceased to reign,—while the feeling of legitimacy, which originally

induced his people to obey him willingly, has been exchanged for

one of aversion towards the character and title generally. The

multifarious functions which he once exercised, have been parcelled

out among temporary nominees. On the other hand, the council, or

senate, and the agora, originally simple media through which the

king acted, are elevated into standing and independent sources of

authority, controlling and holding in responsibility the various

special officers to whom executive duties of one kind or another

are confided. The general principle here indicated is common both

to the oligarchies and the democracies which grew up in historical

Greece: much as these two governments differed from each other, and

many as were the varieties even between one oligarchy or democracy

and another, they all stood in equal contrast with the principle of

the heroic government. Even in Sparta, where the hereditary kingship

lasted, it was preserved with lustre and influence exceedingly

diminished,[125] and such timely diminution of its power seems to

have been one of the essential conditions of its preservation.[126]

Though the Spartan kings had the hereditary command of the military

forces, yet, even in all foreign expeditions, they habitually acted

in obedience to orders from home; while in affairs of the interior,

the superior power of the ephors sensibly overshadowed them. So that,

unless possessed of more than ordinary force of character, they seem

to have exercised their chief influence as presiding members of the

senate.

[125] Nevertheless, the question put by Leotychides to the

deposed Spartan king Demaratus,—ὅκοιόν τι εἴη τὸ ἄρχειν μετὰ τὸ

βασιλεύειν (Herodot. vi. 65), and the poignant insult which those

words conveyed, afford one among many other evidences of the

lofty estimate current in Sparta respecting the regal dignity, of

which Aristotle, in the Politica, seems hardly to take sufficient

account.

[126] O. Müller (Hist. Dorians, book iii. i. 3) affirms that the

fundamental features of the royalty were maintained in the Dorian

states, and obliterated only in the Ionian and democratical. In

this point, he has been followed by various other authors (see

Helbig, Die Sittlich. Zustände des Heldenalters, p. 73), but his

position appears to me substantially incorrect, even as regards

Sparta; and strikingly incorrect, in regard to the other Dorian

states.

There is yet another point of view in which it behoves us to take

notice of the council and the agora as integral portions of the

legendary government of the Grecian communities. We are thus enabled

to trace the employment of public speaking, as the standing engine

of government and the proximate cause of obedience, to the social

infancy of the nation. The power of speech in the direction of public

affairs becomes more and more obvious, developed, and irresistible,

as we advance towards the culminating period of Grecian history, the

century preceding the battle of Chæroneia. That its development was

greatest among the most enlightened sections of the Grecian name, and

smallest among the more obtuse and stationary, is matter of notorious

fact; nor is it less true, that the prevalence of this habit was

one of the chief causes of the intellectual eminence of the nation

generally. At a time when all the countries around were plunged

comparatively in mental torpor, there was no motive sufficiently

present and powerful to multiply so wonderfully the productive minds

of Greece, except such as arose from the rewards of public speaking.

The susceptibility of the multitude to this sort of guidance, their

habit of requiring and enjoying the stimulus which it supplied, and

the open discussion, combining regular forms with free opposition,

of practical matters, political as well as judicial,—are the

creative causes which formed such conspicuous adepts in the art of

persuasion. Nor was it only professed orators who were thus produced;

didactic aptitude was formed in the background, and the speculative

tendencies were supplied with interesting phenomena for observation

and combination, at a time when the truths of physical science were

almost inaccessible. If the primary effect was to quicken the powers

of expression, the secondary, but not less certain result, was to

develop the habits of scientific thought. Not only the oratory of

Demosthenês and Periklês, and the colloquial magic of Socratês, but

also the philosophical speculations of Plato, and the systematic

politics, rhetoric, and logic of Aristotle, are traceable to the

same general tendencies in the minds of the Grecian people: and we

find the germ of these expansive forces in the senate and agora of

their legendary government. The poets, first epic and then lyric,

were the precursors of the orators, in their power of moving the

feelings of an assembled crowd; whilst the Homeric poems—the general

training-book of educated Greeks—constituted a treasury of direct and

animated expression, full of concrete forms, and rare in the use of

abstractions, and thence better suited to the workings of oratory.

The subsequent critics had no difficulty in selecting from the Iliad

and Odyssey, samples of eloquence in all its phases and varieties.

On the whole, then, the society depicted in the old Greek poems is

loose and unsettled, presenting very little of legal restraint, and

still less of legal protection,—but concentrating such political

power as does exist in the hands of a legitimate hereditary king,

whose ascendency over the other chiefs is more or less complete

according to his personal force and character. Whether that

ascendency be greater or less, however, the mass of the people is

in either case politically passive and of little account. Though

the Grecian freeman of the heroic age is above the degraded level

of the Gallic _plebs_, as described by Cæsar,[127] he is far from

rivalling the fierce independence and sense of dignity, combined with

individual force, which characterize the Germanic tribes before their

establishment in the Roman empire. Still less does his condition, or

the society in which he moves, correspond to those pleasing dreams

of spontaneous rectitude and innocence, in which Tacitus and Seneca

indulge with regard to primitive man.[128]

[127] Cæsar, Bell. Gallic. vi. 12.

[128] Seneca, Epist. xc.; Tacitus. Annal. iii. 26. “Vetustissimi

mortalium (says the latter), nullâ adhuc malâ libidine, sine

probro, scelere, eoque sine pœnâ aut coërcitione, agebant: neque

præmiis opus erat, cum honesta suopte ingenio peterentur; et

ubi nihil contra morem cuperent, nihil per metum vetabantur. At

postquam exui æqualitas, et pro modestiâ et pudore ambitio et vis

incedebat, provenêre dominationes, multosque apud populos æternum

mansere,” etc. Compare Strabo, vii. p. 301.

These are the same fancies so eloquently set forth by Rousseau,

in the last century. A far more sagacious criticism pervades the

preface of Thucydidês.

2. The state of moral and social feeling, prevalent in legendary

Greece, exhibits a scene in harmony with the rudimentary political

fabrics just described. Throughout the long stream of legendary

narrative on which the Greeks looked back as their past history, the

larger social motives hardly ever come into play: either individual

valor and cruelty, or the personal attachments and quarrels of

relatives and war-companions, or the feuds of private enemies, are

ever before us. There is no sense of obligation then existing,

between man and man as such,—and very little between each man and

the entire community of which he is a member; such sentiments are

neither operative in the real world, nor present to the imaginations

of the poets. Personal feelings, either towards the gods, the

king, or some near and known individual, fill the whole of a man’s

bosom: out of them arise all the motives to beneficence, and all

the internal restraints upon violence, antipathy, or rapacity: and

special communion, as well as special solemnities, are essential to

their existence. The ceremony of an oath, so imposing, so paramount,

and so indispensable in those days, illustrates strikingly this

principle. And even in the case of the stranger suppliant,—in which

an apparently spontaneous sympathy manifests itself,—the succor and

kindness shown to him arise mainly from his having gone through the

consecrated formalities of supplication, such as that of sitting down

in the ashes by the sacred hearth, thus obtaining a sort of privilege

of sanctuary.[129] That ceremony exalts him into something more than

a mere suffering man,—it places him in express fellowship with the

master of the house, under the tutelary sanctions of Zeus Hiketêsios.

There is great difference between one form of supplication and

another; the suppliant, however, in any form, becomes more or less

the object of a particular sympathy.

[129] Seuthês, in the Anabasis of Xenophôn (vii. 2, 33),

describes how, when an orphan youth, he formerly supplicated

Mêdokos, the Thracian king, to grant him a troop of followers,

in order that he might recover his lost dominions, ἐκαθεζόμην

ἐνδίφριος αὐτῷ ἱκέτης δοῦναί μοι ἄνδρας.

Thucydidês gives an interesting description of the arrival of

the exile Themistoklês, then warmly pursued by the Greeks on

suspicion of treason, at the house of Admêtus, king of the

Epirotic Molossians. The wife of Admêtus herself instructed

the fugitive how to supplicate her husband in form: the child

of Admêtus was placed in his arms, and he was directed to sit

down in this guise close by the consecrated hearth, which was

of the nature of an altar. While so seated, he addressed his

urgent entreaties to Admêtus for protection: the latter raised

him up from the ground and promised what was asked. “That (says

the historian) was the most powerful form of supplication.”

Admêtus,—ἀκούσας ἀνίστησί τε αὐτὸν μετὰ τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ υἱέος, ὥσπερ

καὶ ἔχων αὐτὸν ἐκαθέζετο, καὶ ~μέγιστον ἱκέτευμα~ ἦν τοῦτο (Thuc.

i. 136). So Têlephus, in the lost drama of Æschylus called

Μυσοὶ, takes up the child Orestês. See Bothe’s Fragm. 44; Schol.

Aristoph. Ach. 305.

In the Odyssey, both Nausikaa and the goddess Athênê instruct

Odysseus in the proper form of supplicating Alkinous: he first

throws himself down at the feet of queen Arêtê, embracing her

knees and addressing to her his prayer, and then, without waiting

for a reply, sits down among the ashes on the hearth,—ὣς εἰπὼν,

κατ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἕζετ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάρῃ ἐν κονίῃσι,—Alkinous is dining with a

large company: for some time both he and the guests are silent:

at length the ancient Echenêus remonstrates with him on his

tardiness in raising the stranger up from the ashes. At his

exhortation, the Phæakian king takes Odysseus by the hand, and,

raising him up, places him on a chair beside him: he then directs

the heralds to mix a bowl of wine, and to serve it to every one

round, in order that all may make libations to Zeus Hiketêsios.

This ceremony clothes the stranger with the full rights and

character of a suppliant (Odyss. vi. 310; vii. 75, 141, 166):

κατὰ νόμους ἀφικτόρων, Æschyl. Supplic. 242.

That the form counted for a great deal, we see evidently marked:

but of course supplication is often addressed, and successfully

addressed, in circumstances where this form cannot be gone

through.

It is difficult to accept the doctrine of Eustathius (ad Odyss.

xvi. 424), that ἱκέτης is a _vox media_ (like ξεῖνος), applied

as well to the ἱκετάδοχος as to the ἱκέτης, properly so called:

but the word ἀλλήλοισιν, in the passage just cited, does seem to

justify his observation: yet there is no direct authority for

such use of the word in Homer.

The address of Theoclymenos, on first preferring his supplication

to Telemachus, is characteristic of the practice (Odyss. xv.

260); compare also Iliad, xvi. 574, and Hesiod. Scut. Hercul.

12-85.

The idea of the ξεῖνος and the ἱκέτης run very much together. I

can hardly persuade myself that the reading ἱκέτευσε (Odyss. xi.

520) is truly Homeric: implying as it does the idea of a pitiable

sufferer, it is altogether out of place when predicated of the

proud and impetuous Neoptolemus: we should rather have expected

ἐκέλευσε. (See Odyss. x. 15.)

The constraining efficacy of special formalities of supplication,

among the Scythians, is powerfully set forth in the Toxaris

of Lucian: the suppliant sits upon an ox-hide, with his hands

confined behind him (Lucian, Toxaris c. 48, vol. iii. p. 69,

Tauchn.)—the μεγίστη ἱκετηρία among that people.

The sense of obligation towards the gods manifests itself separately

in habitual acts of worship, sacrifice, and libations, or by votive

presents, such as that of the hair of Achilles, which he has pledged

to the river-god Spercheius,[130] and such as the constant dedicated

offerings which men who stand in urgent need of the divine aid first

promise and afterwards fulfil. But the feeling towards the gods

also appears, and that not less frequently, as mingling itself with

and enforcing obligations towards some particular human person. The

tie which binds a man to his father, his kinsman, his guest, or any

special promisee towards whom he has taken the engagement of an

oath, is conceived in conjunction with the idea of Zeus, as witness

and guarantee; and the intimacy of the association is attested by

some surname or special appellation of the god.[131] Such personal

feelings composed all the moral influences of which a Greek of that

day was susceptible,—a state of mind which we can best appreciate

by contrasting it with that of the subsequent citizen of historical

Athens. In the view of the latter, the great impersonal authority,

called “The Laws,” stood out separately, both as guide and sanction,

distinct from religious duty or private sympathies: but of this

discriminated conception of positive law and positive morality,[132]

the germ only can be detected in the Homeric poems. The appropriate

Greek word for human laws never occurs. Amidst a very wavering

phraseology,[133] we can detect a gradual transition from the

primitive idea of a personal goddess Themis, attached to Zeus, first

to his sentences or orders called Themistes, and next by a still

farther remove to various established customs, which those sentences

were believed to sanctify,—the authority of religion and that of

custom coalescing into one indivisible obligation.

[130] Iliad, xxiii. 142.

[131] Odyss. xiv. 389.—

Οὐ γὰρ τοὔνεκ᾽ ἐγώ σ᾽ αἰδέσσομαι, οὐδὲ φιλήσω,

Ἀλλὰ Δία ξένιον δείσας, αὐτὸν δ᾽ ἐλεαίρων.

[132] Nägelsbach (Homerische Theologie, Abschn. v. s. 23) gives

a just and well-sustained view of the Homeric ethics: “Es ist

der charakteristische Standpunkt der Homerischen Ethik, dass die

Sphären des Rechts, der Sittlichkeit, und Religiosität, bey dem

Dichter, durchaus noch nicht auseinander fallen, so dass der

Mensch z. B. δίκαιος seyn konnte ohne θεουδὴς zu seyn—sondern in

unentwickelter Einheit beysammen sind.”

[133] Νόμοι, _laws_, is not an Homeric word; νόμος, _law_, in the

singular, occurs twice in the Hesiodic Works and Days (276, 388).

The employment of the words δίκη, δίκαι, θέμις, θέμιστες, in

Homer, is curious as illustrating the early moral associations,

but would require far more space than can be given to it in

a note; we see that the sense of each of these words was

essentially fluctuating. _Themis_, in Homer, is sometimes

decidedly a _person_, who exercises the important function of

opening and closing the agora, both of gods and men (Iliad, xx.

4: Odyss. ii. 68), and who, besides that, acts and speaks (Iliad,

xiv. 87-93): always the associate and companion of Zeus, the

highest god. In Hesiod, (Theog. 901,) she is the wife of Zeus:

in Æschylus, (Prometh. 209,) she is the same as Γαῖα: even in

Plato, (Legg. xi. p. 936,) witnesses swear (to want of knowledge

of matters under inquest) by Zeus, Apollo, and Themis. Themis _as

a person_ is probably the oldest sense of the word: then we have

the plural θέμιστες (connected with the verb τίθεμι, like θεσμὸς

and τεθμὸς), which are (not persons, but) special appurtenances

or emanations of the supreme god, or of a king acting under him,

analogous to and joined with the sceptre. The sceptre, and the

θέμιστες or the δίκαι constantly go together (Iliad, ii. 209;

ix. 99): Zeus or the king is a judge, not a lawmaker; he issues

decrees or special orders to settle particular disputes, or to

restrain particular men; and, agreeable to the concrete forms

of ancient language, the decrees are treated as if they were a

collection of ready-made substantive things, actually in his

possession, like the sceptre, and prepared for being delivered

out when the proper occasion arose: δικασπόλοι, οἵτε θέμιστας

Πρὸς Διὸς εἰρύαται (Il. i. 238), compared with the two passages

last cited: Ἄφρονα τοῦτον ἀνέντας, ὃς οὔτινα οἶδε θέμιστα (Il.

v. 761), Ἄγριον, οὔτε δίκας εὖ εἰδότα οὔτε θέμιστας (Odyss. ix.

215). The plural number δίκαι is more commonly used in Homer

than the singular: δίκη is rarely used to denote Justice, an

an abstract conception; it more often denotes a special claim

of right on the part of some given man (Il. xviii. 508). It

sometimes also denotes, simply, established custom, or the known

lot,—δμώων δίκη, γερόντων, θείων βασιλήων, θεῶν (see Damm’s

Lexicon, _ad voc._) θέμις is used in the same manner.

See, upon this matter, Platner, De Notione Juris ap. Homerum, p.

81, and O. Müller, Prolegg. Mythol. p. 121.

The family relations, as we might expect, are set forth in our

pictures of the legendary world as the grand sources of lasting union

and devoted attachment. The paternal authority is highly reverenced:

the son who lives to years of maturity, repays by affection to his

parents the charge of his maintenance in infancy, which the language

notes by a special word; whilst on the other hand, the Erinnys, whose

avenging hand is put in motion by the curse of a father or mother, is

an object of deep dread.[134]

[134] Οὐδὲ τοκεῦσι Θρέπτρα φίλοις ἀπέδωκε (Il. iv. 477): θρέπτρα

or θρεπτήρια (compare Il. ix. 454; Odyss. ii. 134; Hesiod, Opp.

Di. 186).

In regard to marriage, we find the wife occupying a station of

great dignity and influence, though it was the practice for the

husband to purchase her by valuable presents to her parents,—a

practice extensively prevalent among early communities, and treated

by Aristotle as an evidence of barbarism. She even seems to live

less secluded and to enjoy a wider sphere of action than was

allotted to her in historical Greece.[135] Concubines are frequent

with the chiefs, and occasionally the jealousy of the wife breaks

out in reckless excess against her husband, as may be seen in the

tragical history of Phœnix. The continence of Laërtês, from fear of

displeasing his wife Antikleia, is especially noticed.[136] A large

portion of the romantic interest which Grecian legend inspires is

derived from the women: Penelopê, Andromachê, Helen, Klytæmnêstra,

Eriphylê, Iokasta, Hekabê, etc., all stand in the foreground of the

picture, either from their virtues, their beauty, their crimes, or

their sufferings.

[135] Aristot. Polit. ii. 5, 11. The ἔδνα, or present given by

the suitor to the father, as an inducement to grant his daughter

in marriage, are spoken of as very valuable,—ἀπερείσια ἔδνα (Il.

xi. 244; xvi. 178; xxii. 472): to grant a daughter without ἔδνα

was a high compliment to the intended son-in-law (Il. ix. 141:

compare xiii. 366). Among the ancient Germans of Tacitus, the

husband gave presents, not to his wife’s father, but to herself

(Tacit. Germ. c. 18): the customs of the early Jews were in this

respect completely Homeric; see the case of Shechem and Dinah

(Genesis, xxxiv. 12) and others, etc.; also Mr. Catlin’s Letters

on the North American Indians, vol. i. Lett. 26, p. 213.

The Greek ἔδνα correspond exactly to the _mundium_ of the Lombard

and Alemannic laws, which is thus explained by Mr. Price (Notes

on the Laws of King Ethelbert, in the Ancient Laws and Institutes

of England, translated and published by Mr. Thorpe, vol. i. p.

20): “The Longobardic law is the most copious of all the barbaric

codes in its provisions respecting marriage, and particularly

so on the subject of the Mund. From that law it appears that

the Mundium was a sum paid over to the family of the bride, for

transferring the tutelage which they possessed over her to the

family of the husband: ‘Si quis pro muliere liberâ aut puellâ

mundium dederit et ei tradita fuerit ad uxorem,’ etc. (ed.

Rotharis, c. 183.) In the same sense in which the term occurs in

these dooms, it is also to be met with in the Alemannic law: it

was also common in Denmark and in Sweden, where the bride was

called a mund-bought or a mund-given woman.”

According to the 77th Law of King Ethelbert (p. 23), this _mund_

was often paid in cattle: the Saxon daughters were πάρθενοι

ἀλφεσίβοιαι (Iliad, xviii. 593).

[136] Odyss. i. 430: Iliad, ix. 450: see also Terpstra,

Antiquitas Homerica, capp. 17 and 18.

Polygamy appears to be ascribed to Priam, but to no one else

(Iliad, xxi. 88).

Not only brothers, but also cousins, and the more distant

blood-relations and clansmen, appear connected together by a strong

feeling of attachment, sharing among them universally the obligation

of mutual self-defence and revenge, in the event of injury to any

individual of the race. The legitimate brothers divide between them

by lot the paternal inheritance,—a bastard brother receiving only a

small share; he is, however, commonly very well treated,[137] though

the murder of Phokus, by Telamon and Pêleus, constitutes a flagrant

exception. The furtive pregnancy of young women, often by a god,

is one of the most frequently recurring incidents in the legendary

narratives; and the severity with which such a fact, when discovered,

is visited by the father, is generally extreme. As an extension

of the family connection, we read of larger unions, called the

phratry and the tribe, which are respectfully, but not frequently,

mentioned.[138]

[137] Odyss. xiv. 202-215: compare Iliad, xi. 102. The primitive

German law of succession divided the paternal inheritance among

the sons of a deceased father, under the implied obligation to

maintain and portion out their sisters (Eichhorn, _Deutsches

Privat-Recht_. sect. 330).

[138] Iliad, ii. 362.—

Ἀφρήτωρ, ἀθέμιστος, ἀνέστιός ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος,

Ὃς πολέμου ἔραται, etc. (Il. ix. 63.)

These three epithets include the three different classes of

personal sympathy and obligation: 1. The Phratry, in which

a man is connected with father, mother, brothers, cousins,

brothers-in-law, clansmen, etc.; 2. The θέμιστες, whereby he is

connected with his fellow-men who visit the same agora; 3. His

Hestia, or Hearth, whereby he becomes accessible to the ξεῖνος

and the ἱκέτης:—

Τῷ δ᾽ Ὀδυσεὺς ξίφος ὀξὺ καὶ ἄλκιμον ἔγχος ἔδωκεν,

~Ἀρχὴν~ ξεινοσύνης προσκηδέος· οὐδὲ τραπέζῃ

Γνώτην ἀλλήλοιν. (Odyss. xxi. 34.)

The generous readiness with which hospitality is afforded to the

stranger who asks for it,[139] the facility with which he is allowed

to contract the peculiar connection of guest with his host, and the

permanence with which that connection, when created by partaking of

the same food and exchanging presents, is maintained even through

a long period of separation, and even transmitted from father to

son—these are among the most captivating features of the heroic

society. The Homeric chief welcomes the stranger who comes to ask

shelter in his house, first gives him refreshment, and then inquires

his name and the purpose of his voyage.[140] Though not inclined

to invite strangers to his house, he cannot repel them when they

spontaneously enter it craving a lodging.[141] The suppliant is also

commonly a stranger, but a stranger under peculiar circumstances;

who proclaims his own calamitous and abject condition, and seeks to

place himself in a relation to the chief whom he solicits, something

like that in which men stand to the gods. Onerous as such special

tie may become to him, the chief cannot decline it, if solicited in

the proper form: the ceremony of supplication has a binding effect,

and the Erinnys punish the hardhearted person who disallows it.

A conquered enemy may sometimes throw himself at the feet of his

conqueror, and solicit mercy, but he cannot by doing so acquire the

character and claims of a suppliant properly so called: the conqueror

has free discretion either to kill him, or to spare him and accept a

ransom.[142]

[139] It must be mentioned, however, that when a chief received a

stranger and made presents to him, he reimbursed to himself the

value of the presents by collections among the people (Odyss.

xiii. 14; xix. 197): ἀργαλέον γὰρ ἕνα προικὸς χαρίσασθαι, says

Alkinous.

[140] Odyss. i. 123; iii. 70, etc.

[141] Odyss. xvii. 383.—

Τίς γὰρ δὴ ξεῖνον καλεῖ ἄλλοθεν αὐτὸς ἐπελθὼν

Ἄλλον γ᾽ εἰ μὴ τῶνδ᾽, οἳ δημιόεργοι ἔασιν, etc.;

which breathes the plain-spoken shrewdness of the Hesiodic Works

and Days, v. 355.

[142] See the illustrative case of Lykaon, in vain craving mercy

from Achilles. (Iliad, xxi. 64-97. Ἀντί τοι εἶμ᾽ ἱκέταο, etc.)

Menelaus is about to spare the life of the Trojan Adrastus, who

clasps his knees and craves mercy, offering a large ransom,—when

Agamemnôn repels the idea of quarter, and kills Adrastus with his

own hand: his speech to Menelaus displays the extreme of violent

enmity, yet the poet says,—

Ὣς εἰπὼν, παρέπεισεν ἀδελφείου φρένας ἥρως,

~Αἴσιμα παρειπὼν~, etc.

Adrastus is not called an ἱκέτης, nor is the expression used in

respect to Dolon (Il. x. 456), nor in the equally striking case

of Odysseus (Odyss. xiv. 279), when begging for his life.

There are in the legendary narratives abundant examples of

individuals who transgress in particular acts even the holiest of

these personal ties, but the savage Cyclops is the only person

described as professedly indifferent to them, and careless of that

sanction of the gods which in Grecian belief accompanied them

all.[143] In fact, the tragical horror which pervades the lineage

of Athamas or Kadmus, and which attaches to many of the acts of

Hêraklês, of Pêleus and Telamon, of Jasôn and Mêdea, of Atreus and

Thyestês, etc., is founded upon a deep feeling and sympathy with

those special obligations, which conspicuous individuals, under the

temporary stimulus of the maddening Atê, are driven to violate.

In such conflict of sentiments, between the obligation generally

reverenced and the exceptional deviation in an individual otherwise

admired, consists the pathos of the story.

[143] Odyss. ix. 112-275.

These feelings—of mutual devotion between kinsmen and companions

in arms—of generous hospitality to the stranger, and of helping

protection to the suppliant,—constitute the bright spots in a dark

age. We find them very generally prevalent amongst communities

essentially rude and barbarous,—amongst the ancient Germans as

described by Tacitus, the Druses in Lebanon,[144] the Arabian tribes

in the desert, and even the North American Indians.

[144] Tacit. German. c. 21. “Quemeunque mortalium arcere tecto,

nefas habetur: pro fortunâ quisque apparatis epulis excipit: cum

defecêre qui modo hospes fuerat, monstratur hospitii et comes,

proximam domum non invitati adeunt: nec interest—pari humanitate

accipiuntur. Notum ignotumque, quantum ad jus hospitii, nemo

discernit.” Compare Cæsar, B. G. vi. 22.

See about the Druses and Arabians, Volney, Travels in Egypt and

Syria, vol. ii. p. 76, Engl. Transl.; Niebuhr, Beschreibung von

Arabien, Copenh. 1772, pp. 46-49.

Pomponius Mela describes the ancient Germans in language not

inapplicable to the Homeric Greeks: “Jus in viribus habent,

adeo ut ne latrocinii quidem pudeat: _tantum_ hospitibus boni,

mitesque supplicibus.” (iii. 3.)

“The hospitality of the Indians is well known. It extends even

to strangers who take refuge among them. They count it a most

sacred duty, from which no one is exempted. Whoever refuses

relief to any one, commits a grievous offence, and not only makes

himself detested and abhorred by all, but liable to revenge from

the offended person. In their conduct towards their enemies

they are cruel and inexorable, and, when enraged, bent upon

nothing but murder and bloodshed. They are, however, remarkable

for concealing their passions, and waiting for a convenient

opportunity of gratifying them. But then their fury knows no

bounds. If they cannot satisfy their resentment, they will even

call upon their friends and posterity to do it. The longest space

of time cannot cool their wrath, nor the most distant place of

refuge afford security to their enemy.” (Loskiel, History of the

Mission of the United Brethren among the North American Indians,

Part I. ch. 2, p. 15.)

“Charlevoix observes, (says Dr. Ferguson, Essay on Civil

Society, Part II. § 2, p. 145,) that the nations among whom he

travelled in North America never mentioned acts of generosity or

kindness under the notion of duty. They acted from affection, as

they acted from appetite, without regard to its consequences.

When they had done a kindness, they had gratified a desire:

the business was finished, and it passed from the memory. The

spirit with which they give or receive presents is the same as

that which Tacitus remarks among the ancient Germans: ‘Gaudent

muneribus, sed nec data imputant, nec acceptis obligantur.’ Such

gifts are of little consequence, except when employed as the seal

of a bargain or a treaty.”

Respecting the Morlacchi (Illyrian Sclavonians), the Abbé Fortis

says (Travels in Dalmatia, pp. 55-58):—

“The hospitality of the Morlachs is equally conspicuous among

the poor as among the opulent. The rich prepares a roasted lamb

or sheep, and the poor, with equal cordiality, gives his turkey,

milk, honey,—whatever he has. Nor is their generosity confined

to strangers, but generally extends to all who are in want....

Friendship is lasting among the Morlacchi. They have even made

it a kind of religious point, and tie the sacred bond at the

foot of the altar. The Sclavonian ritual contains a particular

benediction, for the solemn union of two male or two female

friends, in presence of the whole congregation. The male friends

thus united are called Pobratimi, and the females Posestreme,

which means half-brothers and half-sisters. The duties of the

Pobratimi are, to assist each other in every case of need and

danger, to revenge mutual wrongs, etc.: their enthusiasm is often

carried so far as to risk, and even lose their life.... But as

the friendships of the Morlacchi are strong and sacred, so their

quarrels are commonly unextinguishable. They pass from father to

son, and the mothers fail not to put their children in mind of

their duty to revenge their father, if he has had the misfortune

to be killed, and to show them often the bloody shirt of the

deceased.... A Morlach is implacable, if injured or insulted.

With him, revenge and justice have exactly the same meaning,

and truly it is the primitive idea, and I have been told that

in Albania the effects of revenge are still more atrocious and

more lasting. There, a man of the mildest character is capable

of the most barbarous revenge, believing it to be his positive

duty.... A Morlach who has killed another of a powerful family is

commonly obliged to save himself by flight, and keep out of the

way for several years. If during that time he has been fortunate

enough to escape the search of his pursuers, and has got a small

sum of money, he endeavors to obtain pardon and peace.... It is

the custom in some places for the offended party to threaten the

criminal, holding all sorts of arms to his throat, and at last to

consent to accept his ransom.”

Concerning the influence of these two distinct tendencies—devoted

personal friendship and implacable animosities—among the

Illyrico-Sclavonian population, see Cyprien Robert, Les Slaves de

la Turquie, ch. vii. pp. 42-46, and Dr. Joseph Müller, Albanien,

Rumelien, und die Œsterreichisch-Montenegrenische Gränze, Prag.

1844, pp. 24-25.

“It is for the virtue of hospitality (observes Goguet, Origin of

Laws, etc. vol. i. book vi. ch. iv.), that the primitive times

are chiefly famed. But, in my opinion, hospitality was then

exercised, not so much from generosity and greatness of soul,

as from necessity. Common interest probably gave rise to that

custom. In remote antiquity, there were few or no public inns:

they entertained strangers, in order that they might render

them the same service, if they happened to travel into their

country. Hospitality was reciprocal. When they received strangers

into their houses, they acquired a right of being received into

theirs again. This right was regarded by the ancients as sacred

and inviolable, and extended not only to those who had acquired

it, but to their children and posterity. Besides, hospitality

in these times could not be attended with much expense: men

travelled but little. In a word, the modern Arabians prove that

hospitality may consist with the greatest vices, and that this

species of generosity is no decisive evidence of goodness of

heart, or rectitude of manners.”

The book of Genesis, amidst many other features of resemblance

to the Homeric manners, presents that of ready and exuberant

hospitality to the stranger.

They are the instinctive manifestations of human sociality, standing

at first alone, and for that reason appearing to possess a greater

tutelary force than really belongs to them,—beneficent, indeed,

in a high degree, with reference to their own appropriate period,

but serving as a very imperfect compensation for the impotence of

the magistrate, and for the absence of any all-pervading sympathy

or sense of obligation between man and man. We best appreciate

their importance when we compare the Homeric society with that

of barbarians like the Thracians, who tattooed their bodies, as

the mark of a generous lineage,—sold their children for export as

slaves,—considered robbery, not merely as one admissible occupation

among others, but as the only honorable mode of life; agriculture

being held contemptible,—and above all, delighted in the shedding of

blood as a luxury. Such were the Thracians in the days of Herodotus

and Thucydidês: and the Homeric society forms a mean term between

that which these two historians yet saw in Thrace, and that which

they witnessed among their own civilized countrymen.[145]

[145] Respecting the Thracians, compare Herodot. v. 11;

Thucydid. vii. 29-30. The expression of the latter historian

is remarkable,—τὸ δὲ γένος τῶν Θρᾳκῶν, ὁμοῖα τοῖς μάλιστα τοῦ

βαρβαρικοῦ, ~ἐν ᾧ ἂν θαρσήσῃ, φονικώτατόν ἐστι~.

Compare Herodot. viii. 116; the cruelty of the Thracian king of

the Bisaltæ towards his own sons.

The story of Odysseus to Eumæus in the Odyssey (xiv. 210-226)

furnishes a valuable comparison for this predatory disposition

among the Thracians. Odysseus there treats the love of living by

war and plunder as his own peculiar taste: he did not happen to

like regular labor, but the latter is not treated in any way mean

or unbecoming a freeman:—

ἔργον δέ μοι οὐ φίλον ἦεν

Οὐδ᾽ οἰκωφελίη, ἥ τε τρέφει ἀγλαὰ τέκνα, etc.

When, however, among the Homeric men we pass beyond the influence

of the private ties above enumerated, we find scarcely any other

moralizing forces in operation. The acts and adventures commemorated

imply a community wherein neither the protection nor the restraints

of law are practically felt, and wherein ferocity, rapine, and the

aggressive propensities generally, seem restrained by no internal

counterbalancing scruples. Homicide, especially, is of frequent

occurrence, sometimes by open violence, sometimes by fraud:

expatriation for homicide is among the most constantly recurring acts

of the Homeric poems: and savage brutalities are often ascribed, even

to admired heroes, with apparent indifference. Achilles sacrifices

twelve Trojan prisoners on the tomb of Patroklus, while his son

Neoptolemus not only slaughters the aged Priam, but also seizes by

the leg the child Astyanax (son of the slain Hector) and hurls him

from one of the lofty towers of Troy.[146] Moreover, the celebrity

of Autolykus, the maternal grandfather of Odysseus, in the career of

wholesale robbery and perjury, and the wealth which it enabled him

to acquire, are described with the same unaffected admiration as the

wisdom of Nestôr or the strength of Ajax.[147] Achilles, Menelaus,

Odysseus, pillage in person, wherever they can find an opportunity,

employing both force and stratagem to surmount resistance.[148]

The vocation of a pirate is recognized and honorable, so that a

host, when he asks his guest what is the purpose of his voyage,

enumerates enrichment by indiscriminate maritime plunder as among

those projects which may naturally enter into his contemplation.[149]

Abduction of cattle, and expeditions for unprovoked ravage as well

as for retaliation, between neighboring tribes, appear ordinary

phenomena;[150] and the established inviolability of heralds seems

the only evidence of any settled feeling of obligation between one

community and another. While the house and property of Odysseus,

during his long absence, enjoys no public protection,[151] those

unprincipled chiefs, who consume his substance, find sympathy rather

than disapprobation among the people of Ithaka. As a general rule,

he who cannot protect himself finds no protection from society: his

own kinsmen and immediate companions are the only parties to whom

he can look with confidence for support. And in this respect, the

representation given by Hesiod makes the picture even worse. In his

emphatic denunciation of the fifth age, that poet deplores not only

the absence of all social justice and sense of obligation among his

contemporaries, but also the relaxation of the ties of family and

hospitality.[152] There are marks of querulous exaggeration in the

poem of the Works and Days; yet the author professes to describe the

real state of things around him, and the features of his picture,

soften them as we may, will still appear dark and calamitous. It is,

however, to be remarked, that he contemplates a state of peace,—thus

forming a contrast with the Homeric poems. His copious catalogue of

social evils scarcely mentions liability to plunder by a foreign

enemy, nor does he compute the chances of predatory aggression as a

source of profit.

[146] Ilias Minor, Fragm. 7, p. 18, ed. Düntzer; Iliad, xxiii.

175. Odysseus is mentioned once as obtaining poison for his

arrows (Odyss. i. 160), but no poisoned arrows are ever employed

in either of the two poems.

The anecdotes recounted by the Scythian Toxaris in Lucian’s

work so entitled (vol. ii. c. 36, p. 544, _seqq._ ed. Hemst.)

afford a vivid picture of this combination of intense and devoted

friendship between individuals, with the most revolting cruelty

of manners. “You Greeks live in peace and tranquillity,” observes

the Scythian,—παρ᾽ ἡμῖν δὲ συνεχεῖς οἱ πόλεμοι, καὶ ἢ ἐπελαύνομεν

ἄλλοις, ἢ ὑποχωροῦμεν ἐπιόντας, ἢ συμπεσόντες ὑπὲρ νομῆς ἢ λείας

μαχόμεθα· ~ἔνθα μάλιστα δεῖ φίλων ἀγαθῶν~, etc.

[147] Odyss. xxi. 397; Pherekydês, Fragm. 63, ed. Didot;

Autolykus, πλεῖστα κλέπτων ἐθησαύριζεν. The Homeric Hymn to

Hermês (the great patron-god of Autolykus) is a farther specimen

of the admiration which might be made to attach to clever

thieving.

The ἡμερόκοιτος ἀνὴρ, likely to rob the farm, is one great

enemy against whom Hesiod advises precaution to be taken,—a

sharp-toothed dog, well-fed, to serve as guard (Opp. Di. 604).

[148] Iliad, xi. 624; xx. 189. Odyss. iv. 81-90; ix. 40; xiv.

230; and the indirect revelation (Odyss. xix. 284), coupled with

a compliment to the dexterity of Odysseus.

[149] Even in the century prior to Thucydidês, undistinguishing

plunder at sea, committed by Greek ships against ships not Greek,

seems not to have been held discreditable. The Phokæan Dionysius,

after the ill-success of the Ionic revolt, goes with his three

ships of war to Sicily, and from thence plunders Tyrrhenians and

Carthaginians (Herod. vi. 17).—ληϊστὴς κατεστήκεε, Ἑλλήνων μὲν

οὐδενὸς, Καρχηδονίων δὲ καὶ Τυρσηνῶν. Compare the conduct of the

Phokæan settlers at Alalia in Corsica, after the conquest of

Ionia by Harpagus (Herodot. i. 166).

In the treaty between the Romans and Carthaginians, made at

some period subsequent to 509 B. C., it is stipulated,—Τοῦ

Καλοῦ Ἀκρωτηρίου, Μαστίας, Ταρσηΐου, μὴ ληΐζεσθαι ἐπέκεινα

Ῥωμαίους μηδ᾽ ἐμπορεύεσθαι, μηδὲ πόλιν κτίζειν (Polyb. iii. 24,

4). Plunder, commerce, and colonization, are here assumed as

the three objects which the Roman ships would pursue, unless

they were under special obligation to abstain, in reference

to foreigners. This morality approaches nearer to that of the

Homeric age, than to the state of sentiment which Thucydides

indicates as current in his day among the Greeks.

[150] See the interesting boastfulness of Nestôr, Iliad, xi.

670-700; also Odyss. xxi. 18; Odyss. iii. 71; Thucyd. i. 5.

[151] Odyss. iv. 165, among many other passages. Telemachus

laments the misfortune of his race, in respect that himself,

Odysseus, and Laërtês were all only sons of their fathers: there

were no brothers to serve as mutual auxiliaries (Odyss. xvi. 118).

[152] Opp. Di. 182-199:—

Οὐδὲ πατὴρ παίδεσσιν ὁμοιΐος, οὐδέ τι παῖδες,

Οὐδὲ ξεῖνος ξεινοδόκῳ, καὶ ἑταῖρος ἑταίρῳ,

Οὐδὲ κασίγνητος φίλος ἔσσεται, ὡς τὸ πάρος περ,

Αἶψα δὲ γηράσκοντας ἀτιμήσουσι τοκῆας, etc.

There are two special veins of estimable sentiment, on which it may

be interesting to contrast heroic and historical Greece, and which

exhibit the latter as an improvement on the former, not less in the

affections than in the intellect.

The law of Athens was peculiarly watchful and provident with

respect both to the persons and the property of orphan minors;

but the description given in the Iliad of the utter and hopeless

destitution of the orphan boy, despoiled of his paternal inheritance,

and abandoned by all the friends of his father, whom he urgently

supplicates, and who all harshly cast him off, is one of the most

pathetic morsels in the whole poem.[153] In reference again to the

treatment of the dead body of an enemy we find all the Greek chiefs

who come near (not to mention the conduct of Achilles himself)

piercing with their spears the corpse of the slain Hectôr, while

some of them even pass disgusting taunts upon it. We may add, from

the lost epics, the mutilation of the dead bodies of Paris and

Deiphobus by the hand of Menelaus.[154] But at the time of the

Persian invasion, it was regarded as unworthy of a right-minded

Greek to maltreat in any way the dead body of an enemy, even where

such a deed might seem to be justified on the plea of retaliation.

After the battle of Platæa, a proposition was made to the Spartan

king Pausanias, to retaliate upon the dead body of Mardonius the

indignities which Xerxês had heaped upon that of Leonidas at

Thermopylæ. He indignantly spurned the suggestion, not without a

severe rebuke, or rather a half-suppressed menace, towards the

proposer: and the feeling of Herodotus himself goes heartily along

with him.[155]

[153] Iliad, xxii. 487-500. Hesiod dwells upon injury to orphan

children, however, as a heinous offence (Opp. Di. 330).

[154] Iliad, xxii. 371. οὐδ᾽ ἄρα οἵ τις ἀνούτητί γε παρέστη.

Argument of Iliad. Minor. ap. Düntzer, Epp. Fragm. p. 17; Virgil,

Æneid, vi. 520.

Both Agamemnôn and the Oiliad Ajax cut off the heads of slain

warriors, and send them rolling like a ball or like a mortar

among the crowd of warriors (Iliad, xi. 147; xiii. 102).

The ethical maxim preached by Odysseus in the Odyssey, not to

utter boastful shouts over a slain enemy (Οὐκ ὁσίη, κταμένοισιν

ἐπ᾽ ἀνδράσιν εὐχετάασθαι, xxii. 412), is abundantly violated in

the Iliad.

[155] Herodot. ix. 78-79. Contrast this strong expression from

Pausanias, with the conduct of the Carthaginians towards the

end of the Peloponnesian war, after their capture of Selinus in

Sicily, where, after having put to death 16,000 persons, they

mutilated the dead bodies,—κατὰ τὸ πάτριον ἔθος (Diodôr. xiii.

57-86).

The different manner of dealing with homicide presents a third test,

perhaps more striking yet, of the change in Grecian feelings and

manners during the three centuries preceding the Persian invasion.

That which the murderer in the Homeric times had to dread, was, not

public prosecution and punishment, but the personal vengeance of

the kinsmen and friends of the deceased, who were stimulated by the

keenest impulses of honor and obligation to avenge the deed, and were

considered by the public as specially privileged to do so.[156] To

escape from this danger, he is obliged to flee the country, unless

he can prevail upon the incensed kinsmen to accept of a valuable

payment (we must not speak of coined money, in the days of Homer)

as satisfaction for their slain comrade. They may, if they please,

decline the offer, and persist in their right of revenge; but if

they accept, they are bound to leave the offender unmolested, and he

accordingly remains at home without farther consequences. The chiefs

in agora do not seem to interfere, except to insure payment of the

stipulated sum.

[156] The Mosaic law recognizes this habit and duty on the part

of the relatives of the murdered man, and provides cities of

refuge for the purpose of sheltering the offender in certain

cases (Deuteron. xxxv. 13-14; Bauer, Handbuch der Hebraïschen

Alterthümer, sect. 51-52).

The relative who inherited the property of a murdered man was

specially obliged to avenge his death (H. Leo, Vorlesungen über

die Geschichte des Jüdischen Staats.—Vorl. iii. p. 35).

Here we recognize once more the characteristic attribute of the

Grecian heroic age,—the omnipotence of private force, tempered and

guided by family sympathies, and the practical nullity of that

collective sovereign afterwards called _The City_,—who in historical

Greece becomes the central and paramount source of obligation, but

who appears yet only in the background, as a germ of promise for the

future. And the manner in which, in the case of homicide, that germ

was developed into a powerful reality, presents an interesting field

of comparison with other nations.

For the practice, here designated, of leaving the party guilty of

homicide to compromise by valuable payment with the relatives of

the deceased, and also of allowing to the latter a free choice

whether they would accept such compromise or enforce their right of

personal revenge,—has been remarked in many rude communities, but

is particularly memorable among the early German tribes.[157] Among

the many separate Teutonic establishments which rose upon the ruins

of the Western Empire of Rome, the right as well as duty of private

revenge, for personal injury or insult offered to any member of a

family,—and the endeavor to avert its effects by means of a pecuniary

composition levied upon the offender, chiefly as satisfaction to the

party injured, but partly also as perquisite to the king,—was adopted

as the basis of their legislation. This fundamental idea was worked

out in elaborate detail as to the valuation of the injury inflicted,

wherein one main circumstance was the rank, condition, and power

of the sufferer. The object of the legislator was to preserve the

society from standing feuds, but at the same time to accord such

full satisfaction as would induce the injured person to waive his

acknowledged right of personal revenge,—the full luxury of which, as

it presented itself to the mind of an Homeric Greek, may be read in

more than one passage of the Iliad.[158] The German codes begin by

trying to bring about the acceptance of a fixed pecuniary composition

as a constant voluntary custom, and proceed ultimately to enforce it

as a peremptory necessity: the idea of society is at first altogether

subordinate, and its influence passes only by slow degrees from

amicable arbitration into imperative control.

[157] “Suscipere tam inimicitias, seu patris, seu propinqui, quam

amicitias, necesse est. Nec implacabiles durant: luitur enim

etiam homicidium certo pecorum armentorumque numero, recipitque

satisfactionem universa domus.” (Tacit. German. 21.) Niebuhr,

Beschreibung von Arabien, p. 32.

“An Indian feast (says Loskiel, Mission of the United Brethren

in North America,) is seldom concluded without bloodshed. For

the murder of a man one hundred yards of wampum, and for that of

a woman two hundred yards, must be paid by the murderer. If he

is too poor, which is commonly the case, and his friends cannot

or will not assist him, he must fly from the resentment of the

relations.”

Rogge (Gerichtswesen der Germanen, capp. 1, 2, 3), Grimm

(Deutsche Rechtsalterthümer, book v. cap. 1-2), and Eichhorn

(Deutsches Privat-Recht. sect. 48) have expounded this idea, and

the consequences deduced from it among the ancient Germans.

Aristotle alludes, as an illustration of the extreme silliness

of ancient Greek practices (εὐήθη πάμπαν), to a custom which

he states to have still continued at the Æolic Kymê, in cases

of murder. If the accuser produced in support of his charge a

certain number of witnesses from his own kindred, the person

was held peremptorily guilty,—οἷον ἐν Κύμῃ περὶ τὰ φονικὰ νόμος

ἔστιν, ἂν πλῆθός τι παράσχηται μαρτύρων ὁ διώκων τὸν φόνον τῶν

αὑτοῦ συγγενῶν, ἔνοχον εἶναι τῷ φόνῳ τὸν φεύγοντα (Polit. ii.

5, 12). This presents a curious parallel with the old German

institution of the Eideshelfern, or conjurators, who, though most

frequently required and produced in support of the party accused,

were yet also brought by the party accusing. See Rogge, sect. 36,

p. 186; Grimm, p. 862.

[158] The word ποινὴ indicates this _satisfaction by valuable

payment_ for wrong done, especially for homicide: that the Latin

word _pœna_ originally meant the same thing, may be inferred

from the old phrases _dare pœnas, pendere pœnas_. The most

illustrative passage in the Iliad is that in which Ajax, in the

embassy undertaken to conciliate Achilles, censures by comparison

the inexorable obstinacy of the latter in setting at naught the

proffered presents of Agamemnôn (Il. ix. 627):—

Νηλής· καὶ μὲν τίς τε κασιγνήτοιο φόνοι

Ποινὴν, ἢ οὗ παιδὸς ἐδέξατο τεθνειῶτος·

Καί ῥ᾽ ὁ μὲν ἐν δήμῳ μένει αὐτοῦ, πολλ᾽ ἀποτίσας·

Τοῦ δέ τ᾽ ἐρητύεται κραδίη καὶ θύμος ἀγήνωρ,

Ποινὴν δεξαμένου....

The ποινὴ is, in its primitive sense, a genuine payment in

valuable commodities serving as compensation (Iliad, iii. 290; v.

266; xiii. 659): but it comes by a natural metaphor to signify

the death of one or more Trojans, as a satisfaction for that of

a Greek warrior who had just fallen (or _vice versâ_, Iliad,

xiv. 483; xvi. 398); sometimes even the notion of compensation

generally (xvii. 207). In the representation on the shield of

Achilles, the genuine proceeding about ποινὴ clearly appears:

the question there tried is, whether the payment stipulated as

satisfaction for a person slain, has really been made or not,—δύο

δ᾽ ἄνδρες ἐνείκεον εἵνεκα ποινῆς Ἀνδρὸς ἀποφθιμένου, etc. (xviii.

498.)

The danger of an act of homicide is proportioned to the number

and power of the surviving relatives of the slain; but even a

small number is sufficient to necessitate flight (Odyss. xxiii.

120): on the other hand, a large body of relatives was the grand

source of encouragement to an insolent criminal (Odyss. xviii.

141).

An old law of Tralles in Lydia, enjoining a nominal ποινὴ of a

medimnus of beans to the relatives of a murdered person belonging

to a contemptible class of citizens, is noticed by Plutarch,

Quæst. Græc. c. 46, p. 302. Even in the century preceding

Herodotus, too, the Delphians gave a ποινὴ as satisfaction for

the murder of the fabulist Æsop; which ποινὴ was claimed and

received by the grandson of Æsop’s master (Herodot. ii. 134.

Plutarch. Ser. Num. Vind. p. 556).

The Homeric society, in regard to this capital point in human

progression, is on a level with that of the German tribes as

described by Tacitus. But the subsequent course of Grecian

legislation takes a direction completely different from that of

the German codes: the primitive and acknowledged right of private

revenge (unless where bought off by pecuniary payment), instead

of being developed into practical working, is superseded by more

comprehensive views of a public wrong requiring public intervention,

or by religious fears respecting the posthumous wrath of the murdered

person. In historical Athens, this right of private revenge was

discountenanced and put out of sight, even so early as the Drakonian

legislation,[159] and at last restricted to a few extreme and

special cases; while the murderer came to be considered, first as

having sinned against the gods, next as having deeply injured the

society, and thus at once as requiring absolution and deserving

punishment. On the first of these two grounds, he is interdicted

from the agora and from all holy places, as well as from public

functions, even while yet untried and simply a suspected person;

for if this were not done, the wrath of the gods would manifest

itself in bad crops and other national calamities. On the second

ground, he is tried before the council of Areiopagus, and if found

guilty, is condemned to death, or perhaps to disfranchisement and

banishment.[160] The idea of a propitiatory payment to the relatives

of the deceased has ceased altogether to be admitted: it is the

protection of society which dictates, and the force of society which

inflicts, a measure of punishment calculated to deter for the future.

[159] See Lysias, De Cæde Eratosthen. Orat. i. p. 94; Plutarch.

Solon, c. 23; Demosthen. cont. Aristokrat. pp. 632-637.

Plato (De Legg. ix. pp. 871-874), in his copious penal

suggestions to deal with homicide, both intentional and

accidental, concurs in general with the old Attic law (see

Matthiæ, Miscellanea Philologica, vol. i. p. 151): and as

he states with sufficient distinctness the grounds of his

propositions, we see how completely the idea of a right to

private or family revenge is absent from his mind. In one

particular case, he confers upon kinsmen the privilege of

avenging their murdered relative (p. 871); but generally, he

rather seeks to enforce upon them strictly the duty of bringing

the suspected murderer to trial before the court. By the Attic

law, it was only the kinsmen of the deceased who had the right

of prosecuting for murder,—or the master, if the deceased was

an οἰκέτης (Demosthen. cont. Euerg. et Mnesibul. c. 18); they

might by forgiveness shorten the term of banishment for the

unintentional murderer (Demosth. cont. Makart. p. 1069). They

seem to have been regarded, generally speaking, as religiously

obliged, but not legally compellable, to undertake this duty;

compare Plato, Euthyphro, capp. 4 and 5.

[160] Lysias, cont. Agorat. Or. xiii. p. 137. Antiphon. Tetralog.

i. 1, p. 629. Ἀσύμφορον δ᾽ ὑμῖν ἐστὶ τόνδε, μιαρὸν καὶ ἄναγνον

ὄντα, εἰς τὰ τεμένη τῶν θεῶν εἰσιόντα μιαίνειν τὴν ἅγνειαν αὐτῶν,

ἐπὶ δὲ τὰς αὐτὰς τραπέζας ἰόντα συγκαταπιμπλάναι τοὺς ἀναιτίους·

ἐκ γὰρ τούτωον αἵ τε ἀφορίαι γίνονται, δυστυχεῖς θ᾽ αἱ πράξεις

καθίστανται.

The three Tetralogies of Antipho are all very instructive

respecting the legal procedure in cases of alleged homicide: as

also the Oration De Cæde Herodis (see capp. 1 and 2)—τοῦ νόμου

κειμένου, τὸν ἀποκτείναντα ἀνταποθανεῖν, etc.

The case of the Spartan Drakontius, one of the Ten Thousand

Greeks who served with Cyrus the younger, and permanently

exiled from his country in consequence of an involuntary murder

committed during his boyhood, presents a pretty exact parallel

to the fatal quarrel of Patroklus at dice, when a boy, with the

son of Amphidamas, in consequence of which he was forced to seek

shelter under the roof of Pêleus (compare Iliad, xxiii. 85, with

Xenoph. Anabas. iv. 8, 25).

3. The society of legendary Greece includes, besides the chiefs,

the general mass of freemen (λαοί), among whom stand out by special

names certain professional men, such as the carpenter, the smith,

the leather-dresser, the leech, the prophet, the bard, and the

fisherman.[161] We have no means of appreciating their condition.

Though lots of arable land were assigned in special property to

individuals, with boundaries both carefully marked and jealously

watched,[162] yet the larger proportion of surface was devoted to

pasture. Cattle formed both the chief item in the substance of a

wealthy man, the chief means of making payments, and the common

ground of quarrels,—bread and meat, in large quantities, being the

constant food of every one.[163] The estates of the owners were

tilled, and their cattle tended, mostly by bought slaves, but to a

certain degree also by poor freemen called Thêtes, working for hire

and for stated periods. The principal slaves, who were intrusted with

the care of large herds of oxen, swine, or goats, were of necessity

men worthy of confidence, their duties placing them away from their

master’s immediate eye.[164] They had other slaves subordinate to

them, and appear to have been well-treated: the deep and unshaken

attachment of Eumæus the swineherd and Philœtius the neatherd to

the family and affairs of the absent Odysseus, is among the most

interesting points in the ancient epic. Slavery was a calamity,

which in that period of insecurity might befall any one: the chief

who conducted a freebooting expedition, if he succeeded, brought

back with him a numerous troop of slaves, as many as he could

seize,[165]—if he failed, became very likely a slave himself: so that

the slave was often by birth of equal dignity with his master: Eumæus

was himself the son of a chief, conveyed away when a child by his

nurse, and sold by Phœnician kidnappers to Laërtês. A slave of this

character, if he conducted himself well, might often expect to be

enfranchised by his master and placed in an independent holding.[166]

[161] Odyss. xvii. 384; xix. 135. Iliad, iv. 187; vii. 221. I

know nothing which better illustrates the idea of the Homeric

δημιοεργοί,—the herald, the prophet, the carpenter, the leech,

the bard, etc.,—than the following description of the structure

of an East Indian village (Mill’s History of British India, b.

ii. c. 5, p. 266): “A village, politically considered, resembles

a corporation or township. Its proper establishment of _officers

and servants_ consists of the following descriptions: the potail,

or head inhabitant, who settles disputes and collects the

revenue, etc.; the curnum, who keeps the accounts of cultivation,

etc.; the tallier; the boundary-man; the superintendent of

tanks and water-courses; the Brahman, who performs the village

worship; the schoolmaster; the calendar Brahman, or astrologer,

who proclaims the lucky or unpropitious periods for sowing or

thrashing; the smith and carpenter; the potter; the washerman;

the barber; the cowkeeper; the doctor; the dancing-girl, who

attends at rejoicings; the musician, and the poet.”

Each of these officers and servants (δημιοεργοί) is remunerated

by a definite perquisite—so much landed produce—out of the

general crop of the village (p. 264).

[162] Iliad, xii. 421; xxi. 405.

[163] Iliad, i. 155; ix. 154; xiv. 122.

[164] Odysseus and other chiefs of Ithaka had oxen, sheep, mules,

etc., on the continent and in Peloponnêsus, under the care of

herdsmen (Odyss. iv. 636; xiv. 100).

Leukanor, king of Bosporus, asks the Scythian Arsakomas—Πόσα

δὲ βοσκήματα, ἢ πόσας ἁμάξας ἔχεις, ταῦτα γὰρ ὑμεῖς πλουτεῖτε;

(Lucian, Toxaris, c. 45.) The enumeration of the property of

Odysseus would have placed the βοσκήματα in the front line.

[165] Δμωαὶ δ᾽ ἃς Ἀχιλεὺς ~ληΐσσατο~ (Iliad, xviii. 28: compare

also Odyss. i. 397; xxiii. 357; particularly xvii. 441).

[166] Odyss. xiv. 64; xv. 412; see also xix. 78: Eurykleia was

also of dignified birth (i. 429). The questions put by Odysseus

to Eumæus, to which the speech above referred to is an answer,

indicate the proximate causes of slavery: “Was the city of your

father sacked? or were you seized by pirates when alone with your

sheep and oxen?” (Odyss. xv. 385.)

Eumæus had purchased a slave for himself (Odyss. xiv. 448).

On the whole, the slavery of legendary Greece does not present itself

as existing under a peculiarly harsh form, especially if we consider

that all the classes of society were then very much upon a level in

point of taste, sentiment, and instruction.[167] In the absence of

legal security or an effective social sanction, it is probable that

the condition of a slave under an average master, may have been as

good as that of the free Thête. The class of slaves whose lot appears

to have been the most pitiable were the females,—more numerous than

the males, and performing the principal work in the interior of the

house. Not only do they seem to have been more harshly treated than

the males, but they were charged with the hardest and most exhausting

labor which the establishment of a Greek chief required: they brought

in water from the spring, and turned by hand the house-mills, which

ground the large quantity of flour consumed in his family.[168]

This oppressive task was performed generally by female slaves, in

historical as well as legendary Greece.[169] Spinning and weaving

was the constant occupation of women, whether free or slave, of

every rank and station: all the garments worn both by men and women

were fashioned at home, and Helen as well as Penelopê is expert and

assiduous at the occupation.[170] The daughters of Keleos at Eleusis

go to the well with their basins for water, and Nausikaa, daughter of

Alkinous,[171] joins her female slaves in the business of washing her

garments in the river. If we are obliged to point out the fierceness

and insecurity of an early society, we may at the same time note with

pleasure its characteristic simplicity of manners: Rebecca, Rachel,

and the daughters of Jethro, in the early Mosaic narrative, as well

as the wife of the native Macedonian chief (with whom the Temenid

Perdiccas, ancestor of Philip and Alexander, first took service

on retiring from Argos), baking her own cakes on the hearth,[172]

exhibit a parallel in this respect to the Homeric pictures.

[167] Tacitus, Mor. Germ. 21. “Dominum ac servum nullis

educationis deliciis dignoscas: inter eadem pecora, in eâdem

humo, degunt,” etc. (Juvenal, Sat. xiv. 167.)

[168] Odyss. vii. 104; xx. 116; Iliad vi. 457; compare the Book

of Genesis, ch. xi. 5. The expression of Telemachus, when he is

proceeding to hang up the female slaves who had misbehaved, is

bitterly contemptuous:—

Μὴ μὲν δὴ ~καθαρῷ θανάτῳ~ ἀπὸ θυμὸν ἑλοίμην

Τάων, etc. (Odyss. xxii. 464.)

The humble establishment of Hesiod’s farmer does not possess a

mill; he has nothing better than a wooden pestle and mortar for

grinding or bruising the corn; both are constructed, and the wood

cut from the trees, by his own hand (Opp. Di. 423), though it

seems that a professional carpenter (“the servant of Athênê,”)

is required to put together the plough (v. 430). The Virgilian

poem _Moretum_, (v. 24,) assigns a hand-mill even to the humblest

rural establishment. The instructive article “Corn Mills,” in

Beckmann’s Hist. of Inventions (vol. i. p. 227, Eng. transl.),

collects all the information available about this subject.

[169] See Lysias, Or. 1, p. 93 (De Cæde Eratosthenis).

Plutarch (Non posse suaviter vivi secundum Epicurum, c. 21,

p. 1101),—~Παχυσκελὴς~ ἀλετρὶς πρὸς μύλην κινουμένη,—and

Kallimachus, (Hymn. ad Delum, 242,)—μηδ᾽ ὅθι δειλαὶ Δυστοκέες

μογέουσιν ἀλετρίδες,—notice the overworked condition of these

women.

The “grinding slaves” (ἀλετρίδες) are expressly named in one of

the Laws of Ethelbert, king of Kent, and constitute the second

class in point of value among the female slaves (Law xi. Thorpe’s

Ancient Laws and Institutes of England, vol. i. p. 7).

[170] Odyss. iv. 131; xix. 235.

[171] Odyss. vi. 96; Hymn, ad Dêmêtr. 105.

[172] Herodot. viii. 137.

We obtain no particulars respecting either the common freemen

generally, or the particular class of them called Thêtes. These

latter, engaged for special jobs, or at the harvest and other busy

seasons of field labor, seem to have given their labor in exchange

for board and clothing: they are mentioned in the same line with

the slaves,[173] and were (as has been just observed) probably on

the whole little better off. The condition of a poor freeman in

those days, without a lot of land of his own, going about from one

temporary job to another, and having no powerful family and no social

authority to look up to for protection, must have been sufficiently

miserable. When Eumæus indulged his expectation of being manumitted

by his masters, he thought at the same time that they would give him

a wife, a house, and a lot of land near to themselves;[174] without

which collateral advantages, simple manumission might perhaps have

been no improvement in his condition. To be Thête in the service of

a very poor farmer is selected by Achilles as the maximum of human

hardship: such a person could not give to his Thête the same ample

food, and good shoes and clothing, as the wealthy chief Eurymachus,

while he would exact more severe labor.[175] It was probably among

such smaller occupants, who could not advance the price necessary to

purchase slaves, and were glad to save the cost of keep when they

did not need service, that the Thêtes found employment: though we

may conclude that the brave and strong amongst these poor freemen

found it preferable to accompany some freebooting chief and to live

by the plunder acquired.[176] The exact Hesiod advises his farmer,

whose work is chiefly performed by slaves, to employ and maintain the

Thête during summer-time, but to dismiss him as soon as the harvest

is completely got in, and then to take into his house for the winter

a woman “without any child;” who would of course be more useful than

the Thête for the indoor occupations of that season.[177]

[173] Odyss. iv. 643.

[174] Odyss. xiv. 64.

[175] Compare Odyss. xi. 490, with xviii. 358. Klytæmnêstra,

in the _Agamemnôn_ of Æschylus, preaches a something similar

doctrine to Kassandra,—how much kinder the ἀρχαιόπλουτοι δεσποταὶ

were towards their slaves, than masters who had risen by

unexpected prosperity (Agamemn. 1042).

[176] Thucydid. i. 5, ἐτράποντο πρὸς λῄστειαν, ἡγουμένων ἀνδρῶν

οὐ τῶν ἀδυνατωτάτων, κέρδους τοῦ σφετέρου αὐτῶν ἕνεκα, καὶ τοῖς

ἀσθενέσι τροφῆς.

[177] Hesiod, Opp. Di. 459—ἐφορμηθῆναι, ὁμῶς δμῶές τε καὶ

αὐτὸς—and 603:—

... Αὐτὰρ ἐπὴν δὴ

Πάντα βίον κατάθηαι ἐπήρμενον ἔνδοθι οἴκου,

Θῆτά τ᾽ ἄοικον ποιεῖσθαι, καὶ ἄτεκνον ἔριθον

Δίζεσθαι κέλομαι· χαλεπὴ δ᾽ ὑπόπορτις ἔριθος.

The two words ~ἄοικον ποιεῖσθαι~ seem here to be taken together

in the sense of “dismiss the Thête,” or “make him houseless;”

for when put out of his employer’s house, he had no residence of

his own. Göttling (_ad loc._), Nitzsch (ad Odyss. iv. 643), and

Lehrs (Quæst. Epic. p. 205) all construe ἄοικον with θῆτα, and

represent Hesiod as advising that the houseless Thête should be

at that moment _taken on_, just at the time when the summer’s

work was finished. Lehrs (and seemingly Göttling also), sensible

that this can never have been the real meaning of the poet,

would throw out the two lines as spurious. I may remark farther

that the translation of θὴς given by Göttling—_villicus_—is

inappropriate: it includes the idea of superintendence over other

laborers, which does not seem to have belonged to the Thête in

any case.

There were a class of poor free women who made their living by

taking in wool to spin and perhaps to weave: the exactness of

their dealing, as well as the poor profit which they made, are

attested by a touching Homeric simile (Iliad, xiii. 434). See

Iliad, vi. 289; xxiii. 742. Odyss. xv. 414.

In a state of society such as that which we have been describing,

Grecian commerce was necessarily trifling and restricted. The Homeric

poems mark either total ignorance or great vagueness of apprehension

respecting all that lies beyond the coasts of Greece and Asia Minor,

and the islands between or adjoining them. Libya and Egypt are

supposed so distant as to be known only by name and hearsay: indeed,

when the city of Kyrene was founded, a century and a half after the

first Olympiad, it was difficult to find anywhere a Greek navigator

who had ever visited the coast of Libya, or was fit to serve as guide

to the colonists.[178] The mention of the Sikels in the Odyssey,[179]

leads us to conclude that Korkyra, Italy, and Sicily were not

wholly unknown to the poet: among seafaring Greeks, the knowledge

of the latter implied the knowledge of the two former,—since the

habitual track, even of a well-equipped Athenian trireme during the

Peloponnesian war, from Peloponnêsus to Sicily, was by Korkyra and

the Gulf of Tarentum. The Phokæans, long afterwards, were the first

Greeks who explored either the Adriatic or Tyrrhenian sea.[180]

Of the Euxine sea no knowledge is manifested in Homer, who, as a

general rule, presents to us the names of distant regions only in

connection with romantic or monstrous accompaniments. The Kretans,

and still more the Taphians (who are supposed to have occupied the

western islands off the coast of Acarnania), are mentioned as skilful

mariners, and the Taphian Mentês professes to be conveying iron to

Temesa to be there exchanged for copper;[181] but both Taphians and

Kretans are more corsairs than traders.[182] The strong sense of the

dangers of the sea, expressed by the poet Hesiod, and the imperfect

structure of the early Grecian ship, attested by Thucydidês (who

points out the more recent date of that improved ship-building which

prevailed in his time), concur to demonstrate the then narrow range

of nautical enterprise.[183]

[178] Herodot. iv. 151. Compare Ukert, Geographie der Griechen

und Römer, part i. pp. 16-19.

[179] Odyss. xx. 383; xxiv. 210. The identity of the Homeric

Scheria with Korkyra, and that of the Homeric Thrinakia with

Sicily, appear to me not at all made out. Both Welcker and

Klausen treat the Phæakians as purely mythical persons (see W. C.

Müller, De Corcyræorum Republicâ, Götting. 1835, p. 9).

[180] Herodot. i. 163.

[181] Nitzsch. ad Odyss. i. 181; Strabo, i. p. 6. The situation

of Temesa, whether it is to be placed in Italy or in Cyprus, has

been a disputed point among critics, both ancient and modern.

[182] Odyss. xv. 426. Τάφιοι, ληΐστορες ἄνδρες; and xvi. 426.

Hymn to Dêmêtêr, v. 123.

[183] Hesiod. Opp. Di. 615-684; Thucyd. i. 13.

Such was the state of the Greeks, as traders, at a time when Babylon

combined a crowded and industrious population with extensive

commerce, and when the Phœnician merchant-ships visited in one

direction the southern coast of Arabia, perhaps even the island of

Ceylon,—in another direction, the British islands.

The Phœnician, the kinsman of the ancient Jew, exhibits the type

of character belonging to the latter,—with greater enterprise and

ingenuity, and less of religious exclusiveness, yet still different

from, and even antipathetic to, the character of the Greeks. In

the Homeric poems, he appears somewhat like the Jew of the Middle

Ages, a crafty trader, turning to profit the violence and rapacity

of others,—bringing them ornaments, decorations, the finest and

brightest products of the loom, gold, silver, electrum, ivory, tin,

etc., in exchange for which he received landed produce, skins,

wool, and slaves, the only commodities which even a wealthy Greek

chief of those early times had to offer,—prepared at the same

time for dishonest gain, in any manner which chance might throw

in his way.[184] He is, however, really a trader, not undertaking

expeditions with the deliberate purpose of surprise and plunder,

and standing distinguished in this respect from the Tyrrhenian,

Kretan, or Taphian pirate. Tin, ivory, and electrum, all of which are

acknowledged in the Homeric poems, were the fruit of Phœnician trade

with the West as well as with the East.[185]

[184] Odyss. xiv. 290; xv. 416.—

Φοίνιξ ἦλθεν ἀνὴρ, ἀπατήλια εἰδώς,

Τρώκτης, ὃς δὴ πολλὰ κάκ᾽ ἀνθρώποισιν ἐώργει.

The interesting narrative given by Eumæus, of the manner in

which he fell into slavery, is a vivid picture of Phœnician

dealing (compare Herodot. i. 2-4. Iliad, vi. 290; xxiii. 743).

Paris is reported to have visited Sidon, and brought from thence

women eminent for skill at the loom. The Cyprian Verses (see the

Argument. ap. Düntzer, p. 17) affirmed that Paris had landed

at Sidon, and attacked and captured the city. Taphian corsairs

kidnapped slaves at Sidon (Odyss. xv. 424).

The ornaments or trinkets (ἀθύρματα) which the Phœnician merchant

carries with him, seem to be the same as the δαίδαλα πολλὰ,

Πόρπας τε γναμπτάς θ᾽ ἕλικας, etc. which Hêphæstus was employed

in fabricating (Iliad, xviii. 400) under the protection of Thetis.

“Fallacissimum esse genus Phœnicum omnia monumenta vetustatis

atque omnes historiæ nobis prodiderunt.” (Cicero, Orat. Trium.

partes ineditæ, ed. Maii, 1815, p. 13.)

[185] Ivory is frequently mentioned in Homer, who uses the word

ἐλέφας exclusively to mean that substance, not to signify the

animal.

The art of dyeing, especially with the various shades of

purple, was in after-ages one of the special excellences of the

Phœnicians: yet Homer, where he alludes in a simile to dyeing or

staining, introduces a Mæonian or Karian woman as the performer

of the process, not a Phœnician (Iliad, iv. 141).

What the _electrum_ named in the Homeric poems really is cannot

be positively determined. The word in antiquity meant two

different things: 1, amber; 2, an impure gold, containing as

much as one-fifth or more of silver (Pliny, H. N. xxxiii. 4).

The passages in which we read the word in the Odyssey do not

positively exclude either of these meanings; but they present to

us electrum so much in juxtaposition with gold and silver each

separately, that perhaps the second meaning is more probable than

the first. Herodotus understands it to mean _amber_ (iii. 115):

Sophoklês, on the contrary, employs it to designate a metal akin

to gold (Antigone, 1033).

See the dissertation of Buttmann, appended to his collection of

essays called _Mythologus_, vol. ii. p. 337; also, Beckmann,

History of Inventions, vol. iv. p. 12, Engl. Transl. “The

ancients (observes the latter) used as a peculiar metal a mixture

of gold and silver, because they were not acquainted with the

art of separating them, and gave it the name of _electrum_.”

Dr. Thirlwall (Hist. of Greece, vol. i. p. 241) thinks that the

Homeric _electrum_ is amber; on the contrary, Hüllmann thinks

that it was a metallic substance (Handels, Geschichte der

Griechen, pp. 63-81).

Beckmann doubts whether the oldest κασσίτερος of the Greeks was

really _tin_: he rather thinks that it was “the _stannum_ of the

Romans, the _werk_ of our smelting-houses,—that is, a mixture of

lead, silver, and other accidental metals.” (_Ibid._ p. 20). The

Greeks of Massalia procured tin from Britain, through Gaul, by

the Seine, the Saone, and the Rhone (Diodôr. v. 22).

Thucydidês tells us that the Phœnicians and Karians, in very early

periods, occupied many of the islands of the Ægean, and we know, from

the striking remnant of their mining works which Herodotus himself

saw in Thasus, off the coast of Thrace, that they had once extracted

gold from the mountains of that island,—at a period indeed very far

back, since their occupation must have been abandoned prior to the

settlement of the poet Archilochus.[186] Yet few of the islands in

the Ægean were rich in such valuable products, nor was it in the

usual course of Phœnician proceeding to occupy islands, except where

there was an adjoining mainland with which trade could be carried

on. The traffic of these active mariners required no permanent

settlement, but as occasional visitors they were convenient, in

enabling a Greek chief to turn his captives to account,—to get rid

of slaves or friendless Thêtes who were troublesome,—and to supply

himself with the metals, precious as well as useful.[187] The halls

of Alkinous and Menelaus glitter with gold, copper, and electrum;

while large stocks of yet unemployed metal—gold, copper, and iron—are

stored up in the treasure-chamber of Odysseus and other chiefs.[188]

Coined money is unknown to the Homeric age,—the trade carried on

being one of barter. In reference also to the metals, it deserves to

be remarked that the Homeric descriptions universally suppose copper,

and not iron, to be employed for arms, both offensive and defensive.

By what process the copper was tempered and hardened, so as to serve

the purposes of the warrior, we do not know;[189] but the use of iron

for these objects belongs to a later age, though the Works and Days

of Hesiod suppose this change to have been already introduced.[190]

[186] Herodot. ii. 44; vi. 47. Archiloch. Fragm. 21-22, ed.

Gaisf. Œnomaus ap. Euseb. Præp. Ev. vi. 7. Thucyd. i. 12.

The Greeks connected this Phœnician settlement in Thasus with the

legend of Kadmus and his sister Eurôpa: Thasus, the eponymus of

the island, was brother of Kadmus. (Herod. _ib._)

[187] The angry Laomedôn threatens when Poseidôn and Apollo ask

from him (at the expiration of their term of servitude) the

stipulated wages of their labor, to cut off their ears and send

them off to some distant islands (Iliad, xxi. 454). Compare xxiv.

752. Odyss. xx. 383: xviii. 83.

[188] Odyss. iv. 73; vii. 85; xxi. 61. Iliad, ii. 226; vi. 47.

[189] See Millin, Minéralogie Homerique, p. 74. That there are,

however, modes of tempering copper, so as to impart to it the

hardness of steel, has been proved by the experiments of the

Comte de Caylus.

The Massagetæ employed only copper—no iron—for their weapons

(Herodot. i. 215).

[190] Hesiod, Opp. Di. 150-420. The examination of the various

matters of antiquity discoverable throughout the north of Europe,

as published by the Antiquarian Society of Copenhagen, recognizes

a distinction of three successive ages: 1. Implements and arms

of stone, bone, wood, etc.: little or no use of metals at all;

clothing made of skins. 2. Implements and arms of copper and

gold, or rather bronze and gold; little or no silver or iron.

Articles of gold and electrum are found belonging to this age,

but none of silver, nor any evidences of writing. 3. The age

which follows this has belonging to it arms of iron, articles

of silver, and some Runic inscriptions: it is the last age of

northern paganism, immediately preceding the introduction of

Christianity (Leitfaden zur Nördischen Alterthumskunde, pp. 31,

57, 63, Copenhagen, 1837).

The Homeric age coincides with the second of these two periods.

Silver is comparatively little mentioned in Homer, while both

bronze and gold are familiar metals. Iron also is rare, and seems

employed only for agricultural purposes—Χρυσόν τε, χαλκόν τε

ἅλις, ἐσθῆτα θ᾽ ὑφαντήν (Iliad, vi. 48; Odyss. ii. 338; xiii.

136). The χρυσοχόος and the χαλκεὺς are both mentioned in Homer,

but workers in silver and iron are not known by any special name

(Odyss. iii. 425-436).

“The hatchet, wimble, plane, and level, are the tools mentioned

by Homer, who appears to have been unacquainted with the saw, the

square, and the compass.” (Gillies, Hist. of Greece, chap. ii. p.

61.)

The Gauls, known to Polybius, seemingly the Cisalpine Gauls only,

possessed all their property in cattle and gold,—θρέμματα καὶ

χρυσὸς,—on account of the easy transportability of both (Polyb.

ii. 17).

The mode of fighting among the Homeric heroes is not less different

from the historical times, than the material of which their arms

were composed. The Hoplites, or heavy-armed infantry of historical

Greece, maintained a close order and well-dressed line, charging the

enemy with their spears protended at even distance, and coming thus

to close conflict without breaking their rank: there were special

troops, bowmen, slingers, etc. armed with missiles, but the hoplite

had no weapon to employ in this manner. The heroes of the Iliad and

Odyssey, on the contrary, habitually employ the spear as a missile,

which they launch with tremendous force: each of them is mounted in

his war-chariot, drawn by two horses, and calculated to contain the

warrior and his charioteer; in which latter capacity a friend or

comrade will sometimes consent to serve. Advancing in his chariot at

full speed, in front of his own soldiers, he hurls his spear against

the enemy: sometimes, indeed, he will fight on foot, and hand to

hand, but the chariot is usually near to receive him if he chooses,

or to insure his retreat. The mass of the Greeks and Trojans, coming

forward to the charge, without any regular step or evenly-maintained

line, make their attack in the same way by hurling their spears.

Each chief wears habitually a long sword and a short dagger, besides

his two spears to be launched forward,—the spear being also used, if

occasion serves, as a weapon for thrust. Every man is protected by

shield, helmet, breastplate, and greaves: but the armor of the chiefs

is greatly superior to that of the common men, while they themselves

are both stronger and more expert in the use of their weapons. There

are a few bowmen, as rare exceptions, but the general equipment and

proceeding is as here described.

Such loose array, immortalized as it is in the Iliad, is familiar to

every one; and the contrast which it presents, with those inflexible

ranks, and that irresistible simultaneous charge which bore down the

Persian throng at Platæa and Kunaxa,[191] is such as to illustrate

forcibly the general difference between heroic and historical

Greece. While in the former, a few splendid figures stand forward,

in prominent relief, the remainder being a mere unorganized and

ineffective mass,—in the latter, these units have been combined into

a system, in which every man, officer and soldier, has his assigned

place and duty, and the victory, when gained, is the joint work of

all. Preëminent individual prowess is indeed materially abridged, if

not wholly excluded,—no man can do more than maintain his station in

the line:[192] but on the other hand, the grand purposes, aggressive

or defensive, for which alone arms are taken up, become more assured

and easy, and long-sighted combinations of the general are rendered

for the first time practicable, when he has a disciplined body of

men to obey him. In tracing the picture of civil society, we have to

remark a similar transition—we pass from Hêraklês, Thêseus, Jasôn,

Achilles, to Solon, Pythagoras, and Periklês—from “the shepherd of

his people,” (to use the phrase in which Homer depicts the good

side of the heroic king,) to the legislator who introduces, and the

statesman who maintains, a preconcerted system by which willing

citizens consent to bind themselves. If commanding individual talent

is not always to be found, the whole community is so trained as to

be able to maintain its course under inferior leaders; the rights as

well as the duties of each citizen being predetermined in the social

order, according to principles more or less wisely laid down. The

contrast is similar, and the transition equally remarkable, in the

civil as in the military picture. In fact, the military organization

of the Grecian republics is an element of the greatest importance

in respect to the conspicuous part which they have played in human

affairs,—their superiority over other contemporary nations in this

respect being hardly less striking than it is in many others, as we

shall have occasion to see in a subsequent stage of this history.

[191] Tyrtæus, in his military expressions, seems to conceive

the Homeric mode of hurling the spear as still prevalent,—δόρυ

δ᾽ εὐτόλμως ~βάλλοντες~ (Fragm. ix. Gaisford). Either he had his

mind prepossessed with the Homeric array, or else the close order

and conjunct spears of the hoplites had not yet been introduced

during the second Messenian war.

Thiersch and Schneidewin would substitute πάλλοντες in place of

βάλλοντες. Euripidês (Androm. 695) has a similar expression, yet

it does not apply well to hoplites; for one of the virtues of the

hoplite consisted in carrying his spear steadily: δοράτων κίνησις

betokens a disorderly march, and the want of steady courage and

self-possession. See the remarks of Brasidas upon the ranks of

the Athenians under Kleon at Amphipolis (Thucyd. v. 6).

[192] Euripid. Andromach. 696.

Even at the most advanced point of their tactics, the Greeks could

effect little against a walled city, whilst the heroic weapons and

array were still less available for such an undertaking as a siege.

Fortifications are a feature of the age deserving considerable

notice. There was a time, we are told, in which the primitive Greek

towns or villages derived a precarious security, not from their

walls, but merely from sites lofty and difficult of access. They were

not built immediately upon the shore, or close upon any convenient

landing-place, but at some distance inland, on a rock or elevation

which could not be approached without notice or scaled without

difficulty. It was thought sufficient at that time to guard against

piratical or marauding surprise: but as the state of society became

assured,—as the chance of sudden assault comparatively diminished

and industry increased,—these uninviting abodes were exchanged for

more convenient sites on the plain or declivity beneath; or a portion

of the latter was inclosed within larger boundaries and joined on

to the original foundation, which thus became the Acropolis of the

new town. Thêbes, Athens, Argos, etc., belonged to the latter class

of cities; but there were in many parts of Greece deserted sites on

hilltops, still retaining, even in historical times, the traces of

former habitation, and some of them still bearing the name of the old

towns. Among the mountainous parts of Krête, in Ægina and Rhodes,

in portions of Mount Ida and Parnassus, similar remnants might be

perceived.[193]

[193] Ἡ παλαιὰ πόλις in Ægina (Herodot. vi. 88); Ἀστυπάλαια in

Samus (Polyæn. i. 23. 2; Etymol. Magn. v. Ἀστυπάλαια): it became

seemingly the acropolis of the subsequent city.

About the deserted sites in the lofty regions of Krête, see

Theophrastus, De Ventis, v. 13, ed. Schneider, p. 762.

The site of Παλαίσκηψις in Mount Ida,—ἐπάνω Κέβρηνος κατὰ τὸ

μετεωρότατον τῆς Ἴδης (Strabo, xiii. p. 607); ὕστερον δὲ κατωτέρω

σταδίοις ἑξήκοντα εἰς τὴν νῦν Σκῆψιν μετῳκίσθησαν. Paphos in

Cyprus was the same distance below the ancient Palæ-Paphos

(Strabo, xiv. p. 683).

Near Mantineia in Arcadia was situated ὄρος ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ, τὰ

ἐρείπια ἔτι Μαντινείας ἔχον τῆς ἀρχαίας· καλεῖται δὲ τὸ χωρίον

ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν Πτόλις (Pausan. viii. 12, 4). See a similar statement

about the lofty sites of the ancient town of Orchomenus (in

Arcadia) (Paus. viii. 13, 2), of Nonakris (viii. 17, 5,) of Lusi

(viii. 18, 3), Lykoreia on Parnassus (Paus. x. 6, 2; Strabo, ix.

p. 418).

Compare also Plato, Legg. iii. 2, pp. 678-679, who traces

these lofty and craggy dwellings, general among the earliest

Grecian townships, to the commencement of human society after an

extensive deluge, which had covered all the lower grounds and

left only a few survivors.

Probably, in such primitive hill villages, a continuous circle of

wall would hardly be required as an additional means of defence, and

would often be rendered very difficult by the rugged nature of the

ground. But Thucydidês represents the earliest Greeks—those whom he

conceives anterior to the Trojan war—as living thus universally in

unfortified villages, chiefly on account of their poverty, rudeness,

and thorough carelessness for the morrow. Oppressed, and held apart

from each other by perpetual fear, they had not yet contracted

the sentiment of fixed abodes: they were unwilling even to plant

fruit-trees because of the uncertainty of gathering the produce,—and

were always ready to dislodge, because there was nothing to gain by

staying, and a bare subsistence might be had any where. He compares

them to the mountaineers of Ætolia and of the Ozolian Lokris in his

own time, who dwelt in their unfortified hill villages with little

or no intercommunication, always armed and fighting, and subsisting

on the produce of their cattle and their woods,[194]—clothed in

undressed hides, and eating raw meat.

[194] Thucyd. i. 2. Φαίνεται γὰρ ἡ νῦν Ἑλλὰς καλουμένη, οὐ πάλαι

βεβαίως οἰκουμένη, ἀλλὰ μεταναστάσεις τε οὖσαι τὰ πρότερα, καὶ

ῥᾳδίως ἕκαστοι τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀπολείποντες, βιαζόμενοι ὑπὸ τινῶν ἀεὶ

πλειόνων· τῆς γὰρ ἐμπορίας οὐκ οὔσης, οὐδ᾽ ἐπιμιγνύντες ἀδεῶς

ἀλλήλοις, οὔτε κατὰ γῆν οὔτε διὰ θαλάσσης, νεμόμενοι δὲ τὰ αὑτῶν

ἕκαστοι ὅσον ἀποζῇν, καὶ περιουσίαν χρημάτων οὐκ ἔχοντες οὐδὲ

γῆν φυτεύοντες, ἄδηλον ὂν ὅποτέ τις ἐπελθὼν, καὶ ἀτειχίστων ἅμα

ὄντων, ἄλλος ἀφαιρήσεται, τῆς τε καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἀναγκαίου τροφῆς

πανταχοῦ ἂν ἡγούμενοι ἐπικρατεῖν, οὐ χαλεπῶς ἀπανίσταντο, καὶ δι᾽

αὐτὸ οὔτε μεγέθει πόλεων ἴσχυον, οὔτε τῇ ἄλλῃ παρασκευῇ.

About the distant and unfortified villages and rude habits of the

Ætolians and Lokrians, see Thucyd. iii. 94; Pausan. x. 38, 3:

also of the Cisalpine Gauls, Polyb. ii. 17.

Both Thucydidês and Aristotle seem to have conceived the Homeric

period as mainly analogous to the βάρβαροι of their own day—Λύει

δ᾽ Ἀριστοτέλης λέγων, ὅτι τοιαῦτα ἀεὶ ποιεῖ Ὅμηρος οἷα ἦν τότε·

ἦν δὲ τοιαῦτα τὰ παλαιὰ οἷάπερ καὶ νῦν ἐν τοῖς βαρβάροις (Schol.

Iliad. x. 151).

The picture given by Thucydidês, of these very early and unrecorded

times, can only be taken as conjectural,—the conjectures, indeed, of

a statesman and a philosopher,—generalized too, in part, from the

many particular instances of contention and expulsion of chiefs which

he found in the old legendary poems. The Homeric poems, however,

present to us a different picture. They recognize walled towns, fixed

abodes, strong local attachments, hereditary individual property in

land, vineyards planted and carefully cultivated, established temples

of the gods, and splendid palaces of the chiefs.[195] The description

of Thucydidês belongs to a lower form of society, and bears more

analogy to that which the poet himself conceives as antiquated

and barbarous,—to the savage Cyclopes, who dwell on the tops of

mountains, in hollow caves, without the plough, without vine or fruit

culture, without arts or instruments,—or to the primitive settlement

of Dardanus son of Zeus, on the higher ground of Ida, while it was

reserved for his descendants and successors to found the holy Ilium

on the plain.[196] Ilium or Troy represents the perfection of Homeric

society. It is a consecrated spot, containing temples of the gods as

well as the palace of Priam, and surrounded by walls which are the

fabric of the gods; while the antecedent form of ruder society, which

the poet briefly glances at, is the parallel of that which the theory

of Thucydidês ascribes to his own early semi-barbarous ancestors.

[195] Odyss. vi. 10; respecting Nausithous, past king of the

Phæakians:

Ἀμφὶ δὲ τεῖχος ἔλασσε πόλει, καὶ ἐδείματο οἴκους,

Καὶ νηοὺς ποίησε θεῶν, καὶ ἐδάσσατ᾽ ἀρούρας.

The vineyard, olive-ground, and garden of Laërtes, is a model of

careful cultivation (Odyss. xxiv. 245); see also the shield of

Achilles (Iliad, xvii. 541-580), and the Kalydônian plain (Iliad,

ix. 575).

[196] Odyss. x. 106-115; Iliad, xx. 216.

Walled towns serve thus as one of the evidences, that a large part

of the population of Greece had, even in the Homeric times, reached

a level higher than that of the Ætolians and Lokrians of the days of

Thucydidês. The remains of Mykênæ and Tiryns demonstrate the massy

and Cyclopian style of architecture employed in those early days:

but we may remark that, while modern observers seem inclined to

treat the remains of the former as very imposing, and significant

of a great princely family, Thucydidês, on the contrary, speaks

of it as a small place, and labors to elude the inference, which

might be deduced from its insignificant size, in disproof of the

grandeur of Agamemnôn.[197] Such fortifications supplied a means of

defence incomparably superior to those of attack. Indeed, even in

historical Greece, and after the invention of battering engines, no

city could be taken except by surprise or blockade, or by ruining the

country around, and thus depriving the inhabitants of their means of

subsistence. And in the two great sieges of the legendary time, Troy

and Thêbes, the former is captured by the stratagem of the wooden

horse, while the latter is evacuated by its citizens, under the

warning of the gods, after their defeat in the field.

[197] Thucyd. i. 10. Καὶ ὅτι μὲν Μυκῆναι μικρὸν ἦν, ἢ εἴ τι τῶν

τότε πόλισμα νῦν μὴ ἀξιόχρεων δοκεῖ εἶναι, etc.

This decided superiority of the means of defence over those of

attack, in rude ages, has been one of the grand promotive causes

both of the growth of civic life and of the general march of human

improvement. It has enabled the progressive portions of mankind not

only to maintain their acquisitions against the predatory instincts

of the ruder and poorer, and to surmount the difficulties of

incipient organization,—but ultimately, when their organization has

been matured, both to acquire predominance, and to uphold it until

their own disciplined habits have in part passed to their enemies.

The important truth here stated is illustrated not less by the

history of ancient Greece, than by that of modern Europe during the

Middle Ages. The Homeric chief, combining superior rank with superior

force, and ready to rob at every convenient opportunity, greatly

resembles the feudal baron of the Middle Ages, but circumstances

absorb him more easily into a city life, and convert the independent

potentate into the member of a governing aristocracy.[198] Traffic

by sea continued to be beset with danger from pirates, long after

it had become tolerably assured by land: the “wet ways” have always

been the last resort of lawlessness and violence, and the Ægean, in

particular, has in all times suffered more than other waters under

this calamity.

[198] Nägelsbach, Homerische Theologie, Abschn. v. sect. 54.

Hesiod strongly condemns robbery,—Δὼς ἀγαθὴ, ἅρπαξ δὲ κακὴ,

θανάτοιο δότειρα (Opp. Di. 356, comp. 320); but the sentiment

of the Grecian heroic poetry seems not to go against it,—it is

looked upon as a natural employment of superior force,—Αὐτόματοι

δ᾽ ἀγαθοὶ δειλῶν ἐπὶ δαῖτας ἴασιν (Athenæ. v. p. 178; comp.

Pindar, Fragm. 48, ed. Dissen.): the long spear, sword, and

breastplate, of the Kretan Hybreas, constitute his wealth

(Skolion 27, p. 877; Poet. Lyric. ed. Bergk), wherewith he

ploughs and reaps,—while the unwarlike, who dare not or cannot

wield these weapons, fall at his feet, and call him The Great

King. The feeling is different in the later age of Demêtrius

Poliorkêtês (about 310 B. C.): in the Ithyphallic Ode, addressed

to him at his entrance into Athens, robbery is treated as worthy

only of Ætolians:—

Αἰτωλικὸν γὰγ ἁρπάσαι τὰ τῶν πέλας,

Νυνὶ δὲ, καὶ τὰ πόῤῥω.—

(Poet. Lyr. xxv. p. 453, ed. Schneid.)

The robberies of powerful men, and even highway robbery generally

found considerable approving sentiment in the Middle Ages. “All

Europe (observes Mr. Hallam, Hist. Mid. Ag. ch. viii. part 3, p.

247) was a scene of intestine anarchy during the Middle Ages: and

though England was far less exposed to the scourge of private

war than most nations on the continent, we should find, could we

recover the local annals of every country, such an accumulation

of petty rapine and tumult, as would almost alienate us from the

liberty which served to engender it.... Highway robbery was from

the earliest times a sort of national crime.... We know how long

the outlaws of Sherwood lived in tradition; men who, like some of

their betters, have been permitted to redeem, by a few acts of

generosity, the just ignominy of extensive crimes. These, indeed,

were the heroes of vulgar applause; but when such a judge as Sir

John Fortescue could exult, that more Englishmen were hanged

for robbery in one year than French in seven,—and that, _if an

Englishman be poor, and see another having riches, which may be

taken from him by might, he will not spare to do so_,—it may be

perceived how thoroughly these sentiments had pervaded the public

mind.”

The robberies habitually committed by the noblesse of France

and Germany during the Middle Ages, so much worse than anything

in England,—and those of the highland chiefs even in later

times,—are too well known to need any references: as to France,

an ample catalogue is set forth in Dulaure’s Histoire de la

Noblesse (Paris, 1792). The confederations of the German cities

chiefly originated in the necessity of keeping the roads and

rivers open for the transit of men and goods against the nobles

who infested the high roads. Scaliger might have found a parallel

to the λῃσταὶ of the heroic ages in the noblesse of la Rouergue,

as it stood even in the 16th century, which he thus describes:

“In Comitatu Rodez pessimi sunt; nobilitas ibi latrocinatur: nec

possunt reprimi.” (ap. Dulaure, c. 9.)

Aggressions of the sort here described were of course most numerous

in those earliest times when the Ægean was not yet an Hellenic sea,

and when many of the Cyclades were occupied, not by Greeks, but by

Karians,—perhaps by Phœnicians: the number of Karian sepulchres

discovered in the sacred island of Delus seems to attest such

occupation as an historical fact.[199] According to the legendary

account, espoused both by Herodotus and by Thucydidês, it was the

Kretan Minôs who subdued these islands and established his sons

as rulers in them; either expelling the Karians, or reducing them

to servitude and tribute.[200] Thucydidês presumes that he must

of course have put down piracy, in order to enable his tribute

to be remitted in safety, like the Athenians during the time of

their hegemony.[201] Upon the legendary thalassocraty of Minôs,

I have already remarked in another place:[202] it is sufficient

here to repeat, that, in the Homeric poems (long subsequent to

Minôs in the current chronology), we find piracy both frequent and

held in honorable estimation, as Thucydidês himself emphatically

tells us,—remarking, moreover, that the vessels of those early

days were only half-decked, built and equipped after the piratical

fashion,[203] in a manner upon which the nautical men of his time

looked back with disdain. Improved and enlarged ship-building, and

the trireme, or ship with three banks of oars, common for warlike

purposes during the Persian invasion, began only with the growing

skill, activity, and importance of the Corinthians, three quarters

of a century after the first Olympiad.[204] Corinth, even in the

Homeric poems, is distinguished by the epithet of wealthy, which it

acquired principally from its remarkable situation on the Isthmus,

and from its two harbors of Lechæum and Kenchreæ, the one on the

Corinthian, the other on the Sarônic gulf. It thus supplied a

convenient connection between Epirus and Italy on the one side, and

the Ægean sea on the other, without imposing upon the unskilful and

timid navigator of those days the necessity of circumnavigating

Peloponnêsus.

[199] Thucyd. i. 4-8. τῆς νῦν Ἑλληνικῆς θαλάσσης.

[200] Herodot. i. 171; Thucyd. i. 4-8. Isokratês (Panathenaic.

p. 241) takes credit to Athens for having finally expelled the

Karians out of these islands at the time of the Ionic emigration.

[201] Thucyd. i. 4. τό τε λῃστικὸν, ~ὡς εἰκὸς~, καθῄρει ἐκ τῆς

θαλάσσης ἐφ᾽ ὅσον ἠδύνατο, τοῦ τὰς προσόδους μᾶλλον ἰέναι αὐτῷ.

[202] See the preceding volume of this History, Chap. xii. p. 227.

[203] Thucyd. i. 10. τῷ παλαιῷ τρόπῳ λῃστικώτερον παρεσκευασμένα.

[204] Thucyd. i. 13.

The extension of Grecian traffic and shipping is manifested by

a comparison of the Homeric with the Hesiodic poems; in respect

to knowledge of places and countries,—the latter being probably

referable to dates between B. C. 740 and B. C. 640. In Homer,

acquaintance is shown (the accuracy of such acquaintance, however,

being exaggerated by Strabo and other friendly critics) with

continental Greece and its neighboring islands, with Krête and the

principal islands of the Ægean, and with Thrace, the Troad, the

Hellespont, and Asia Minor between Paphlagonia northward and Lykia

southward. The Sikels are mentioned in the Odyssey, and Sikania in

the last book of that poem, but nothing is said to evince a knowledge

of Italy or the realities of the western world. Libya, Egypt, and

Phœnike, are known by name and by vague hearsay, but the Nile is

only mentioned as “the river Egypt:” while the Euxine sea is not

mentioned at all.[205] In the Hesiodic poems, on the other hand, the

Nile, the Ister, the Phasis, and the Eridanus, are all specified by

name;[206] Mount Ætna, and the island of Ortygia near to Syracuse,

the Tyrrhenians and Ligurians in the west, and the Scythians in the

north, were also noticed.[207] Indeed, within forty years after the

first Olympiad, the cities of Korkyra and Syracuse were founded from

Corinth,—the first of a numerous and powerful series of colonies,

destined to impart a new character both to the south of Italy and to

Sicily.

[205] See Voelcker, Homerische Geographie, ch. iii. sect. 55-63.

He has brought to bear much learning and ingenuity to identify

the places visited by Odysseus with real lands, but the attempt

is not successful. Compare also Ukert, Hom. Geog. vol. i. p.

14, and the valuable treatises of J. H. Voss, _Alte Weltkunde_,

annexed to the second volume of his Kritische Blätter (Stuttgart,

1828), pp. 245-413. Voss is the father of just views respecting

Homeric geography.

[206] Hesiod. Theog. 338-340.

[207] Hesiod. Theogon. 1016; Hesiod. Fragm. 190-194, ed.

Göttling; Strabo, i. p. 16; vii. p. 300. Compare Ukert,

Geographie der Griechen und Römer, i. p. 37.

In reference to the astronomy and physics of the Homeric Greek, it

has already been remarked that he connected together the sensible

phenomena which form the subject matter of these sciences by threads

of religious and personifying fancy, to which the real analogies

among them were made subordinate; and that these analogies did

not begin to be studied by themselves, apart from the religious

element by which they had been at first overlaid, until the age

of Thales,—coinciding as that period did with the increased

opportunities for visiting Egypt and the interior of Asia. The

Greeks obtained access in both of these countries to an enlarged

stock of astronomical observations, to the use of the gnomon, or

sundial,[208] and to a more exact determination of the length of

the solar year,[209] than that which served as the basis of their

various lunar periods. It is pretended that Thales was the first who

predicted an eclipse of the sun,—not, indeed, accurately, but with

large limits of error as to the time of its occurrence,—and that

he also possessed so profound an acquaintance with meteorological

phenomena and probabilities, as to be able to foretell an abundant

crop of olives for the coming year, and to realize a large sum of

money by an olive speculation.[210]

[208] The Greeks learned from the Babylonians, πόλον μὲν γὰρ καὶ

γνώμονα καὶ τὰ δυωκαίδεκα μέρεα τῆς ἡμέρης (Herodot. ii. 109). In

my first edition, I had interpreted the word πόλον in Herodotus

erroneously. I now believe it to mean the same as _horologium_,

the circular plate upon which the vertical gnomon projected its

shadow, marked so as to indicate the hour of the day,—twelve

hours between sunrise and sunset: see Ideler, Handbuch der

Chronologie, vol. i. p. 233. Respecting the opinions of Thales,

see the same work, part ii. pp. 18-57; Plutarch. de Placit.

Philosophor. ii. c. 12; Aristot. de Cœlo, ii. 13. Costard, Rise

and Progress of Astronomy among the Ancients, p. 99.

[209] We have very little information respecting the early

Grecian mode of computing time, and we know that though all the

different states computed by lunar periods, yet most, if not

all, of them had different names of months as well as different

days of beginning and ending their months. All their immediate

computations, however, were made by months: the lunar period

was their immediate standard of reference for determining their

festivals, and for other purposes, the solar period being

resorted to only as a corrective, to bring the same months

constantly into the same seasons of the year. Their original

month had thirty days, and was divided into three decades,

as it continued to be during the times of historical Athens

(Hesiod. Opp. Di. 766). In order to bring this lunar period more

nearly into harmony with the sun, they intercalated every year

an additional month: so that their years included alternately

twelve months and thirteen months, each month of thirty days.

This period was called a Dieteris,—sometimes a Trieteris. Solon

is said to have first introduced the fashion of months differing

in length, varying alternately from thirty to twenty-nine days.

It appears, however, that Herodotus had present to his mind the

Dieteric cycle, or years alternating between thirteen months and

twelve months (each month of thirty days), and no other (Herodot.

i. 32; compare ii. 104). As astronomical knowledge improved,

longer and more elaborate periods were calculated, exhibiting a

nearer correspondence between an integral number of lunations and

an integral number of solar years. First, we find a period of

four years; next, the Octaëteris, or period of eight years, or

seventy-nine lunar months; lastly, the Metonic period of nineteen

years, or 235 lunar months. How far any of these larger periods

were ever legally authorized, or brought into civil usage,

even at Athens, is matter of much doubt. See Ideler, Uber die

Astronomischen Beobachtungen der Alten, pp. 175-195; Macrobius,

Saturnal. i. 13.

[210] Herodot. i. 74; Aristot. Polit. i. 4, 5.

From Thales downward we trace a succession of astronomical and

physical theories, more or less successful, into which I do not

intend here to enter: it is sufficient at present to contrast the

father of the Ionic philosophy with the times preceding him, and

to mark the first commencement of scientific prediction among the

Greeks, however imperfect at the outset, as distinguished from the

inspired dicta of prophets or oracles, and from those special signs

of the purposes of the gods, which formed the habitual reliance of

the Homeric man.[211] We shall see these two modes of anticipating

the future,—one based upon the philosophical, the other upon

the religious appreciation of nature,—running simultaneously on

throughout Grecian history, and sharing between them in unequal

portions the empire of the Greek mind; the former acquiring both

greater predominance and wider application among the intellectual

men, and partially restricting, but never abolishing, the spontaneous

employment of the latter among the vulgar.

[211] Odyss. iii. 173.—

Ἠτέομεν δὲ θεὸν φαίνειν τέρας· αὐτὰρ ὅγ᾽ ἡμῖν

Δεῖξε, καὶ ἠνώγει πέλαγος μέσον εἰς Εὔβοιαν

Τέμνειν, etc.

Compare Odyss. xx. 100; Iliad, i. 62; Eurip. Suppl. 216-230.

Neither coined money, nor the art of writing,[212] nor painting,

nor sculpture, nor imaginative architecture, belong to the Homeric

and Hesiodic times. Such rudiments of arts, destined ultimately to

acquire so great a development in Greece, as may have existed in

these early days, served only as a sort of nucleus to the fancy of

the poet, to shape out for himself the fabulous creations ascribed

to Hephæstus or Dædalus. No statues of the gods, not even of wood,

are mentioned in the Homeric poems. All the many varieties, in

Grecian music, poetry, and dancing,—the former chiefly borrowed

from Lydia and Phrygia,—date from a period considerably later than

the first Olympiad: Terpander, the earliest musician whose date is

assigned, and the inventor of the harp with seven strings instead of

that with four strings, does not come until the 26th Olympiad, or 676

B. C.: the poet Archilochus is nearly of the same date. The iambic

and elegiac metres—the first deviations from the primitive epic

strain and subject—do not reach up to the year 700 B. C.

[212] The σήματα λυγρὰ mentioned in the Iliad, vi. 168, if they

prove anything, are rather an evidence against, than for, the

existence of alphabetical writing at the times when the Iliad was

composed.

It is this epic poetry which forms at once both the undoubted

prerogative and the solitary jewel of the earliest era of Greece. Of

the many epic poems which existed in Greece during the eight century

before the Christian era, none have been preserved except the Iliad

and Odyssey: the Æthiopis of Arktinus, the Ilias Minor of Lesches,

the Cyprian Verses, the Capture of Œchalia, the Returns of the Heroes

from Troy, the Thêbaïs and the Epigoni,—several of them passing in

antiquity under the name of Homer,—have all been lost. But the two

which remain are quite sufficient to demonstrate in the primitive

Greeks, a mental organization unparalleled in any other people,

and powers of invention and expression which prepared, as well as

foreboded, the future eminence of the nation in all the various

departments to which thought and language can be applied. Great as

the power of thought afterwards became among the Greeks, their power

of expression was still greater: in the former, other nations have

built upon their foundations and surpassed them,—in the latter,

they still remained unrivalled. It is not too much to say that this

flexible, emphatic, and transparent character of the language as an

instrument of communication,—its perfect aptitude for narrative and

discussion, as well as for stirring all the veins of human emotion

without ever forfeiting that character of simplicity which adapts

it to all men and all times,—may be traced mainly to the existence

and the wide-spread influence of the Iliad and Odyssey. To us, these

compositions are interesting as beautiful poems, depicting life and

manners, and unfolding certain types of character with the utmost

vivacity and artlessness: to their original hearer, they possessed

all these sources of attraction, together with others more powerful

still, to which we are now strangers. Upon him, they bore with the

full weight and solemnity of history and religion combined, while the

charm of the poetry was only secondary and instrumental. The poet was

then the teacher and preacher of the community, not simply the amuser

of their leisure hours: they looked to him for revelations of the

unknown past and for expositions of the attributes and dispensations

of the gods, just as they consulted the prophet for his privileged

insight into the future. The ancient epic comprised many different

poets and poetical compositions, which fulfilled this purpose with

more or less completeness: but it is the exclusive prerogative of

the Iliad and Odyssey, that, after the minds of men had ceased to

be in full harmony with their original design, they yet retained

their empire by the mere force of secondary excellences: while the

remaining epics—though serving as food for the curious, and as

storehouses for logographers, tragedians, and artists—never seem to

have acquired very wide popularity even among intellectual Greeks.

I shall, in the succeeding chapter, give some account of the epic

cycle, of its relation to the Homeric poems, and of the general

evidences respecting the latter, both as to antiquity and authorship.

CHAPTER XXI.

GRECIAN EPIC.—HOMERIC POEMS.

At the head of the once abundant epical compositions of Greece,

most of them unfortunately lost, stand the Iliad and Odyssey, with

the immortal name of Homer attached to each of them, embracing

separate portions of the comprehensive legend of Troy. They form

the type of what may be called the heroic epic of the Greeks, as

distinguished from the genealogical, in which latter species some

of the Hesiodic poems—the Catalogue of Women, the Eoiai, and the

Naupaktia—stood conspicuous. Poems of the Homeric character (if so

it may be called, though the expression is very indefinite,)—being

confined to one of the great events, or great personages of Grecian

legendary antiquity, and comprising a limited number of characters,

all contemporaneous, made some approach, more or less successful, to

a certain poetical unity; while the Hesiodic poems, tamer in their

spirit, and unconfined both as to time and as to persons, strung

together distinct events without any obvious view to concentration

of interest,—without legitimate beginning or end.[213] Between these

two extremes there were many gradations: biographical poems, such

as the Herakleia, or Theseïs, recounting all the principal exploits

performed by one single hero, present a character intermediate

between the two, but bordering more closely on the Hesiodic. Even the

hymns to the gods, which pass under the name of Homer, are epical

fragments, narrating particular exploits or adventures of the god

commemorated.

[213] Aristot. Poet. c. 17-37. He points out and explains the

superior structure of the Iliad and Odyssey, as compared with the

semi Homeric and biographical poems: but he takes no notice of

the Hesiodic, or genealogical.

Both the didactic and the mystico-religious poetry of Greece began in

Hexameter verse,—the characteristic and consecrated measure of the

epic:[214] but they belong to a different species, and burst out from

a different vein in the Grecian mind. It seems to have been the more

common belief among the historical Greeks, that such mystic effusions

were more ancient than their narrative poems, and that Orpheus,

Musæus, Linus, Olên, Pamphus, and even Hesiod, etc., etc., the

reputed composers of the former, were of earlier date than Homer. But

there is no evidence to sustain this opinion, and the presumptions

are all against it. Those compositions, which in the sixth century

before the Christian era passed under the name of Orpheus and Musæus,

seem to have been unquestionably post-Homeric, nor can we even admit

the modified conclusion of Hermann, Ulrici, and others, that the

mystic poetry as a genus (putting aside the particular compositions

falsely ascribed to Orpheus and others) preceded in order of time the

narrative.[215]

[214] Aristot. Poetic. c. 41. He considers the Hexameter to be

the _natural_ measure of narrative poetry: any other would be

unseemly.

[215] Ulrici, Geschichte des Griechischen Epos, 5te Vorlesung,

pp. 96-108; G. Hermann, Ueber Homer und Sappho, in his Opuscula,

tom. vi. p. 89.

The superior antiquity of Orpheus as compared with Homer passed

as a received position to the classical Romans (Horat. Art. Poet.

392).

Besides the Iliad and Odyssey, we make out the titles of about thirty

lost epic poems, sometimes with a brief hint of their contents.

Concerning the legend of Troy there were five: the Cyprian Verses,

the Æthiopis, and the Capture of Troy, both ascribed to Arktinus; the

lesser Iliad, ascribed to Leschês; the Returns (of the Heroes from

Troy), to which the name of Hagias of Trœzên is attached; and the

Telegonia, by Eugammôn, a continuation of the Odyssey. Two poems,—the

Thebaïs and the Epigoni (perhaps two parts of one and the same poem)

were devoted to the legend of Thebês,—the two sieges of that city by

the Argeians. Another poem, called Œdipodia, had for its subject the

tragical destiny of Œdipus and his family; and perhaps that which is

cited as Eurôpia, or verses on Eurôpa, may have comprehended the tale

of her brother Kadmus, the mythical founder of Thebês.[216]

[216] Respecting these lost epics, see Düntzer, Collection of the

Fragmenta Epicor. Græcorum; Wüllner, De Cyclo Epico, pp. 43-66;

and Mr. Fynes Clinton’s Chronology, vol. iii. pp. 349-359.

The exploits of Hêraklês were celebrated in two compositions, each

called Hêrakleia, by Kinæthôn and Pisander,—probably also in many

others, of which the memory has not been preserved. The capture

of Œchalia, by Hêraklês, formed the subject of a separate epic.

Two other poems, the Ægimius and the Minyas, are supposed to have

been founded on other achievements of this hero,—the effective aid

which he lent to the Dorian king Ægimius against the Lapithæ, his

descent to the under-world for the purpose of rescuing the imprisoned

Thêseus, and his conquest of the city of the Minyæ, the powerful

Orchomenus.[217]

[217] Welcker, Der Epische Kyklus, pp. 256-266; Apollodôr. ii. 7,

7; Diodôr. iv. 37; O. Müller, Dorians, i. 28.

Other epic poems—the Phorônis, the Danaïs, the Alkmæônis, the Atthis,

the Amazonia—we know only by name, and can just guess obscurely at

their contents so far as the name indicates.[218] The Titanomachia,

the Gigantomachia, and the Corinthiaca, three compositions all

ascribed to Eumêlus, afford by means of their titles an idea somewhat

clearer of the matter which they comprised. The Theogony ascribed

to Hesiod still exists, though partially corrupt and mutilated: but

there seem to have been other poems, now lost, of the like import and

title.

[218] Welcker (Der Epische Kyklus, p. 209) considers the

Alkmæônis as the same with the Epigoni, and the Atthis of

Hegesinous the same with the Amazonia: in Suidas (v. Ὅμηρος) the

latter is among the poems ascribed to Homer.

Leutsch (Thebaidos Cyclicæ Reliquiæ, pp. 12-14) views the Thebaïs

and the Epigoni as different parts of the same poem.

Of the poems composed in the Hesiodic style, diffusive and full of

genealogical detail, the principal were, the Catalogue of Women and

the Great Eoiai; the latter of which, indeed, seems to have been a

continuation of the former. A large number of the celebrated women of

heroic Greece were commemorated in these poems, one after the other,

without any other than an arbitrary bond of connection. The Marriage

of Kêyx,—the Melampodia,—and a string of fables called Astronomia,

are farther ascribed to Hesiod: and the poem above mentioned, called

Ægimius, is also sometimes connected with his name, sometimes with

that of Kerkops. The Naupaktian Verses (so called, probably, from

the birthplace of their author), and the genealogies of Kinæthôn and

Asius, were compositions of the same rambling character, as far as we

can judge from the scanty fragments remaining.[219] The Orchomenian

epic poet Chersias, of whom two lines only are preserved to us by

Pausanias, may reasonably be referred to the same category.[220]

[219] See the Fragments of Hesiod, Eumêlus, Kinæthôn, and Asius,

in the collections of Marktscheffel, Düntzer, Göttling, and

Gaisford.

I have already, in going over the ground of Grecian legend,

referred to all these lost poems, in their proper places.

[220] Pausan. ix. 38, 6; Plutarch, Sept. Sap. Conv. p. 156.

The oldest of the epic poets, to whom any date, carrying with it the

semblance of authority, is assigned, is Arktinus of Milêtus, who

is placed by Eusebius in the first Olympiad, and by Suidas in the

ninth. Eugammôn, the author of the Telegonia, and the latest of the

catalogue, is placed in the fifty-third Olympiad, B. C. 566. Between

these two we find Asius and Leschês, about the thirtieth Olympiad,—a

time when the vein of the ancient epic was drying up, and when other

forms of poetry—elegiac, iambic, lyric, and choric—had either already

arisen, or were on the point of arising, to compete with it.[221]

[221] See Mr. Clinton’s Fasti Hellenici, about the date of

Arktinus, vol i. p. 350.

It has already been stated in a former chapter, that in the early

commencements of prose-writing, Hekatæus, Pherekydês, and other

logographers, made it their business to extract from the ancient fables

something like a continuous narrative, chronologically arranged. It

was upon a principle somewhat analogous that the Alexandrine literati,

about the second century before the Christian era,[222] arranged the

multitude of old epic poets into a series founded on the supposed order

of time in the events narrated,—beginning with the intermarriage of

Uranus and Gæa, and the Theogony,—and concluding with the death of

Odysseus by the hands of his son Telegonus. This collection passed

by the name of the Epic Cycle, and the poets, whose compositions

were embodied in it, were termed Cyclic poets. Doubtless, the epical

treasures of the Alexandrine library were larger than had ever before

been brought together and submitted to men both of learning and

leisure: so that multiplication of such compositions in the same museum

rendered it advisable to establish some fixed order of perusal, and

to copy them in one corrected and uniform edition.[223] It pleased

the critics to determine precedence, neither by antiquity nor by

excellence of the compositions themselves, but by the supposed sequence

of narrative, so that the whole taken together constituted a readable

aggregate of epical antiquity.

[222] Perhaps Zenodotus, the superintendent of the Alexandrine

library under Ptolemy Philadelphus, in the third century B.

C.: there is a Scholion on Plautus, published not many years

ago by Osann, and since more fully by Ritschl,—“Cæcius in

commento Comœdiarum Aristophanis in Pluto,—Alexander Ætolus, et

Lycophron Chalcidensis, et Zenodotus Ephesius, impulsu regis

Ptolemæi, Philadelphi cognomento, artis poetices libros in unum

collegerunt et in ordinem redegerunt. Alexander tragœdias,

Lycophron comœdias, Zenodotus vero Homeri poemata et reliquorum

illustrium poetarum.” See Lange, Ueber die Kyklischen Dichter, p.

56 (Mainz. 1837); Welcker, Der Epische Kyklus, p. 8; Ritschl, Die

Alexandrinischen Bibliotheken, p. 3 (Breslau, 1838).

Lange disputes the sufficiency of this passage as proof that

Zenodotus was the framer of the Epic Cycle: his grounds are,

however, unsatisfactory to me.

[223] That there existed a cyclic copy or edition of the Odyssey

(ἡ κυκλικὴ) is proved by two passages in the Scholia (xvi. 195;

xvii. 25), with Boeckh’s remark in Buttmann’s edition: this was

the Odyssey copied or edited along with the other poems of the

cycle.

Our word to _edit_—or _edition_—suggests ideas not exactly suited

to the proceedings of the Alexandrine library, in which we cannot

expect to find anything like what is now called _publication_.

That magnificent establishment, possessing a large collection of

epical manuscripts, and ample means of every kind at command,

would naturally desire to have these compositions put in order

and corrected by skilful hands, and then carefully copied for the

use of the library. Such copy constitutes the cyclic _edition_:

they might perhaps cause or permit duplicates to be made, but the

ἔκδοσις or edition was complete without them.

Much obscurity[224] exists, and many different opinions have been

expressed, respecting this Epic Cycle: I view it, not as an exclusive

canon, but simply as an all-comprehensive classification, with a new

edition founded thereupon. It would include all the epic poems in the

library older than the Telegonia, and apt for continuous narrative;

it would exclude only two classes,—first, the recent epic poets, such

as Panyasis and Antimachus; next, the genealogical and desultory

poems, such as the Catalogue of Women, the Eoiai, and others,

which could not be made to fit in to any chronological sequence of

events.[225] Both the Iliad and the Odyssey were comprised in the

Cycle, so that the denomination of cyclic poet did not originally

or designedly carry with it any association of contempt. But as the

great and capital poems were chiefly spoken of by themselves, or

by the title of their own separate authors, so the general name of

_poets of the Cycle_ came gradually to be applied only to the worst,

and thus to imply vulgarity or common-place; the more so, as many of

the inferior compositions included in the collection seem to have

been anonymous, and their authors in consequence describable only

under some such common designation as that of the cyclic poets. It

is in this manner that we are to explain the disparaging sentiment

connected by Horace and others with the idea of a cyclic writer,

though no such sentiment was implied in the original meaning of the

Epic Cycle.

[224] Respecting the great confusion in which the Epic Cycle

is involved, see the striking declaration of Buttmann, Addenda

ad Scholia in Odysseum, p. 575: compare the opinions of the

different critics, as enumerated at the end of Welcker’s

treatise, Episch. Kyk. pp. 420-453.

[225] Our information respecting the Epic Cycle is derived from

Eutychius Proclus, a literary man of Sicca during the second

century of the Christian era, and tutor of Marcus Antoninus (Jul.

Capitolin. Vit. Marc. c. 2),—not from Proclus, called Diadochus,

the new-Platonic philosopher of the fifth century, as Heyne,

Mr. Clinton, and others have imagined. The fragments from his

work called Chrestomathia, give arguments of several of the lost

cyclic poems connected with the Siege of Troy, communicating the

important fact that the Iliad and Odyssey were included in the

cycle, and giving the following description of the principle upon

which it was arranged: Διαλαμβάνει δὲ περὶ τοῦ λεγομένου ἐπικοῦ

κύκλου, ὃς ἄρχεται μὲν ἐκ τῆς Οὐράνου καὶ Γῆς ὁμολογουμένης

μίξεως ... καὶ περατοῦται ὁ ἐπικὸς κύκλος, ἐκ διαφόρων ποιητῶν

συμπληρούμενος, μέχρι τῆς ἀποβάσεως Ὀδυσσέως.... Λέγει δὲ ὡς

τοῦ ἐπικοῦ κύκλου τὰ ποιήματα διασώζεται καὶ σπουδάζεται τοῖς

πολλοῖς, οὐχ οὕτω διὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν, ὡς διὰ τὴν ~ἀκολουθίαν τῶν ἐν

αὐτῇ πραγμάτων~ (ap. Photium, cod. 239).

This much-commented passage, while it clearly marks out the

cardinal principle of the Epic Cycle (ἀκολουθία πραγμάτων),

neither affirms nor denies anything respecting the excellence of

the constituent poems. Proclus speaks of the taste common in his

own time (σπουδάζεται τοῖς πολλοῖς): there was not much relish in

his time for these poems as such, but people were much interested

in the sequence of epical events. The abstracts which he himself

drew up in the form of arguments of several poems, show that he

adapted himself to this taste. We cannot collect from his words

that he intended to express any opinion of his own respecting the

goodness or badness of the cyclic poems.

The poems of the Cycle were thus mentioned in contrast and antithesis

with Homer,[226] though originally the Iliad and Odyssey had both

been included among them: and this alteration of the meaning of the

word has given birth to a mistake as to the primary purpose of the

classification, as if it had been designed especially to part off

the inferior epic productions from Homer. But while some critics

are disposed to distinguish the cyclic poets too pointedly from

Homer, I conceive that Welcker goes too much into the other extreme,

and identifies the Cycle too closely with that poet. He construes

it as a classification deliberately framed to comprise all the

various productions of the Homeric epic, with its unity of action

and comparative paucity, both of persons and adventures,—as opposed

to the Hesiodic epic, crowded with separate persons and pedigrees,

and destitute of central action as well as of closing catastrophe.

This opinion does, indeed, coincide to a great degree with the fact,

inasmuch as few of the Hesiodic epics appear to have been included in

the Cycle: to say that _none_ were included, would be too much, for

we cannot venture to set aside either the Theogony or the Ægimius;

but we may account for their absence perfectly well without supposing

any design to exclude them, for it is obvious that their rambling

character (like that of the Metamorphoses of Ovid) forbade the

possibility of interweaving them in any continuous series. Continuity

in the series of narrated events, coupled with a certain degree of

antiquity in the poems, being the principle on which the arrangement

called the Epic Cycle was based, the Hesiodic poems generally were

excluded, not from any preconceived intention, but because they could

not be brought into harmony with such orderly reading.

[226] The gradual growth of a contemptuous feeling towards the

_scriptor cyclicus_ (Horat. Ars. Poetic. 136), which was not

originally implied in the name, is well set forth by Lange (Ueber

die Kyklisch. Dicht. pp. 53-56).

Both Lange (pp. 36-41), however, and Ulrici (Geschichte des

Griech. Epos, 9te Vorles. p. 418) adopt another opinion

with respect to the cycle, which I think unsupported and

inadmissible,—that the several constituent poems were not

received into it entire (_i. e._ with only such changes as were

requisite for a corrected text), but cut down and abridged in

such manner as to produce an _exact_ continuity of narrative.

Lange even imagines that the cyclic Odyssey was thus dealt

with. But there seems no evidence to countenance this theory,

which would convert the Alexandrine literati from critics into

logographers. That the cyclic Iliad and Odyssey were the same in

the main (allowing for corrections of text) as the common Iliad

and Odyssey, is shown by the fact, that Proclus merely names them

in the series without giving any abstract of their contents: they

were too well known to render such a process necessary. Nor does

either the language of Proclus, or that of Cæcius as applied to

Zenodotus, indicate any transformation applied to the poets whose

works are described to have been brought together and put into a

certain order.

The hypothesis of Lange is founded upon the idea that the

(ἀκολουθία πραγμάτων) continuity of narrated events must

necessarily have been exact and without break, as if the

whole constituted one work. But this would not be possible,

let the framers do what they might: moreover, in the attempt,

the individuality of all the constituent poets must have been

sacrificed, in such manner that it would be absurd to discuss

their separate merits.

The continuity of narrative in the Epic Cycle could not have been

more than approximate,—as complete as the poems composing it

would admit: nevertheless, it would be correct to say that the

poems were arranged in series upon this principle and upon no

other. The librarians might have arranged in like manner the vast

mass of tragedies in their possession (if they had chosen to do

so) upon the principle of sequence in the subjects: had they done

so, the series would have formed a _Tragic Cycle_.

What were the particular poems which it comprised, we cannot now

determine with exactness. Welcker arranges them as follows:

Titanomachia, Danaïs, Amazonia (or Atthis), Œdipodia, Thebaïs (or

Expedition of Amphiaräus), Epigoni (or Alkmæônis), Minyas (or

Phokaïs), Capture of Œchalia, Cyprian Verses, Iliad, Æthiopis,

Lesser Iliad, Iliupersis or the Taking of Troy, Returns of the

Heroes, Odyssey, and Telegonia. Wuellner, Lange, and Mr. Fynes

Clinton enlarge the list of cyclic poems still farther.[227] But

all such reconstructions of the Cycle are conjectural and destitute

of authority: the only poems which we can affirm on positive

grounds to have been comprehended in it, are, first, the series

respecting the heroes of Troy, from the Cypria to the Telegonia,

of which Proclus has preserved the arguments, and which includes

the Iliad and Odyssey,—next, the old Thebaïs, which is expressly

termed cyclic,[228] in order to distinguish it from the poem of the

same name composed by Antimachus. In regard to other particular

compositions, we have no evidence to guide us, either for admission

or exclusion, except our general views as to the scheme upon

which the Cycle was framed. If my idea of that scheme be correct,

the Alexandrine critics arranged therein _all_ their old epical

treasures, down to the Telegonia,—the good as well as the bad; gold,

silver, and iron,—provided only they could be pieced in with the

narrative series. But I cannot venture to include, as Mr. Clinton

does, the Eurôpia, the Phorônis, and other poems of which we know

only the names, because it is uncertain whether their contents were

such as to fulfil their primary condition: nor can I concur with him

in thinking that, where there were two or more poems of the same

title and subject, one of them must necessarily have been adopted

into the Cycle to the exclusion of the others. There may have been

two Theogonies, or two Herakleias, both comprehended in the Cycle;

the purpose being (as I before remarked), not to sift the better from

the worse, but to determine some fixed order, convenient for reading

and reference, amidst a multiplicity of scattered compositions, as

the basis of a new, entire, and corrected edition.

[227] Welcker, Der Epische Kyklus, pp. 37-41; Wuellner, De Cyclo

Epico, p. 43, _seq._; Lange, Ueber die Kyklischen Dichter, p. 47;

Clinton, Fasti Hellenici, vol. i. p. 349.

[228] Schol. Pindar. Olymp. vi. 26; Athenæ. xi. p. 465.

Whatever may have been the principle on which the cyclic poems were

originally strung together, they are all now lost, except those two

unrivalled diamonds, whose brightness, dimming all the rest, has

alone sufficed to confer imperishable glory even upon the earliest

phase of Grecian life. It has been the natural privilege of the Iliad

and Odyssey, from the rise of Grecian philology down to the present

day, to provoke an intense curiosity, which, even in the historical

and literary days of Greece, there were no assured facts to satisfy.

These compositions are the monuments of an age essentially religious

and poetical, but essentially also unphilosophical, unreflecting, and

unrecording: the nature of the case forbids our having any authentic

transmitted knowledge respecting such a period; and the lesson must

be learned, hard and painful though it be, that no imaginable reach

of critical acumen will of itself enable us to discriminate fancy

from reality, in the absence of a tolerable stock of evidence. After

the numberless comments and acrimonious controversies[229] to which

the Homeric poems have given rise, it can hardly be said that any of

the points originally doubtful have obtained a solution such as to

command universal acquiescence. To glance at all these controversies,

however briefly, would far transcend the limits of the present work;

but the most abridged Grecian history would be incomplete without

some inquiry respecting _the Poet_ (so the Greek critics in their

veneration denominated Homer), and the productions which pass now, or

have heretofore passed, under his name.

[229] It is a memorable illustration of that bitterness which has

so much disgraced the controversies of literary men in _all_ ages

(I fear, we can make no exception), when we find Pausanias saying

that he had examined into the ages of Hesiod and Homer with the

most laborious scrutiny, but that he knew too well the calumnious

dispositions of contemporary critics and poets, to declare what

conclusion he had come to (Paus. ix. 30, 2): Περὶ δὲ Ἡσιόδου τε

ἡλικίας καὶ Ὁμήρου, πολυπραγμονήσαντι ἐς τὸ ἀκριβέστατον οὔ μοι

γράφειν ἡδὺ ἦν, ἐπισταμένῳ τὸ φιλαίτιον ἄλλων τε καὶ οὐχ ἥκιστα

ὅσοι κατ᾽ ἐμὲ ἐπὶ ποιήσει τῶν ἐπῶν καθεστήκεσαν.

Who or what was Homer? What date is to be assigned to him? What were

his compositions?

A person, putting these questions to Greeks of different towns

and ages, would have obtained answers widely discrepant and

contradictory. Since the invaluable labors of Aristarchus and the

other Alexandrine critics on the text of the Iliad and Odyssey,

it has, indeed, been customary to regard those two (putting aside

the Hymns, and a few other minor poems) as being the only genuine

Homeric compositions: and the literary men called Chorizontes, or the

Separators, at the head of whom were Xenôn and Hellanikus, endeavored

still farther to reduce the number by disconnecting the Iliad and

Odyssey, and pointing out that both could not be the work of the

same author. Throughout the whole course of Grecian antiquity, the

Iliad and the Odyssey, and the Hymns, have been received as Homeric:

but if we go back to the time of Herodotus, or still earlier, we

find that several other epics also were ascribed to Homer,—and there

were not wanting[230] critics, earlier than the Alexandrine age,

who regarded the whole Epic Cycle, together with the satirical poem

called Margitês, the Batrachomyomachia, and other smaller pieces, as

Homeric works. The cyclic Thebaïs and the Epigoni (whether they be

two separate poems, or the latter a second part of the former) were

in early days currently ascribed to Homer: the same was the case

with the Cyprian Verses: some even attributed to him several other

poems,[231] the Capture of Œchalia, the Lesser Iliad, the Phokaïs,

and the Amazonia. The title of the poem called Thebaïs to be styled

Homeric, depends upon evidence more ancient than any which can be

produced to authenticate the Iliad and Odyssey: for Kallinus, the

ancient elegiac poet (B. C. 640), mentioned Homer as the author of

it,—and his opinion was shared by many other competent judges.[232]

From the remarkable description given by Herodotus, of the expulsion

of the rhapsodes from Sikyôn, by the despot Kleisthenês, in the time

of Solôn (about B. C. 580), we may form a probable judgment that the

Thebaïs and the Epigoni were then rhapsodized at Sikyôn as Homeric

productions.[233] And it is clear from the language of Herodotus,

that in his time the general opinion ascribed to Homer both the

Cyprian Verses and the Epigoni, though he himself dissents.[234] In

spite of such dissent, however, that historian must have conceived

the names of Homer and Hesiod to be nearly coextensive with the

whole of the ancient epic; otherwise, he would hardly have delivered

his memorable judgment, that they two were the framers of Grecian

theogony.

[230] See the extract of Proclus, in Photius Cod. 239.

[231] Suidas, v. Ὅμηρος; Eustath. ad Iliad. ii. p. 330.

[232] Pausan. ix. 9, 3. The name of Kallinus in that passage

seems certainly correct: Τὰ δὲ ἔπη ταῦτα (the Thebaïs) Καλλῖνος,

ἀφικόμενος αὐτῶν ἐς μνήμην, ἔφησεν Ὅμηρον τὸν ποιήσαντα εἶναι·

Καλλίνῳ δὲ πολλοί τε καὶ ἄξιοι λόγου κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔγνωσαν. Ἐγὼ δὲ

τὴν ποίησιν ταύτην μετά γε Ἰλιάδα καὶ Ὀδύσσειαν ἐπαινῶ μάλιστα.

To the same purpose the author of the Certamen of Hesiod and

Homer, and the pseudo-Herodotus (Vit. Homer, c. 9). The Ἀμφιαρέω

ἐξελασία, alluded to in Suidas as the production of Homer, may be

reasonably identified with the Thebaïs (Suidas, v. Ὅμηρος).

The cyclographer Dionysius, who affirmed that Homer had lived

both in the Theban and the Trojan wars, must have recognized that

poet as author of the Thebaïs as well as of the Iliad (ap. Procl.

ad Hesiod. p. 3).

[233] Herodot. v. 67. Κλεισθένης γὰρ Ἀργείοισι πολεμήσας—τοῦτο

μὲν, ῥαψῳδοὺς ἔπαυσε ἐν Σικυῶνι ἀγωνίζεσθαι, τῶν Ὁμηρείων ἐπέων

εἵνεκα, ὅτι Ἀργεῖοί τε καὶ Ἄργος τὰ πολλὰ πάντα ὑμνέαται—τοῦτο

δὲ, ἡρῴον γὰρ ἦν καὶ ἔστι ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἀγορᾷ τῶν Σικυωνίων

Ἀδρήστου τοῦ Ταλαοῦ, τοῦτον ἐπεθύμησε ὁ Κλεισθένης, ἐόντα

Ἀργεῖον, ἐκβαλεῖν ἐκ τῆς χώρης. Herodotus then goes on to relate

how Kleisthenês carried into effect his purpose of banishing

the hero Adrastus: first, he applied to the Delphian Apollo,

for permission to do so directly, and avowedly; next, on that

permission being refused, he made application to the Thebans,

to allow him to introduce into Sikyôn their hero Melanippus,

the bitter enemy of Adrastus in the old Theban legend; by their

consent, he consecrated a chapel to Melanippus in the most

commanding part of the Sikyonian agora, and then transferred to

the newly-imported hero the rites and festivals which had before

been given to Adrastus.

Taking in conjunction all the points of this very curious tale, I

venture to think that the rhapsodes incurred the displeasure of

Kleisthenês by reciting, not the Homeric Iliad, but the _Homeric

Thebaïs and Epigoni_. The former does not answer the conditions

of the narrative: the latter fulfils them accurately.

1. It cannot be said, even by the utmost latitude of speech,

that, in the Iliad, “Little else is sung except Argos and the

Argeians,”—(“in illis ubique fere nonnisi Argos et Argivi

celebrantur,”)—is the translation of Schweighäuser: Argos is

rarely mentioned in it, and never exalted into any primary

importance: the Argeians, as inhabitants of Argos separately,

are never noticed at all: that name is applied in the Iliad, in

common with the _Achæans_ and _Danaans_, only to the general body

of Greeks,—and even applied to them much less frequently than the

name of _Achæans_.

2. Adrastus is twice, and only twice, mentioned in the Iliad,

as master of the wonderful horse Areion, and as father-in-law

of Tydeus; but he makes no figure in the poem, and attracts no

interest.

Wherefore, though Kleisthenês might have been ever so much

incensed against Argos and Adrastus, there seems no reason why he

should have interdicted the rhapsodes from reciting the Iliad. On

the other hand, the Thebaïs and Epigoni could not fail to provoke

him especially. For,

1. Argos and its inhabitants were the grand subject of the poem,

and the proclaimed assailants in the expedition against Thêbes.

Though the poem itself is lost, the first line of it has been

preserved (Leutsch, Theb. Cycl. Reliq. p. 5; compare Sophoclês,

Œd. Col. 380 with Scholia),—

Ἄργος ἄειδε, θεὰ, πολυδίψιον, ἔνθεν ἄνακτες, etc.

2. Adrastus was king of Argos, and the chief of the expedition.

It is therefore literally true, that Argos and the Argeians were

“the burden of the song” in these two poems.

To this we may add—

1. The rhapsodes would have the strongest motive to recite the

Thebaïs and Epigoni at Sikyôn, where Adrastus was worshipped and

enjoyed so vast a popularity, and where he even attracted to

himself the choric solemnities which in other towns were given to

Dionysus.

2. The means which Kleisthenês took to get rid of Adrastus

indicates a special reference to the Thebaïs: he invited from

Thêbes the hero Melanippus, the _Hector_ of Thêbes, in that very

poem.

For these reasons, I think we may conclude that the Ὁμήρεια ἔπη,

alluded to in this very illustrative story of Herodotus, are the

Thebaïs and the Epigoni, not the Iliad.

[234] Herodot. ii. 117; iv. 32. The words in which Herodotus

intimates his own dissent from the reigning opinion, are treated

as spurious by F. A. Wolf, and vindicated by Schweighäuser:

whether they be admitted or not, the general currency of the

opinion adverted to is equally evident.

The many different cities which laid claim to the birth of Homer

(seven is rather below the truth, and Smyrna and Chios are the most

prominent among them,) is well known, and most of them had legends

to tell respecting his romantic parentage, his alleged blindness,

and his life of an itinerant bard, acquainted with poverty and

sorrow.[235] The discrepancies of statement respecting the date of

his reputed existence are no less worthy of remark; for out of the

eight different epochs assigned to him, the oldest differs from the

most recent by a period of four hundred and sixty years.

[235] The Life of Homer, which passes falsely under the name of

Herodotus, contains a collection of these different stories: it

is supposed to have been written about the second century after

the Christian era, but the statements which it furnishes are

probably several of them as old as Ephorus (compare also Proclus

ap. Photium, c. 239).

The belief in the blindness of Homer is doubtless of far more

ancient date, since the circumstance appears mentioned in the

Homeric Hymn to the Delian Apollo where the bard of Chios, in

some very touching lines, recommends himself and his strains

to the favor of the Delian maidens employed in the worship of

Apollo. This hymn is cited by Thucydidês as unquestionably

authentic, and he doubtless accepted the lines as a description

of the personal condition and relations of the author of the

Iliad and Odyssey (Thucyd. iii. 104): Simonidês of Keôs also

calls Homer a Chian (Frag. 69, Schneidewin).

There were also tales which represented Homer as the

contemporary, the cousin, and the rival in recited composition,

of Hesiod, who (it was pretended) had vanquished him. See the

Certamen Homeri et Hesiodi, annexed to the works of the latter

(p. 314, ed. Göttling; and Plutarch, Conviv. Sept. Sapient. c.

10), in which also various stories respecting the Life of Homer

are scattered. The emperor Hadrian consulted the Delphian oracle

to know who Homer was: the answer of the priestess reported him

to be a native of Ithaca, the son of Telemachus and Epikastê,

daughter of Nestôr (Certamen Hom. et Hes. p. 314). The author of

this Certamen tells us that the authority of the Delphian oracle

deserves implicit confidence.

Hellanikus, Damastes, and Pherekydês traced both Homer and

Hesiod up to Orpheus, through a pedigree of ten generations

(see Sturz, Fragment. Hellanic. fr. 75-144; compare also

Lobeck’s remarks—_Aglaophamus_, p. 322—on the subject of these

genealogies). The computations of these authors earlier than

Herodotus are of value, because they illustrate the habits of

mind in which Grecian chronology began: the genealogy might be

easily continued backward to any length in the past. To trace

Homer up to Orpheus, however, would not have been consonant to

the belief of the Homêrids.

The contentions of the different cities which disputed for

the birth of Homer, and, indeed, all the legendary anecdotes

circulated in antiquity respecting the poet, are copiously

discussed in Welcker, Der Epische Kyklos (pp. 194-199).

Thus conflicting would have been the answers returned in different

portions of the Grecian world to any questions respecting the person

of Homer. But there were a poetical gens (fraternity or guild) in

the Ionic island of Chios, who, if the question had been put to

them, would have answered in another manner. To them, Homer was not

a mere antecedent man, of kindred nature with themselves, but a

divine or semi-divine eponymus and progenitor, whom they worshipped

in their gentile sacrifices, and in whose ascendent name and glory

the individuality of every member of the gens was merged. The

compositions of each separate Homêrid, or the combined efforts of

many of them in conjunction, were the works of Homer: the name of the

individual bard perishes and his authorship is forgotten, but the

common gentile father lives and grows in renown, from generation to

generation, by the genius of his self-renewing sons.

Such was the conception entertained of Homer by the poetical gens

called Homêridæ, or Homêrids; and in the general obscurity of the

whole case, I lean towards it as the most plausible conception.

Homer is not only the reputed author of the various compositions

emanating from the gentile members, but also the recipient of the

many different legends and of the divine genealogy, which it pleases

their imagination to confer upon him. Such manufacture of fictitious

personality, and such perfect incorporation of the entities of

religion and fancy with the real world, is a process familiar, and

even habitual, in the retrospective vision of the Greeks.[236]

[236] Even Aristotle ascribed to Homer a divine parentage: a

damsel of the isle of Ios, pregnant by some god, was carried

off by pirates to Smyrna, at the time of the Ionic emigration,

and there gave birth to the poet (Aristotel. ap. Plutarch. Vit.

Homer. p. 1059).

Plato seems to have considered Homer as having been an itinerant

rhapsode, poor and almost friendless (Republ. p. 600).

It is to be remarked, that the poetical gens here brought to view,

the Homêrids, are of indisputable authenticity. Their existence and

their considerations were maintained down to the historical times in

the island of Chios.[237] If the Homêrids were still conspicuous,

even in the days of Akusilaus, Pindar, Hellanikus, and Plato, when

their productive invention had ceased, and when they had become

only guardians and distributors, in common with others, of the

treasures bequeathed by their predecessors,—far more exalted must

their position have been three centuries before, while they were

still the inspired creators of epic novelty, and when the absence

of writing assured to them the undisputed monopoly of their own

compositions.[238]

[237] Pindar, Nem. ii. 1, and Scholia; Akusilaus, Fragm. 31,

Didot; Harpokration, v. Ὁμήριδαι; Hellanic. Fr. 55, Didot;

Strabo, xiv. p. 645.

It seems by a passage of Plato (Phædrus, p. 252), that the

Homêridæ professed to possess unpublished verses of their

ancestral poet—ἔπη ἀποθέτα. Compare Plato, Republic, p. 599, and

Isocrat. Helen, p. 218.

[238] Nitzsch (De Historiâ Homeri, Fascic. 1, p. 128, Fascic.

2, p. 71), and Ulrici (Geschichte der Episch. Poesie, vol. i.

pp. 240-381) question the antiquity of the Homêrid gens, and

limit their functions to simple reciters, denying that they ever

composed songs or poems of their own. Yet these _gentes_, such

as the Euneidæ, the Lykomidæ, the Butadæ, the Talthybiadæ, the

descendants of Cheirôn at Peliôn, etc., the Hesychidæ (Schol.

Sophocl. Œdip. Col. 489), (the acknowledged parallels of the

Homêridæ), may be surely all considered as belonging to the

earliest known elements of Grecian history: rarely, at least,

if ever, can such gens, with its tripartite character of civil,

religious, and professional, be shown to have commenced at any

recent period. And in the early times, composer and singer were

one person: often at least, though probably not always, the

bard combined both functions. The Homeric ἀοιδὸς sings his own

compositions; and it is reasonable to imagine that many of the

early Homêrids did the same.

See Niebuhr, Römisch. Gesch. vol. i. p. 324; and the treatise,

Ueber die Sikeler in der Odyssee,—in the Rheinisches Museum,

1828, p. 257; and Boeckh, in the Index of Contents to his

Lectures of 1834.

“The sage Vyasa (observes Professor Wilson, System of Hindu

Mythology, Int. p. lxii.) is represented, not as the author, but

as the arranger and compiler of the Vedas and the Puránás. His

name denotes his character, meaning _the arranger or distributor_

(Welcker gives the same meaning to the name _Homer_); and the

recurrence of many Vyasas,—many individuals who new-modelled the

Hindu scriptures,—has nothing in it that is improbable, except

the fabulous intervals by which their labors are separated.”

Individual authorship and the thirst of personal distinction, are

in this case also buried under one great and common name, as in

the case of Homer.

Homer, then, is no individual man, but the divine or heroic father

(the ideas of worship and ancestry coalescing, as they constantly did

in the Grecian mind) of the gentile Homêrids, and he is the author of

the Thebaïs, the Epigoni, the Cyprian Verses, the Proœms, or Hymns,

and other poems, in the same sense in which he is the author of the

Iliad and Odyssey,—assuming that these various compositions emanate,

as perhaps they may, from different individuals numbered among the

Homêrids. But this disallowance of the historical personality of

Homer is quite distinct from the question, with which it has been

often confounded, whether the Iliad and Odyssey are originally

entire poems, and whether by one author or otherwise. To us, the

name of Homer means these two poems, and little else: we desire to

know as much as can be learned respecting their date, their original

composition, their preservation, and their mode of communication to

the public. All these questions are more or less complicated one with

the other.

Concerning the date of the poems, we have no other information except

the various affirmations respecting the age of Homer, which differ

among themselves (as I have before observed) by an interval of four

hundred and sixty years, and which for the most part determine the

date of Homer by reference to some other event, itself fabulous

and unauthenticated,—such as the Trojan war, the Return of the

Hêrakleids, or the Ionic migration. Kratês placed Homer earlier than

the Return of the Hêrakleids, and less than eighty years after the

Trojan war: Eratosthenês put him one hundred years after the Trojan

war: Aristotle, Aristarchus, and Castor made his birth contemporary

with the Ionic migration, while Apollodôrus brings him down to one

hundred years after that event, or two hundred and forty years after

the taking of Troy. Thucydidês assigns to him a date much subsequent

to the Trojan war.[239] On the other hand, Theopompus and Euphoriôn

refer his age to the far more recent period of the Lydian king,

Gyges, (Ol. 18-23, B. C. 708-688,) and put him five hundred years

after the Trojan epoch.[240] What were the grounds of these various

conjectures, we do not know; though in the statements of Kratês

and Eratosthenês, we may pretty well divine. But the oldest dictum

preserved to us respecting the date of Homer,—meaning thereby the

date of the Iliad and Odyssey,—appears to me at the same time the

most credible, and the most consistent with the general history of

the ancient epic. Herodotus places Homer four hundred years before

himself; taking his departure, not from any fabulous event, but from

a point of real and authentic time.[241] Four centuries anterior to

Herodotus would be a period commencing with 880 B. C. so that the

composition of the Homeric poems would thus fall in a space between

850 and 800 B. C. We may gather from the language of Herodotus that

this was his own judgment, opposed to a current opinion, which

assigned the poet to an earlier epoch.

[239] Thucyd. i. 3.

[240] See the statements and citations respecting the age of

Homer, collected in Mr. Clinton’s Chronology, vol. i. p. 146. He

prefers the view of Aristotle, and places the Iliad and Odyssey a

century earlier than I am inclined to do,—940-927 B. C.

Kratês, probably placed the poet anterior to the Return of the

Hêrakleids, because the Iliad makes no mention of Dorians in

Peloponnêsus: Eratosthenês may be supposed to have grounded

his date on the passage of the Iliad, which mentions the three

generations descended from Æneas. We should have been glad to

know the grounds of the very low date assigned by Theopompus and

Euphoriôn.

The pseudo-Herodotus, in his life of Homer, puts the birth of the

poet one hundred and sixty-eight years after the Trojan war.

[241] Herodot. ii. 53. Hêrakleides Ponticus affirmed that

Lykurgus had brought into Peloponnêsus the Homeric poems, which

had before been unknown out of Ionia. The supposed epoch of

Lykurgus has sometimes been employed to sustain the date here

assigned to the Homeric poems; but everything respecting Lykurgus

is too doubtful to serve as evidence in other inquiries.

To place the Iliad and Odyssey at some periods between 850 B. C. and

776 B. C., appears to me more probable than any other date, anterior

or posterior,—more probable than the latter, because we are justified

in believing these two poems to be older than Arktinus, who comes

shortly after the first Olympiad;—more probable than the former,

because, the farther we push the poems back, the more do we enhance

the wonder of their preservation, already sufficiently great, down

from such an age and society to the historical times.

The mode in which these poems, and indeed all poems, epic as well as

lyric, down to the age (probably) of Peisistratus, were circulated

and brought to bear upon the public, deserves particular attention.

They were not read by individuals alone and apart, but sung or

recited at festivals or to assembled companies. This seems to be one

of the few undisputed facts with regard to the great poet: for even

those who maintain that the Iliad and Odyssey were preserved by means

of writing, seldom contend that they were read.

In appreciating the effect of the poems, we must always take

account of this great difference between early Greece and our own

times,—between the congregation mustered at a solemn festival,

stimulated by community of sympathy, listening to a measured and

musical recital from the lips of trained bards or rhapsodes, whose

matter was supposed to have been inspired by the Muse,—and the

solitary reader, with a manuscript before him; such manuscript

being, down to a very late period in Greek literature, indifferently

written, without division into parts, and without marks of

punctuation. As in the case of dramatic performances, in all ages,

so in that of the early Grecian epic,—a very large proportion of its

impressive effect was derived from the talent of the reciter and

the force of the general accompaniments, and would have disappeared

altogether in solitary reading. Originally, the bard sung his own

epical narrative, commencing with a proœmium or hymn to one of the

gods:[242] his profession was separate and special, like that of the

carpenter, the leech, or the prophet: his manner and enunciation

must have required particular training no less than his imaginative

faculty. His character presents itself in the Odyssey as one highly

esteemed; and in the Iliad, even Achilles does not disdain to

touch the lyre with his own hands, and to sing heroic deeds.[243]

Not only did the Iliad and Odyssey, and the poems embodied in the

Epic Cycle, produce all their impression and gain all their renown

by this process of oral delivery, but even the lyric and choric

poets who succeeded them were known and felt in the same way by

the general public, even after the full establishment of habits

of reading among lettered men. While in the case of the epic, the

recitation or singing had been extremely simple, and the measure

comparatively little diversified, with no other accompaniment than

that of the four-stringed harp,—all the variations superinduced upon

the original hexameter, beginning with the pentameter and iambus,

and proceeding step by step to the complicated strophês of Pindar

and the tragic writers, still left the general effect of the poetry

greatly dependent upon voice and accompaniments, and pointedly

distinguished from mere solitary reading of the words. And in the

dramatic poetry, the last in order of time, the declamation and

gesture of the speaking actor alternated with the song and dance of

the chorus, and with the instruments of musicians, the whole being

set off by imposing visible decorations. Now both dramatic effect

and song are familiar in modern times, so that every man knows the

difference between reading the words and hearing them under the

appropriate circumstances: but poetry, as such, is, and has now

long been, so exclusively enjoyed by reading, that it requires an

especial memento to bring us back to the time when the Iliad and

Odyssey were addressed only to the ear and feelings of a promiscuous

and sympathizing multitude. Readers there were none, at least

until the century preceding Solôn and Peisistratus: from that time

forward, they gradually increased both in number and influence;

though doubtless small, even in the most literary period of Greece,

as compared with modern European society. So far as the production

of beautiful epic poetry was concerned, however, the select body

of instructed readers, furnished a less potent stimulus than the

unlettered and listening crowd of the earlier periods. The poems of

Chœrilus and Antimachus, towards the close of the Peloponnesian war,

though admired by erudite men, never acquired popularity; and the

emperor Hadrian failed in his attempt to bring the latter poet into

fashion at the expense of Homer.[244]

[242] The Homeric hymns are proœms of this sort, some very short,

consisting only of a few lines,—others of considerable length.

The Hymn (or, rather, one of the two hymns) to Apollo is cited by

Thucydidês as the Proœm of Apollo.

The Hymns to Aphroditê, Apollo, Hermês, Dêmêtêr, and Dionysus,

are genuine epical narratives. Hermann (Præf. ad Hymn. p.

lxxxix.) pronounces the Hymn to Aphroditê to be the oldest and

most genuine: portions of the Hymn to Apollo (Herm. p. xx.) are

also very old, but both that hymn and the others are largely

interpolated. His opinion respecting these interpolations,

however, is disputed by Franke (Præfat. ad Hymn. Homeric. p.

ix-xix.); and the distinction between what is genuine and what is

spurious, depends upon criteria not very distinctly assignable.

Compare Ulrici, Gesch. der Ep. Poes. pp. 385-391.

[243] Phemius, Demodokus, and the nameless bard who guarded the

fidelity of Klytæmnêstra, bear out this position (Odyss. i. 155;

iii. 267; viii. 490; xxi. 330; Achilles in Iliad, ix. 190).

A degree of inviolability seems attached to the person of the

bard as well as to that of the herald (Odyss. xxii. 355-357).

[244] Spartian. Vit. Hadrian. p. 8; Dio Cass. lxix. 4: Plut. Tim.

c. 36.

There are some good observations on this point in Näke’s comments

on Chœrilus, ch. viii. p. 59:—

“Habet hoc epica poesis, vera illa, cujus perfectissimam normam

agnoscimus Homericam—habet hoc proprium, ut non in possessione

virorum eruditorum, sed quasi viva sit et coram populo recitanda:

ut cum populo crescat, et si populus Deorum et antiquorum heroum

facinora, quod præcipium est epicæ poeseos argumentum, audire

et secum repetere dedidicerit, obmutescat. Id vero tum factum

est in Græciâ, quum populus eâ ætate, quam pueritiam dicere

possis, peractâ, partim ad res serias tristesque, politicas

maxime—easque multo, quam antea, impeditiores—abstrahebatur:

partim epicæ poeseos pertæsus, ex aliis poeseos generibus, quæ

tum nascebantur, novum et diversum oblectamenti genus primo

præsagire, sibi, deinde haurire, cœpit.”

Näke remarks, too, that the “splendidissima et propria Homericæ

poeseos ætas, ea quæ sponte quasi suâ inter populum et quasi cum

populo viveret,” did not reach below Peisistratus. It did not, I

think, reach even so low as that period.

It will be seen by what has been here stated, that that class of men,

who formed the medium of communication between the verse and the ear,

were of the highest importance in the ancient world, and especially

in the earlier periods of its career,—the bards and rhapsodes for the

epic, the singers for the lyric, the actors and singers jointly with

the dancers for the chorus and drama. The lyric and dramatic poets

taught with their own lips the delivery of their compositions, and

so prominently did this business of teaching present itself to the

view of the public, that the name Didaskalia, by which the dramatic

exhibition was commonly designated, derived from thence its origin.

Among the number of rhapsodes who frequented the festivals at a

time when Grecian cities were multiplied and easy of access, for

the recitation of the ancient epic, there must have been of course

great differences of excellence; but that the more considerable

individuals of the class were elaborately trained and highly

accomplished in the exercise of their profession, we may assume as

certain. But it happens that Socrates, with his two pupils Plato and

Xenophon, speak contemptuously of their merits; and many persons

have been disposed, somewhat too readily, to admit this sentence

of condemnation as conclusive, without taking account of the point

of view from which it was delivered.[245] These philosophers

considered Homer and other poets with a view to instruction, ethical

doctrine, and virtuous practice: they analyzed the characters whom

the poet described, sifted the value of the lessons conveyed, and

often struggled to discover a hidden meaning, where they disapproved

that which was apparent. When they found a man like the rhapsode,

who professed to impress the Homeric narrative upon an audience,

and yet either never meddled at all, or meddled unsuccessfully,

with the business of exposition, they treated him with contempt;

indeed, Socrates depreciates the poets themselves, much upon the same

principle, as dealing with matters of which they could render no

rational account.[246] It was also the habit of Plato and Xenophôn to

disparage generally professional exertion of talent for the purpose

of gaining a livelihood, contrasting it often in an indelicate manner

with the gratuitous teaching and ostentatious poverty of their

master. But we are not warranted in judging the rhapsodes by such

a standard. Though they were not philosophers or moralists, it was

their province—and it had been so, long before the philosophical

point of view was opened—to bring their poet home to the bosoms and

emotions of an assembled crowd, and to penetrate themselves with his

meaning so far as was suitable for that purpose, adapting to it the

appropriate graces of action and intonation. In this their genuine

task they were valuable members of the Grecian community, and seem to

have possessed all the qualities necessary for success.

[245] Xenoph. Memorab. iv. 2, 10; and Sympos. iii. 6. Οἶσθά τι

οὖν ἔθνος ἠλιθιώτερον ῥαψῴδων; ... Δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι τὰς ὑπονοίας

οὐκ ἐπίστανται. Σὺ δὲ Στησιμβρότῳ τε καὶ Ἀναξιμάνδρῳ καὶ ἄλλοις

πολλοῖς πολὺ δέδωκας ἀργύριον, ὥστε οὐδέν σε τῶν πολλοῦ ἀξίων

λέληθε.

These ὑπονοῖαι are the hidden meanings, or allegories, which a

certain set of philosophers undertook to discover in Homer, and

which the rhapsodes were no way called upon to study.

The Platonic dialogue, called Iôn, ascribes to Iôn the double

function of a rhapsode, or impressive reciter, and a critical

expositor of the poet (Isokratês also indicates the same double

character, in the rhapsodes of his time,—Panathenaic, p. 240);

but it conveys no solid grounds for a mean estimate of the class

of rhapsodes, while it attests remarkably the striking effect

produced by their recitation (c. 6, p. 535). That this class of

men came to combine the habit of expository comment on the poet

with their original profession of reciting, proves the tendencies

of the age; probably, it also brought them into rivalry with the

philosophers.

The grounds taken by Aristotle (Problem. xxx. 10; compare Aul.

Gellius, xx. 14) against the actors, singers, musicians, etc. of

his time, are more serious, and have more the air of truth.

If it be correct in Lehrs (de Studiis Aristarchi, Diss. ii.

p. 46) to identify those early glossographers of Homer, whose

explanations the Alexandrine critics so severely condemned, with

the rhapsodes, this only proves that the rhapsodes had come to

undertake a double duty, of which their predecessors before Solôn

would never have dreamed.

[246] Plato, Apolog. Socrat. p. 22, c. 7.

These rhapsodes, the successors of the primitive aœdi, or bards,

seem to have been distinguished from them by the discontinuance of

all musical accompaniment. Originally, the bard sung, enlivening the

song with occasional touches of the simple four-stringed harp: his

successor, the rhapsode, recited, holding in his hand nothing but a

branch of laurel and depending for effect upon voice and manner,—a

species of musical and rhythmical declamation,[247] which gradually

increased in vehement emphasis and gesticulation until it approached

to that of the dramatic actor. At what time this change took place,

or whether the two different modes of enunciating the ancient epic

may for a certain period have gone on simultaneously, we have no

means of determining. Hesiod receives from the Muse a branch of

laurel, as a token of his ordination into their service, which marks

him for a rhapsode; while the ancient bard with his harp is still

recognized in the Homeric Hymn to the Delian Apollo, as efficient

and popular at the Panionic festivals in the island of Delos.[248]

Perhaps the improvements made in the harp, to which three strings,

in addition to the original four, were attached by Terpander (B. C.

660), and the growing complication of instrumental music generally,

may have contributed to discredit the primitive accompaniment, and

thus to promote the practice of recital: the story, that Terpander

himself composed music, not only for hexameter poems of his own,

but also for those of Homer, seems to indicate that the music which

preceded him was ceasing to find favor.[249] By whatever steps the

change from the bard to the rhapsode took place, certain it is that

before the time of Solôn, the latter was the recognized and exclusive

organ of the old Epic; sometimes in short fragments before private

companies, by single rhapsodes,—sometimes several rhapsodes in

continuous succession at a public festival.

[247] Aristotel. Poetic. c. 47; Welcker, Der Episch. Kyklos;

Ueber den Vortrag der Homerischen Gedichte, pp. 340-406, which

collects all the facts respecting the aœdi and the rhapsodes.

Unfortunately, the ascertained points are very few.

The laurel branch in the hand of the singer or reciter (for the

two expressions are often confounded) seems to have been peculiar

to the recitation of Homer and Hesiod (Hesiod, Theog. 30: Schol.

ad Aristophan. Nub. 1367. Pausan. x. 7, 2). “Poemata omne genus

(says Apuleius, Florid. p. 122, Bipont.) apta _virgæ_, lyræ,

socco, cothurno.”

Not only Homer and Hesiod, but also Archilochus, were recited

by rhapsodes (Athenæ, xii. 620; also Plato, Legg. ii. p. 658).

Consult, besides, Nitzsch, De Historiâ Homeri, Fascic. 2, p. 114,

_seq._, respecting the rhapsodes; and O. Müller, History of the

Literature of Ancient Greece, ch. iv. s. 3.

The ideas of singing and speech are, however, often confounded,

in reference to any verse solemnly and emphatically delivered

(Thucydid. ii. 53)—φάσκοντες οἱ πρεσβύτεροι πάλαι ~ᾄδεσθαι~,

Ἥξει Δωριακὸς πόλεμος καὶ λοιμὸς ἅμ᾽ αὐτῷ. And the rhapsodes

are said to _sing_ Homer (Plato, Eryxias, c. 13; Hesych. v.

Βραυρωνίοις); Strabo (i. p. 18) has a good passage upon song and

speech.

William Grimm (Deutsche Heldensage, p. 373) supposes the ancient

German heroic romances to have been recited or declaimed in a

similar manner with a simple accompaniment of the harp, as the

Servian heroic lays are even at this time delivered.

Fauriel also tells us, respecting the French Carlovingian Epic

(Romans de Chevalerie, Revue des Deux Mondes, xiii. p. 559):

“The romances of the 12th and 13th centuries were really sung:

the _jongleur_ invited his audience to hear a _belle chanson

d’histoire_,—‘le mot chanter ne manque jamais dans la formule

initiale,’—and it is to be understood literally: the music was

simple and intermittent, more like a recitative; the jongleur

carried a rebek, or violin with three strings, an Arabic

instrument; when he wished to rest his voice, he played an air or

ritournelle upon this; he went thus about from place to place,

and the romances had no existence among the people, except

through the aid and recitation of these jongleurs.”

It appears that there had once been rhapsodic exhibitions at the

festivals of Dionysus, but they were discontinued (Klearchus ap.

Athenæ. vii. p. 275)—probably superseded by the dithyramb and the

tragedy.

The etymology of ῥαψῳδὸς is a disputed point: Welcker traces it

to ῥάβδος, most critics derive it from ῥάπτειν ἀοιδὴν, which

O. Müller explains “to denote the coupling together of verses

without any considerable divisions or pauses,—the even, unbroken,

continuous flow of the epic poem,” as contrasted with the

strophic or choric periods (_l. c._).

[248] Homer, Hymn to Apoll. 170. The κίθαρις, ἀοιδὴ, ὀρχηθμὸς,

are constantly put together in that hymn: evidently, the

instrumental accompaniment was essential to the hymns at the

Ionic festival. Compare also the Hymn to Hermês (430), where

the function ascribed to the Muses can hardly be understood to

include non-musical recitation. The Hymn to Hermês is more recent

than Terpander, inasmuch as it mentions the seven strings of the

lyre, v. 50.

[249] Terpander,—see Plutarch, de Musicâ, c. 3-4; the facts

respecting him are collected in Plehn’s Lesbiaca, pp. 140-160;

but very little can be authenticated.

Stesander at the Pythian festivals sang the Homeric battles, with

a harp accompaniment of his own composition (Athenæ. xiv. p. 638).

The principal testimonies respecting the rhapsodizing of the

Homeric poems at Athens, chiefly at the Panathenaic festival, are

Isokratês, Panegyric. p. 74; Lycurgus contra Leocrat. p. 161;

Plato, Hipparch. p. 228; Diogen. Laërt. Vit. Solon. i. 57.

Inscriptions attest that rhapsodizing continued in great esteem,

down to a late period of the historical age, both at Chios and

Teôs, especially the former: it was the subject of competition

by trained youth, and of prizes for the victor, at periodical

religious solemnities: see Corp. Inscript. Boeckh, No. 2214-3088.

Respecting the mode in which the Homeric poems were preserved,

during the two centuries (or as some think, longer interval)

between their original composition and the period shortly preceding

Solôn,—and respecting their original composition and subsequent

changes,—there are wide differences of opinion among able critics.

Were they preserved with or without being written? Was the Iliad

originally composed as one poem, and the Odyssey in like manner, or

is each of them an aggregation of parts originally self-existent

and unconnected? Was the authorship of each poem single-headed or

many-headed?

Either tacitly or explicitly, these questions have been generally

coupled together and discussed with reference to each other,

by inquiries into the Homeric poems; though Mr. Payne Knight’s

Prolegomena have the merit of keeping them distinct. Half a century

ago, the acute and valuable Prolegomena of F. A. Wolf, turning to

account the Venetian Scholia which had then been recently published,

first opened philosophical discussion as to the history of the

Homeric text. A considerable part of that dissertation (though by no

means the whole) is employed in vindicating the position, previously

announced by Bentley, among others, that the separate constituent

portions of the Iliad and Odyssey had not been cemented together

into any compact body and unchangeable order until the days of

Peisistratus, in the sixth century before Christ. As a step towards

that conclusion, Wolf maintained that no written copies of either

poem could be shown to have existed during the earlier times to which

their composition is referred,—and that without writing, neither the

perfect symmetry of so complicated a work could have been originally

conceived by any poet, nor, if realized by him, transmitted with

assurance to posterity. The absence of easy and convenient writing,

such as must be indispensably supposed for long manuscripts, among

the early Greeks, was thus one of the points in Wolf’s case against

the primitive integrity of the Iliad and Odyssey. By Nitzsch and

other leading opponents of Wolf, the connection of the one with the

other seems to have been accepted as he originally put it; and it

has been considered incumbent on those, who defended the ancient

aggregate character of the Iliad and Odyssey, to maintain that they

were written poems from the beginning.

To me it appears that the architectonic functions ascribed by Wolf to

Peisistratus and his associates, in reference to the Homeric poems,

are nowise admissible. But much would undoubtedly be gained towards

that view of the question, if it could be shown that, in order to

controvert it, we were driven to the necessity of admitting long

written poems in the ninth century before the Christian era. Few

things, in my opinion, can be more improbable: and Mr. Payne Knight,

opposed as he is to the Wolfian hypothesis, admits this no less than

Wolf himself.[250] The traces of writing in Greece, even in the

seventh century before the Christian era, are exceedingly trifling.

We have no remaining inscription earlier than the 40th Olympiad,

and the early inscriptions are rude and unskilfully executed: nor

can we even assure ourselves whether Archilochus, Simonidês of

Amorgus, Kallinus, Tyrtæus, Xanthus, and the other early elegiac and

lyric poets, committed their compositions to writing, or at what

time the practice of doing so became familiar. The first positive

ground, which authorizes us to presume the existence of a manuscript

of Homer, is in the famous ordinance of Solôn with regard to the

rhapsodes at the Panathenæa; but for what length of time, previously,

manuscripts had existed, we are unable to say.

[250] Knight, Prolegom. Hom. c. xxxviii-xl. “Haud tamen ullum

Homericorum carminum exemplar Pisistrati seculo antiquius

extitisse, aut sexcentesimo prius anno ante C. N. scriptum

fuisse, facile credam: rara enim et perdifficilis erat iis

temporibus scriptura ob penuriam materiæ scribendo idoneæ, quum

literas aut lapidibus exarare, aut tabulis ligneis aut laminis

metalli alicujus insculpere oporteret.... Atque ideo memoriter

retenta sunt, et hæc et alia veterum poetarum carmina, et per

urbes et vicos et in principum virorum ædibus, decantata a

rhapsodis. Neque mirandum est, ea per tot sæcula sic integra

conservata esse, quoniam—per eos tradita erant, qui ab omnibus

Græciæ et coloniarum regibus et civitatibus mercede satis amplâ

conducti, omnia sua studia in iis ediscendis, retinendis, et rite

recitandis, conferebant.” Compare Wolf, Prolegom. xxiv-xxv.

The evidences of early writing among the Greeks, and of written

poems even anterior to Homer, may be seen collected in Kreuser

(Vorfragen ueber Homeros, pp. 127-159, Frankfort, 1828). His

proofs appear to me altogether inconclusive. Nitzsch maintains

the same opinion (Histor. Homeri, Fasc. i. sect. xi. xvii.

xviii.),—in my opinion, not more successfully: nor does Franz

(Epigraphicê Græc. Introd. s. iv.) produce any new arguments.

I do not quite subscribe to Mr. Knight’s language, when he says

that _there is nothing wonderful_ in the long preservation of

the Homeric poems _unwritten_. It is enough to maintain that the

existence, and practical use of long manuscripts, by all the

rhapsodes, under the condition and circumstances of the 8th and

9th centuries among the Greeks, would be a greater wonder.

Those who maintain the Homeric poems to have been written from

the beginning, rest their case, not upon positive proofs,—nor yet

upon the existing habits of society with regard to poetry, for

they admit generally that the Iliad and Odyssey were not read,

but recited and heard,—but upon the supposed necessity that there

must have been manuscripts,[251] to insure the preservation of the

poems,—the unassisted memory of reciters being neither sufficient

nor trustworthy. But here we only escape a smaller difficulty by

running into a greater; for the existence of trained bards, gifted

with extraordinary memory, is far less astonishing than that of long

manuscripts in an age essentially non-reading and non-writing, and

when even suitable instruments and materials for the process are not

obvious. Moreover, there is a strong positive reason for believing

that the bard was under no necessity for refreshing his memory by

consulting a manuscript. For if such had been the fact, blindness

would have been a disqualification for the profession, which we

know that it was not; as well from the example of Demodokus in the

Odyssey, as from that of the blind bard of Chios, in the hymn to

the Delian Apollo, whom Thucydidês, as well as the general tenor of

Grecian legend, identifies with Homer himself.[252] The author of

that Hymn, be he who he may, could never have described a blind

man as attaining the utmost perfection in his art, if he had been

conscious that the memory of the bard was only maintained by constant

reference to the manuscript in his chest.

[251] See this argument strongly put by Nitzsch, in the prefatory

remarks at the beginning of his second volume of Commentaries on

the Odyssey (pp. x-xxix). He takes great pains to discard all

idea that the poems were written in order to be read. To the same

purpose, Franz (Epigraphicê Græc. Introd. p. 32), who adopts

Nitzsch’s positions,—“Audituris enim, non lecturis, carmina

parabant.”

[252] Odyss. viii. 65; Hymn. ad Apoll. 172: Pseudo-Herodot. Vit.

Homer. c. 3; Thucyd. iii. 104.

Various commentators on Homer imagined that, under the misfortune

of Demodokus, the poet in reality described his own (Schol. ad

Odyss. 1. 1; Maxim. Tyr. xxxviii. 1).

Nor will it be found, after all, that the effort of memory required,

either from bards or rhapsodes, even for the longest of these old

Epic poems,—though doubtless great, was at all superhuman. Taking the

case with reference to the entire Iliad and Odyssey, we know that

there were educated gentlemen at Athens who could repeat both poems

by heart:[253] but in the professional recitations, we are not to

imagine that the same person did go through the whole: the recitation

was essentially a joint undertaking, and the rhapsodes who visited a

festival would naturally understand among themselves which part of

the poem should devolve upon each particular individual. Under such

circumstances, and with such means of preparation beforehand, the

quantity of verse which a rhapsode could deliver would be measured,

not so much by the exhaustion of his memory, as by the physical

sufficiency of his voice, having reference to the sonorous, emphatic,

and rhythmical pronunciation required from him.[254]

[253] Xenoph. Sympos. iii. 5. Compare, respecting the laborious

discipline of the Gallic Druids, and the number of unwritten

verses which they retained in their memories, Cæsar, B. G. vi.

14; Mela. iii. 2; also Wolf, Prolegg. s. xxiv. and Herod. ii. 77,

about the prodigious memory of the Egyptian priests at Heliopolis.

I transcribe, from the interesting Discours of M. Fauriel

(prefixed to his Chants Populaires de la Grèce Moderne, Paris

1824), a few particulars respecting the number, the mnemonic

power, and the popularity of those itinerant singers or rhapsodes

who frequent the festivals or _paneghyris_ of modern Greece: it

is curious to learn that this profession is habitually exercised

by _blind_ men (p. xc. _seq._).

“Les aveugles exercent en Grèce une profession qui les rend

non seulement agréables, mais nécessaires; le caractère,

l’imagination, et la condition du peuple, étant ce qu’ils sont:

c’est la profession de chanteurs ambulans.... Ils sont dans

l’usage, tant sur le continent que dans les îles, de la Grèce,

d’apprendre par cœur le plus grand nombre qu’ils peuvent de

chansons populaires de tout genre et de toute époque. Quelques

uns finissent par en savoir une quantité prodigieuse, et tous

en savent beaucoup. Avec ce trésor dans leur mémoire, ils sont

toujours en marche, traversent la Grèce en tout sens; ils s’en

vont de ville en ville, de village en village, chantant à

l’auditoire qui se forme aussitôt autour d’eux, partout où ils

se montrent, celles de leurs chansons qu’ils jugent convenir le

mieux, soit à la localité, soit à la circonstance, et reçoivent

une petite rétribution qui fait tout leur revenu. Ils ont l’air

de chercher de préférence, en tout lieu, la partie la plus

inculte de la population, qui en est toujours la plus curieuse,

la plus avide d’impressions, et la moins difficile dans le

choix de ceux qui leur sont offertes. Les Turcs seuls ne les

écoutent pas. C’est aux réunions nombreuses, aux fêtes de village

connues sous le nom de _Paneghyris_, que ces chanteurs ambulans

accourent le plus volontiers. Ils chantent en s’accompagnant d’un

instrument à cordes que l’on touche avec un archet, et qui est

exactement l’ancienne lyre des Grecs, dont il a conservé le nom

comme la forme.

“Cette lyre, pour être entière, doit avoir cinq cordes: mais

souvent elle n’en a que deux ou trois, dont les sons, comme

il est aisé de présumer, n’ont rien de bien harmonieux. Les

chanteurs aveugles vont ordinairement isolés, et chacun d’eux

chante à part des autres: mais quelquefois aussi ils se

réunissent par groupes de deux ou de trois, pour dire ensemble

les mêmes chansons.... Ces modernes rhapsodes doivent être

divisés en deux classes. Les uns (et ce sont, selon toute

apparence, les plus nombreux) se bornent à la function de

recueillir, d’apprendre par cœur, et de mettre en circulation,

des pièces qu’ils n’ont point composées. Les autres (et ce sont

ceux qui forment l’ordre le plus distingué de leur corps), à

cette fonction de répétiteurs et de colporteurs des poésies

d’autrui, joignent celle de poëtes, et ajoutent à la masse des

chansons apprises d’autres chants de leur façon.... Ces rhapsodes

aveugles sont les nouvellistes et les historiens, en même temps

que les poëtes du peuple, en cela parfaitement semblables aux

rhapsodes anciens de la Grèce.”

To pass to another country—Persia, once the great rival of

Greece: “The Kurroglian rhapsodes are called _Kurroglou-Khans_,

from _khaunden_, to sing. Their duty is, to know by heart all the

_mejjlisses_ (meetings) of Kurroglou, narrate them, or sing them

with the accompaniment of the favorite instrument of Kurroglou,

the chungur, or sitar, a three-stringed guitar. Ferdausi has

also his _Shah-nama-Khans_, and the prophet Mohammed his _Koran

Khans_. The memory of those singers is truly astonishing. At

every request, they recite in one breath for some hours, without

stammering, beginning the tale at the passage or verse pointed

out by the hearers.” (Specimens of the Popular Poetry of Persia,

as found in the Adventures and Improvisations of Kurroglou, the

Bandit Minstrel of Northern Persia, by Alexander Chodzko: London

1842, Introd. p. 13)

“One of the songs of the Calmuck national bards sometimes lasts a

whole day.” (_Ibid._ p. 372.)

[254] There are just remarks of Mr. Mitford on the possibility

that the Homeric poems might have been preserved without writing

(History of Greece, vol. i. pp. 135-137).

But what guarantee have we for the exact transmission of the text for

a space of two centuries by simply oral means? It may be replied,

that oral transmission would hand down the text as exactly as in

point of fact it was handed down. The great lines of each poem,—the

order of parts,—the vein of Homeric feeling, and the general style

of locution, and, for the most part, the true words,—would be

maintained: for the professional training of the rhapsode, over and

above the precision of his actual memory, would tend to Homerize his

mind (if the expression may be permitted), and to restrain him within

this magic circle. On the other hand, in respect to the details of

the text, we should expect that there would be wide differences and

numerous inaccuracies: and so there really were, as the records

contained in the Scholia, together with the passages cited in ancient

authors, but not found in our Homeric text, abundantly testify.[255]

[255] Villoison, Prolegomen. pp. xxxiv-lvi; Wolf, Prolegomen.

p. 37. Düntzer, in the Epicor. Græc. Fragm. pp. 27-29, gives

a considerable list of the Homeric passages cited by ancient

authors, but not found either in the Iliad or Odyssey. It is

hardly to be doubted, however, that many of these passages

belonged to other epic poems which passed under the name of

Homer. Welcker (Der Episch. Kyklus, pp. 20-133) enforces this

opinion very justly, and it harmonizes with his view of the name

of Homer as coextensive with the whole Epic cycle.

Moreover, the state of the Iliad and Odyssey, in respect to the

letter called the Digamma, affords a proof that they were recited for

a considerable period before they were committed to writing, insomuch

that the oral pronunciation underwent during the interval a sensible

change.[256] At the time when these poems were composed, the Digamma

was an effective consonant, and figured as such in the structure of

the verse: at the time when they were committed to writing, it had

ceased to be pronounced, and therefore never found a place in any

of the manuscripts,—insomuch that the Alexandrine critics, though

they knew of its existence in the much later poems of Alkæus and

Sapphô, never recognized it in Homer. The hiatus, and the various

perplexities of metre, occasioned by the loss of the Digamma, were

corrected by different grammatical stratagems. But the whole history

of this lost letter is very curious, and is rendered intelligible

only by the supposition that the Iliad and Odyssey belonged for a

wide space of time to the memory, the voice, and the ear, exclusively.

[256] See this argument strongly maintained in Giese (Ueber

den Æolischen Dialekt, sect. 14. p. 160, _seqq._). He notices

several other particulars in the Homeric language,—the

plenitude and variety of interchangeable grammatical forms,—the

numerous metrical licenses, set right by appropriate oral

intonations,—which indicate a language as yet not constrained by

the fixity of written authority.

The same line of argument is taken by O. Müller (History of the

Literature of Ancient Greece, ch. iv. s. 5).

Giese has shown also, in the same chapter, that all the

manuscripts of Homer mentioned in the Scholia, were written in

the Ionic alphabet (with Η and Ω as marks for the long vowels,

and no special mark for the rough breathing), in so far as the

special citations out of them enable us to verify.

At what period these poems, or, indeed, any other Greek poems, first

began to be written, must be matter of conjecture, though there

is ground for assurance that it was before the time of Solôn. If,

in the absence of evidence, we may venture upon naming any more

determinate period, the question at once suggests itself, what were

the purposes which, in that stage of society, a manuscript at its

first commencement must have been intended to answer? For whom was

a written Iliad necessary? Not for the rhapsodes; for with them it

was not only planted in the memory, but also interwoven with the

feelings, and conceived in conjunction with all those flexions and

intonations of voice, pauses, and other oral artifices, which were

required for emphatic delivery, and which the naked manuscript

could never reproduce. Not for the general public,—_they_ were

accustomed to receive it with its rhapsodic delivery, and with its

accompaniments of a solemn and crowded festival. The only persons

for whom the written Iliad would be suitable, would be a select few;

studious and curious men,—a class of readers, capable of analyzing

the complicated emotions which they had experienced as hearers in the

crowd, and who would, on perusing the written words, realize in their

imaginations a sensible portion of the impression communicated by the

reciter.[257]

[257] Nitzsch and Welcker argue, that because the Homeric poems

were _heard_ with great delight and interest, therefore the

first rudiments of the art of writing, even while beset by a

thousand mechanical difficulties, would be employed to record

them. I cannot adopt this opinion, which appears to me to derive

all its plausibility from our present familiarity with reading

and writing. The first step from the recited to the written

poem is really one of great violence, as well as useless for

any want then actually felt. I much more agree with Wolf when

he says: “Diu enim illorum hominum vita et simplicitas nihil

admodum habuit, quod scripturâ dignum videretur: in aliis omnibus

occupati agunt illi, quæ posteri scribunt, vel (ut de quibusdam

populis accepimus) etiam monstratam operam hanc spernunt tanquam

indecori otii: carmina autem quæ pangunt, longo usu sic ore

fundere et excipere consueverunt, ut cantu et recitatione cum

maxime vigentia deducere ad mutas notas, ex illius ætatis sensu

nihil aliud esset, quam perimere ea et vitali vi ac spiritu

privare.” (Prolegom. s. xv. p. 59.)

Some good remarks on this subject are to be found in William

Humboldt’s Introduction to his elaborate treatise _Ueber die

Kawi-Sprache_, in reference to the oral tales current among the

Basques. He, too, observes how great and repulsive a proceeding

it is, to pass at first from verse sung, or recited, to verse

written; implying that the words are conceived detached from

the _Vortrag_, the accompanying music, and the surrounding

and sympathizing assembly. The Basque tales have no charm for

the people themselves, when put in Spanish words and read

(Introduction, sect. xx. p. 258-259).

Unwritten prose tales, preserved in the memory, and said to be

repeated nearly in the same words from age to age, are mentioned

by Mariner, in the Tonga Islands (Mariner’s Account, vol. ii. p.

377).

The Druidical poems were kept unwritten by design, after writing

was in established use for other purposes (Cæsar, B. G. vi. 13).

Incredible as the statement may seem in an age like the present,

there is in all early societies, and there was in early Greece, a

time when no such reading class existed. If we could discover at

what time such a class first began to be formed, we should be able

to make a guess at the time when the old Epic poems were first

committed to writing. Now the period which may with the greatest

probability be fixed upon as having first witnessed the formation

even of the narrowest reading class in Greece, is the middle of

the seventh century before the Christian era (B. C. 660 to B. C.

630),—the age of Terpander, Kallinus, Archilochus, Simonidês of

Amorgus, etc. I ground this supposition on the change then operated

in the character and tendencies of Grecian poetry and music,—the

elegiac and iambic measures having been introduced as rivals to

the primitive hexameter, and poetical compositions having been

transferred from the epical past to the affairs of present and real

life. Such a change was important at a time when poetry was the only

known mode of publication (to use a modern phrase not altogether

suitable, yet the nearest approaching to the sense). It argued a new

way of looking at the old epical treasures of the people, as well

as a thirst for new poetical effect; and the men who stood forward

in it may well be considered as desirous to study, and competent to

criticize, from their own individual point of view, the written words

of the Homeric rhapsodes, just as we are told that Kallinus both

noticed and eulogized the Thebaïs as the production of Homer. There

seems, therefore, ground for conjecturing, that (for the use of this

newly-formed and important, but very narrow class) manuscripts of

the Homeric poems and other old epics—the Thebaïs and the Cypria as

well as the Iliad and the Odyssey—began to be compiled towards the

middle of the seventh century B. C.:[258] and the opening of Egypt

to Grecian commerce, which took place about the same period, would

furnish increased facilities for obtaining the requisite papyrus

to write upon. A reading class, when once formed, would doubtless

slowly increase, and the number of manuscripts along with it; so that

before the time of Solôn, fifty years afterwards, both readers and

manuscripts, though still comparatively few, might have attained a

certain recognized authority, and formed a tribunal of reference,

against the carelessness of individual rhapsodes.

[258] Mr. Fynes Clinton (Fasti Hellenici, vol. i. pp. 368-373)

treats it as a matter of _certainty_ that Archilochus and

Alkman _wrote_ their poems. I am not aware of any evidence for

announcing this as positively known,—except, indeed, an admission

of Wolf, which is, doubtless, good as an _argumentum ad hominem_,

but is not to be received as proof (Wolf, Proleg. p. 50). The

evidences mentioned by Mr. Clinton (p. 368) certainly cannot be

regarded as proving anything to the point.

Giese (Ueber den Æolischen Dialekt, p. 172) places the first

writing of the separate rhapsodies composing the Iliad in the

seventh century B. C.

We may, I think, consider the Iliad and Odyssey to have been

preserved without the aid of writing, for a period near upon two

centuries.[259] But is it true, as Wolf imagined, and as other

able critics have imagined, also, that the separate portions of

which these two poems are composed were originally distinct epical

ballads, each constituting a separate whole and intended for separate

recitation? Is it true, that they had not only no common author, but

originally, neither common purpose nor fixed order, and that their

first permanent arrangement and integration was delayed for three

centuries, and accomplished at last only by the taste of Peisistratus

conjoined with various lettered friends?[260]

[259] The songs of the Icelandic Skalds were preserved orally for

a period longer than two centuries,—P. A. Müller thinks very much

longer,—before they were collected, or embodied in written story

by Snorro and Sæmund (Lange, Untersuchungen über die Gesch. der

Nördischen Heldensage. p. 98; also, Introduct. pp. xx-xxviii).

He confounds, however, often, the preservation of the songs from

old time,—with the question, whether they have or have not an

historical basis.

And there were, doubtless, many old bards and rhapsodes in

ancient Greece, of whom the same might be said which Saxo

Grammaticus affirms of an Englishman named Lucas, that he was

“literis quidem tenuiter instructus, sed historiarum scientiâ

apprime eruditus.” (Dahlmann, Historische Forschungen, vol. ii.

p. 176.)

[260] “Homer wrote a sequel of songs and rhapsodies, to be sung

by himself for small earnings and good cheer, at festivals and

other days of merriment; the Iliad he made for the men, the

Odysseus for the other sex. These loose songs were not collected

together into the form of an epic poem until 500 years after.”

Such is the naked language in which Wolf’s main hypothesis had

been previously set forth by Bentley, in his “Remarks on a

late Discourse of Freethinking, by Phileleutherus Lipsiensis,”

published in 1713: the passage remained unaltered in the seventh

edition of that treatise published in 1737. See Wolf’s Proleg.

xxvii. p. 115.

The same hypothesis may be seen more amply developed, partly in

the work of Wolfs pupil and admirer, William Müller, _Homerische

Vorschule_ (the second edition of which was published at

Leipsic, 1836, with an excellent introduction and notes by

Baumgarten-Crusius, adding greatly to the value of the original

work by its dispassionate review of the whole controversy),

partly in two valuable Dissertations of Lachmann, published in

the Philological Transactions of the Berlin Academy for 1837 and

1841.

This hypothesis—to which the genius of Wolf first gave celebrity, but

which has been since enforced more in detail by others, especially

by William Müller and Lachmann—appears to me not only unsupported by

any sufficient testimony, but also opposed to other testimony as well

as to a strong force of internal probability. The authorities quoted

by Wolf are Josephus, Cicero, and Pausanias:[261] Josephus mentions

nothing about Peisistratus, but merely states (what we may accept as

the probable fact) that the Homeric poems were originally unwritten,

and preserved only in songs or recitations, from which they were at a

subsequent period put into writing: hence many of the discrepancies

in the text. On the other hand, Cicero and Pausanias go farther, and

affirm that Peisistratus both collected, and arranged in the existing

order, the rhapsodies of the Iliad and Odyssey, (implied as poems

originally entire, and subsequently broken into pieces,) which he

found partly confused and partly isolated from each other,—each part

being then remembered only in its own portion of the Grecian world.

Respecting Hipparchus the son of Peisistratus, too, we are told in

the Pseudo-Platonic dialogue which bears his name, that he was the

first to introduce into Attica, the poetry of Homer, and that he

prescribed to the rhapsodes to recite the parts of the Panathenaic

festival in regular sequence.[262]

[261] Joseph, cont. Apion. i. 2; Cicero de Orator, iii. 34;

Pausan. vii. 26, 6: compare the Scholion on Plautus in Ritschl,

Die Alexandrin. Bibliothek, p. 4. Ælian (V. II. xiii. 14),

who mentions both the introduction of the Homeric poems into

Peloponnesus by Lykurgus, and the compilation by Peisistratus,

can hardly be considered as adding to the value of the testimony:

still less, Libanius and Suidas. What we learn is, that some

literary and critical men of the Alexandrine age (more or fewer,

as the case may be; but Wolf exaggerates when he talks of an

_unanimous_ conviction) spoke of Peisistratus as having first

put together the fractional parts of the Iliad and Odyssey into

entire poems.

[262] Plato, Hipparch. p. 228.

Wolf and William Müller occasionally speak as if they admitted

something like an Iliad and Odyssey as established aggregates prior

to Peisistratus; but for the most part they represent him or his

associates as having been the first to put together Homeric poems

which were before distinct and self-existent compositions. And

Lachmann, the recent expositor of the same theory, ascribes to

Peisistratus still more unequivocally this original integration of

parts in reference to the Iliad,—distributing the first twenty-two

books of the poem into sixteen separate songs, and treating it

as ridiculous to imagine that the fusion of these songs, into

an order such as we now read, belongs to any date earlier than

Peisistratus.[263]

[263] “Doch ich komme mir bald lächerlich vor, wenn ich noch

immer die Möglichkeit gelten lasse, dass unsere Ilias in dem

gegenwärtigen Zusammenhange der bedeutenden Theile, und nicht

blos der wenigen bedeutendsten, jemals vor der Arbeit des

Pisistratus gedacht worden sey.” (Lachmann, Fernere Betrachtungen

über die Ilias, sect. xxviii. p. 32; Abhandlungen Berlin. Academ.

1841.) How far this admission—that for the _few most important_

portions of the Iliad, there _did_ exist an established order

of succession prior to Peisistratus—is intended to reach, I do

not know; but the language of Lachmann goes farther than either

Wolf or William Müller. (See Wolf, Prolegomen. pp. cxli-cxlii,

and W. Müller, Homerische Vorschule, Abschnitt vii. pp. 96, 98,

100, 102.) The latter admits that neither Peisistratus nor the

Diaskeuasts could have made any considerable changes in the Iliad

and Odyssey, either in the way of addition or of transposition;

the poems as aggregates being too well known, and the Homeric

vein of invention too completely extinct, to admit of such

novelties.

I confess, I do not see how these last-mentioned admissions

can be reconciled with the main doctrine of Wolf, in so far as

regards Peisistratus.

Upon this theory we may remark, first, that it stands opposed to the

testimony existing respecting the regulations of Solôn; who, before

the time of Peisistratus, had enforced a fixed order of recitation

on the rhapsodes of the Iliad at the Panathenaic festival; not only

directing that they should go through the rhapsodies _seriatim_, and

without omission or corruption, but also establishing a prompter

or censorial authority to insure obedience,[264]—which implies

the existence (at the same time that it proclaims the occasional

infringement) of an orderly aggregate, as well as of manuscripts

professedly complete. Next, the theory ascribes to Peisistratus a

character not only materially different from what is indicated by

Cicero and Pausanias,—who represent him, not as having put together

atoms originally distinct, but as the renovator of an ancient

order subsequently lost,—but also in itself unintelligible, and

inconsistent with Grecian habit and feeling. That Peisistratus should

take pains to repress the license, or make up for the unfaithful

memory, of individual rhapsodes, and to ennoble the Panathenaic

festival by the most correct recital of a great and venerable

poem, according to the standard received among the best judges in

Greece,—this is a task both suitable to his position, and requiring

nothing more than an improved recension, together with exact

adherence to it on the part of the rhapsodes. But what motive had he

to string together several poems, previously known only as separate,

into one new whole? What feeling could he gratify by introducing

the extensive changes and transpositions surmised by Lachmann, for

the purpose of binding together sixteen songs, which the rhapsodes

are assumed to have been accustomed to recite, and the people to

hear, each by itself apart? Peisistratus was not a poet, seeking to

interest the public mind by new creations and combinations, but a

ruler, desirous to impart solemnity to a great religious festival in

his native city. Now such a purpose would be answered by selecting,

amidst the divergences of rhapsodes in different parts of Greece,

that order of text which intelligent men could approve as a return to

the pure and pristine Iliad; but it would be defeated if he attempted

large innovations of his own, and brought out for the first time

a new Iliad by blending together, altering, and transposing, many

old and well-known songs. A novelty so bold would have been more

likely to offend than to please both the critics and the multitude.

And if it were even enforced, by authority, at Athens, no probable

reason can be given why all the other towns, and all the rhapsodes

throughout Greece, should abnegate their previous habits in favor of

it, since Athens at that time enjoyed no political ascendency such

as she acquired during the following century. On the whole, it will

appear that the character and position of Peisistratus himself go far

to negative the function which Wolf and Lachmann put upon him. His

interference presupposes a certain foreknown and ancient aggregate,

the main lineaments of which were familiar to the Grecian public,

although many of the rhapsodes in their practice may have deviated

from it both by omission and interpolation. In correcting the

Athenian recitations conformably with such understood general type,

he might hope both to procure respect for Athens, and to constitute

a fashion for the rest of Greece. But this step of “collecting the

torn body of sacred Homer,” is something generically different from

the composition of a new Iliad out of preëxisting songs the former

is as easy, suitable, and promising, as the latter is violent and

gratuitous.[265]

[264] Diogen. Laërt. i. 57.—Τὰ τε Ὁμήρου ~ἐξ ὑποβολῆς~ γέγραφε

(Σόλων) ῥαψῳδεῖσθαι, οἷον ὅπου ὁ πρῶτος ἔληξεν, ἔκειθεν ἄρχεσθαι

τὸν ἀρχόμενον, ὥς φησι Διευχίδας ἐν τοῖς Μεγαρικοῖς.

Respecting Hipparchus, son of Peisistratus, the Pseudo-Plato

tells us (in the dialogue so called, p. 228),—καὶ τὰ Ὁμήρου ἔπη

πρῶτος ἐκόμισεν εἰς τὴν γῆν ταυτηνὶ, καὶ ἠνάγκασε τοὺς ῥαψῳδοὺς

Παναθηναίοις ~ἐξ ὑπολήψεως~ ἐφεξῆς αὐτὰ διϊέναι, ~ὥσπερ νῦν ἔτι~

οἵδε ποιοῦσι.

These words have provoked multiplied criticisms from all the

learned men who have touched upon the theory of the Homeric

poems,—to determine what was the practice which Solon found

existing, and what was the change which he introduced. Our

information is too scanty to pretend to certainty, but I think

the explanation of Hermann the most satisfactory (“Quid sit

~ὑποβολὴ~ et ~ὑποβλήδεν~.”—_Opuscula_, tom. v. p. 300, tom. vii.

p. 162).

Ὑποβολεὺς is the technical term for the prompter at a theatrical

representation (Plutarch, Præcept. gerend. Reip. p. 813);

ὑποβολὴ and ὑποβάλλειν have corresponding meanings, of aiding

the memory of a speaker and keeping him in accordance with a

certain standard, in possession of the prompter: see the words

ἐξ ὑποβολῆς, Xenophon. Cyropæd. iii. 3, 37. Ὑποβολὴ, therefore,

has no necessary connection with a series of rhapsodes, but would

apply just as much to one alone; although it happens in this

case to be brought to bear upon several in succession. Ὑπόληψις,

again, means “the taking up in succession of one rhapsode by

another:” though the two words, therefore, have not the same

meaning, yet the proceeding described in the two passages,

in reference both to Solôn and Hipparchus, appears to be in

substance the same,—_i. e._ to insure, by compulsory supervision,

a correct and orderly recitation by the successive rhapsodes who

went through the different parts of the poem.

There is good reason to conclude from this passage that the

rhapsodes before Solôn were guilty both of negligence and of

omission in their recital of Homer, but no reason to imagine

either that they transposed the books, or that the legitimate

order was not previously recognized.

The appointment of a systematic ὑποβολεὺς, or prompter, plainly

indicates the existence of complete manuscripts.

The direction of Solôn, that Homer should be rhapsodized under

the security of a prompter with his manuscript, appears just the

same as that of the orator Lykurgus in reference to Æschylus,

Sophoklês, and Euripidês (Pseudo-Plutarch. Vit. x. Rhetor.

Lycurgi Vit.)—εἰσήνεγκε δὲ καὶ νόμους—ὡς χαλκᾶς εἰκόνας ἀναθεῖναι

τῶν ποιητῶν Αἰσχύλου, Σοφοκλέους, Εὐριπίδου, καὶ τὰς τραγῳδίας

αὐτῶν ἐν κοινῷ γραψαμένους φυλάττειν, καὶ τὸν τῆς πόλεως

γραμματέα παραναγιγνώσκειν τοῖς ὑποκρινομένοις· οὐ γὰρ ἐξῆν αὐτὰς

(ἄλλως) ὑποκρίνεσθαι. The word ἄλλως, which occurs last but one,

is introduced by the conjecture of Grysar, who has cited and

explained the above passage of the Pseudo-Plutarch in a valuable

dissertation—_De Græcorum Tragœdiâ, qualis fuit circa tempora

Demosthenis_ (Cologne, 1830). All the critics admit the text

as it now stands to be unintelligible, and various corrections

have been proposed, among which that of Grysar seems the best.

From his Dissertation, I transcribe the following passage, which

illustrates the rhapsodizing of Homer ἐξ ὑποβολῆς:—

“Quum histriones fabulis interpolandis ægre abstinerent, Lycurgus

legem supra indicatam eo tulit consilio, ut recitationes

histrionum cum publico illo exemplo omnino congruas redderet.

Quod ut assequeretur, constituit, ut dum fabulæ in scenâ

recitarentur, scriba publicus simul exemplum civitatis

inspiceret, juxta sive in theatro sive in postscenio sedens. Hæc

enim verbi παραναγιγνώσκειν est significatio, posita præcipue

in præpositione παρὰ, ut idem sit, quod _contra_ sive _juxta_

legere; id quod faciunt ii, _qui lecta ab altero vel recitata cum

suis conferre cupiunt_.” (Grysar, p. 7.)

[265] That the Iliad or Odyssey were ever recited with all the

parts entire, at any time anterior to Solôn, is a point which

Ritschl denies (Die Alexandrin. Bibliothek, pp. 67-70). He thinks

that before Solôn, they were always recited in parts, and without

any fixed order among the parts. Nor did Solôn determine (as he

thinks) the order of the parts: he only checked the license of

the rhapsodes as to the recitation of the separate books: it

was Pesistratus, who, with the help of Onomakritus and others,

first settled the order of the parts and bound each poem into a

whole, with some corrections and interpolations. Nevertheless,

he admits that the parts were originally composed by the same

poet, and adapted to form a whole amongst each other: but this

primitive entireness (he asserts) was only maintained as a sort

of traditional belief, never realized in recitation, and never

reduced to an obvious, unequivocal, and permanent fact,—until the

time of Peisistratus.

There is no sufficient ground, I think, for denying all entire

recitation previous to Solôn, and we only interpose a new

difficulty, both grave and gratuitous, by doing so.

To sustain the inference, that Peisistratus was the first architect

of the Iliad and Odyssey, it ought at least to be shown that no other

long and continuous poems existed during the earlier centuries.

But the contrary of this is known to be the fact. The Æthiopis of

Arktinus, which contained nine thousand one hundred verses, dates

from a period more than two centuries earlier than Peisistratus:

several other of the lost cyclic epics, some among them of

considerable length, appear during the century succeeding Arktinus;

and it is important to notice that three or four at least of these

poems passed currently under the name of Homer.[266] There is no

greater intrinsic difficulty in supposing long epics to have begun

with the Iliad and Odyssey than with the Æthiopis: the ascendency

of the name of Homer and the subordinate position of Arktinus, in

the history of early Grecian poetry, tend to prove the former in

preference to the latter.

[266] The Æthiopis of Arktinus contained nine thousand one

hundred verses, as we learn from the Tabula Iliaca: yet Proklus

assigns to it only four books. The Ilias Minor had _four_ books,

the Cyprian Verses _eleven_, though we do not know the number of

lines in either.

Nitzsch states it as a certain matter of fact, that Arktinus

recited his own poem _alone_, though it was too long to admit of

his doing so without interruption. (See his Vorrede to the second

vol. of the Odyssey, p. xxiv.) There is no evidence for this

assertion, and it appears to me highly improbable.

In reference to the Romances of the Middle Ages, belonging to the

Cycle of the Round Table, M. Fauriel tells us that the German

_Perceval_ has nearly twenty-five thousand verses (more than

half as long again as the Iliad); the _Perceval_ of Christian

of Troyes, probably more; the German _Tristan_, of Godfrey of

Strasburg, has more than twenty-three thousand; sometimes, the

poem is begun by one author, and continued by another. (Fauriel,

Romans de Chevalerie, Revue des Deux Mondes, t. xiii. pp.

695-697.)

The ancient unwritten poems of the Icelandic Skalds are as

much lyric as epic: the longest of them does not exceed eight

hundred lines, and they are for the most part much shorter

(Untersuchungen über die Geschichte der Nördischen Heldensage,

aus P. A. Müller’s Sagabibliothek von G. Lange, Frankf. 1832,

Introduct. p. xlii.).

Moreover, we find particular portions of the Iliad, which expressly

pronounce themselves, by their own internal evidence, as belonging to

a large whole, and not as separate integers. We can hardly conceive

the Catalogue in the second book, except as a fractional composition,

and with reference to a series of approaching exploits; for, taken

apart by itself, such a barren enumeration of names could have

stimulated neither the fancy of the poet, nor the attention of the

listeners. But the Homeric Catalogue had acquired a sort of canonical

authority even in the time of Solôn, insomuch that he interpolated a

line into it, or was accused of doing so, for the purpose of gaining

a disputed point against the Megarians, who, on their side, set forth

another version.[267] No such established reverence could have been

felt for this document, unless there had existed for a long time

prior to Peisistratus, the habit of regarding and listening to the

Iliad as a continuous poem. And when the philosopher Xenophanês,

contemporary with Peisistratus, noticed Homer as the universal

teacher, and denounced him as an unworthy describer of the gods, he

must have connected this great mental sway, not with a number of

unconnected rhapsodies, but with an aggregate Iliad and Odyssey;

probably with other poems, also, ascribed to the same author, such as

the Cypria, Epigoni, and Thebaïs.

[267] Plutarch, Solôn, 10.

We find, it is true, references in various authors to portions of

the Iliad, each by its own separate name, such as the Teichomachy,

the Aristeia (preëminent exploits) of Diomedês, or Agamemnôn, the

Doloneia, or Night-expedition (of Dolon as well as of Odysseus

and Diomedês), etc., and hence, it has been concluded, that these

portions originally existed as separate poems, before they were

cemented together into an Iliad. But such references prove nothing

to the point; for until the Iliad was divided by Aristarchus and his

colleagues into a given number of books, or rhapsodies, designated

by the series of letters in the alphabet, there was no method of

calling attention to any particular portion of the poem except by

special indication of its subject-matter.[268] Authors subsequent

to Peisistratus, such as Herodotus and Plato, who unquestionably

conceived the Iliad as a whole, cite the separate fractions of it by

designations of this sort.

[268] The Homeric Scholiast refers to Quintus Calaber ἐν τῇ

Ἀμαζονομαχίᾳ, which was only one portion of his long poem (Schol.

ad Iliad. ii. 220).

The foregoing remarks on the Wolfian hypothesis respecting the text

of the Iliad, tend to separate two points which are by no means

necessarily connected, though that hypothesis, as set forth by

Wolf himself, by W. Müller, and by Lachmann, presents the two in

conjunction. First, was the Iliad originally projected and composed

by one author, and as one poem, or were the different parts composed

separately and by unconnected authors, and subsequently strung

together into an aggregate? Secondly, assuming that the internal

evidences of the poem negative the former supposition, and drive us

upon the latter, was the construction of the whole poem deferred,

and did the parts exist only in their separate state, until a period

so late as the reign of Peisistratus? It is obvious that these two

questions are essentially separate, and that a man may believe the

Iliad to have been put together out of preëxisting songs, without

recognizing the age of Peisistratus as the period of its first

compilation. Now, whatever may be the steps through which the poem

passed to its ultimate integrity, there is sufficient reason for

believing that they had been accomplished long before that period:

the friends of Peisistratus found an Iliad already existing and

already ancient in their time, even granting that the poem had not

been originally born in a state of unity. Moreover, the Alexandrine

critics, whose remarks are preserved in the Scholia, do not even

notice the Peisistratic recension among the many manuscripts which

they had before them: and Mr. Payne Knight justly infers from their

silence that either they did not possess it, or it was in their eyes

of no great authority;[269] which could never have been the case if

it had been the prime originator of Homeric unity.

[269] Knight, Prolegg. Homer, xxxii. xxxvi. xxxvii. That

Peisistratus caused a corrected MS. of the Iliad to be prepared,

there seems good reason to believe, and the Scholion on Plautus

edited by Ritschl (see Die Alexandrinische Bibliothek, p. 4)

specifies the four persons (Onomakritus was one) employed on the

task. Ritschl fancies that it served as a sort of Vulgate for the

text of the Alexandrine critics, who named specially other MSS.

(of Chios, Sinôpê, Massalia, etc.) only when they diverged from

this Vulgate: he thinks, also, that it formed the original from

whence those other MSS. were first drawn, which are called in the

Homeric Scholia αἱ κοιναὶ, κοινότεραι (pp. 59-60).

Welcker supposes the Peisistratic MS. to have been either lost

or carried away when Xerxês took Athens (Der Epische Kyklus, pp.

382-388).

Compare Nitzsch, Histor. Homer. Fasc. i. pp. 165-167; also his

commentary on Odyss. xi. 604, the alleged interpolation of

Onomakritus; and Ulrici, Geschichte der Hellen. Poes. Part i. s.

vii. pp. 252-255.

The main facts respecting the Peisistratic recension are

collected and discussed by Gräfenhan, Geschichte der Philologie,

sect. 54-64, vol. i. pp. 266-311. Unfortunately, we cannot get

beyond mere conjecture and possibility.

The line of argument, by which the advocates of Wolf’s hypothesis

negative the primitive unity of the poem, consists in exposing gaps,

incongruities, contradictions, etc., between the separate parts.

Now, if in spite of all these incoherences, standing mementos of

an antecedent state of separation, the component poems were made

to coalesce so intimately as to appear as if they had been one

from the beginning, we can better understand the complete success

of the proceeding and the universal prevalence of the illusion,

by supposing such coalescence to have taken place at a very early

period, during the productive days of epical genius, and before the

growth of reading and criticism. The longer the aggregation of the

separate poems was deferred, the harder it would be to obliterate

in men’s minds the previous state of separation, and to make them

accept the new aggregate as an original unity. The bards or rhapsodes

might have found comparatively little difficulty in thus piecing

together distinct songs, during the ninth or eighth century before

Christ; but it we suppose the process to be deferred until the

latter half of the sixth century,—if we imagine that Solôn, with

all his contemporaries and predecessors, knew nothing about any

aggregate Iliad, but was accustomed to read and hear only those

sixteen distinct epical pieces into which Lachmann would dissect

the Iliad, each of the sixteen bearing a separate name of its

own,—no compilation then for the first time made by the friends of

Peisistratus could have effaced the established habit, and planted

itself in the general convictions of Greece as the primitive

Homeric production. Had the sixteen pieces remained disunited and

individualized down to the time of Peisistratus, they would in

all probability have continued so ever afterwards; nor could the

extensive changes and transpositions which (according to Lachmann’s

theory) were required to melt them down into our present Iliad, have

obtained at that late period universal acceptance. Assuming it to

be true that such changes and transpositions did really take place,

they must at least be referred to a period greatly earlier than

Peisistratus or Solôn.

The whole tenor of the poems themselves confirms what is here

remarked. There is nothing either in the Iliad or Odyssey which

savors of _modernism_, applying that term to the age of Peisistratus;

nothing which brings to our view the alterations, brought about by

two centuries, in the Greek language, the coined money, the habits

of writing and reading, the despotisms and republican governments,

the close military array, the improved construction of ships, the

Amphiktyonic convocations, the mutual frequentation of religious

festivals, the Oriental and Egyptian veins of religion, etc.,

familiar to the latter epoch. These alterations Onomakritus and the

other literary friends of Peisistratus, could hardly have failed

to notice even without design, had they then for the first time

undertaken the task of piecing together many self-existent epics into

one large aggregate.[270] Everything in the two great Homeric poems,

both in substance and in language, belongs to an age two or three

centuries earlier than Peisistratus. Indeed, even the interpolations

(or those passages which on the best grounds are pronounced to be

such) betray no trace of the sixth century before Christ, and may

well have been heard by Archilochus and Kallinus,—in some cases

even by Arktinus and Hesiod,—as genuine Homeric matter. As far as

the evidences on the case, as well internal as external, enable us

to judge, we seem warranted in believing that the Iliad and Odyssey

were recited substantially as they now stand, (always allowing for

partial divergences of text, and interpolations,) in 776 B. C., our

first trustworthy mark of Grecian time. And this ancient date,—let

it be added,—as it is the best-authenticated fact, so it is also

the most important attribute of the Homeric poems, considered in

reference to Grecian history. For they thus afford us an insight into

the ante-historical character of the Greeks,—enabling us to trace

the subsequent forward march of the nation, and to seize instructive

contrasts between their former and their later condition.

[270] Wolf allows both the uniformity of coloring, and the

antiquity of coloring, which pervade the Homeric poems; also,

the strong line by which they stand distinguished from the other

Greek poets: “Immo congruunt in iis omnia ferme in idem ingenium,

in eosdem mores, in eandem formam sentiendi et loquendi.”

(Prolegom. p. cclxv; compare p. cxxxviii.)

He thinks, indeed, that this harmony was _restored_ by the

ability and care of Aristarchus, (“mirificum illum concentum

revocatum Aristarcho imprimis debemus.”) This is a very

exaggerated estimate of the interference of Aristarchus: but

at any rate the _concentus_ itself was ancient and original,

and Aristarchus only _restored_ it, when it had been spoiled

by intervening accidents; at least, if we are to construe

_revocatum_ strictly, which, perhaps, is hardly consistent with

Wolf’s main theory.

Rejecting, therefore, the idea of compilation by Peisistratus, and

referring the present state of the Iliad and Odyssey to a period

more than two centuries earlier, the question still remains, by what

process, or through whose agency, they reached that state? Is each

poem the work of one author, or of several? If the latter, do all the

parts belong to the same age? What ground is there for believing,

that any or all of these parts existed before, as separate poems, and

have been accommodated to the place in which they now appear, by more

or less systematic alteration?

The acute and valuable Prolegomena of Wolf, half a century ago,

powerfully turned the attention of scholars to the necessity of

considering the Iliad and Odyssey with reference to the age and

society in which they arose, and to the material differences in

this respect between Homer and more recent epic poets.[271] Since

that time, an elaborate study has been bestowed upon the early

manifestations of poetry (Sagen-poesie) among other nations; and the

German critics especially, among whom this description of literatures

has been most cultivated, have selected it as the only appropriate

analogy for the Homeric poems. Such poetry, consisting for the

most part of short, artless effusions, with little of deliberate

or far-sighted combination, has been assumed by many critics as a

fit standard to apply for measuring the capacities of the Homeric

age; an age exclusively of speakers, singers, and hearers, not of

readers or writers. In place of the unbounded admiration which was

felt for Homer, not merely as a poet of detail, but as constructor

of a long epic, at the time when Wolf wrote his Prolegomena, the

tone of criticism passed to the opposite extreme, and attention was

fixed entirely upon the defects in the arrangement of the Iliad and

Odyssey. Whatever was to be found in them of symmetry or pervading

system, was pronounced to be decidedly post-Homeric. Under such

preconceived anticipations, Homer seems to have been generally

studied in Germany, during the generation succeeding Wolf, the

negative portion of whose theory was usually admitted, though as to

the positive substitute,—what explanation was to be given of the

history and present constitution of the Homeric poems,—there was by

no means the like agreement. During the last ten years, however, a

contrary tendency has manifested itself; the Wolfian theory has been

reëxamined and shaken by Nitzsch, who, as well as O. Müller, Welcker,

and other scholars, have revived the idea of original Homeric

unity, under certain modifications. The change in Goethe’s opinion,

coincident with this new direction, is recorded in one of his latest

works.[272] On the other hand, the original opinion of Wolf has

also been reproduced within the last five years, and fortified with

several new observations on the text of the Iliad, by Lachmann.

[271] See Wolf, Prolegg. c. xii. p. xliii. “Nondum enim prorsus

ejecta et explosa est eorum ratio, qui Homerum et Callimachum

et Virgilium et Nonnum et Miltonum eodem animo legunt, nec

quid uniuscujusque ætas ferat, expendere legendo et computare

laborant,” etc.

A similar and earlier attempt to construe the Homeric poems with

reference to their age, is to be seen in the treatise called _Il

Vero Omero_ of Vico,—marked with a good deal of original thought,

but not strong in erudition (Opere di Vico, ed. Milan, vol. v.

pp. 437-497).

[272] In the forty-sixth volume of his collected works, in the

little treatise “_Homer, noch einmal_:” compare G. Lange, Ueber

die Kyklischen Dichter (Mainz, 1837), Preface, p. vi.

The point is thus still under controversy among able scholars, and is

probably destined to remain so. For, in truth, our means of knowledge

are so limited, that no man can produce arguments sufficiently cogent

to contend against opposing preconceptions; and it creates a painful

sentiment of diffidence when we read the expressions of equal and

absolute persuasion with which the two opposite conclusions have

both been advanced.[273] We have nothing to teach us the history of

these poems except the poems themselves. Not only do we possess no

collateral information respecting them or their authors, but we

have no one to describe to us the people or the age in which they

originated; our knowledge respecting contemporary Homeric society, is

collected exclusively from the Homeric compositions themselves. We

are ignorant whether any other, or what other, poems preceded them,

or divided with them the public favor; nor have we anything better

than conjecture to determine either the circumstances under which

they were brought before the hearers, or the conditions which a bard

of that day was required to satisfy. On all these points, moreover,

the age of Thucydidês[274] and Plato seems to have been no better

informed than we are, except in so far as they could profit by the

analogies of the cyclic and other epic poems, which would doubtless

in many cases have afforded valuable aid.

[273] “Non esse totam Iliadem aut Odysseam unius poetæ opus,

ita extra dubitationem positam puto, ut qui secus sentiat, eum

non satis lectitasse illa carmina contendam.” (Godf. Hermann,

Præfat. ad Odysseam, Lips. 1825, p. iv.) See the language of the

same eminent critic in his treatise “Ueber Homer und Sappho,”

Opuscula, vol. v. p. 74.

Lachmann, after having dissected the two thousand two hundred

lines in the Iliad, between the beginning of the eleventh book,

and line five hundred and ninety of the fifteenth, into four

songs, “in the highest degree different in their spirit,” (“ihrem

Geiste nach höchst verschiedene Lieder,”) tells us that whosoever

thinks this difference of spirit inconsiderable,—whosoever does

not feel it at once when pointed out,—whosoever can believe

that the parts as they stand now belong to one artistically

constructed Epos,—“will do well not to trouble himself any more

either with my criticisms or with epic poetry, because he is

too weak to understand anything about it,” (“weil er zu schwach

ist etwas darin zu verstehen:”) Fernere Betrachtungen Ueber die

Ilias: Abhandl. Berlin. Acad. 1841, p. 18, § xxiii.

On the contrary, Ulrici, after having shown (or tried to show)

that the composition of Homer satisfies perfectly, in the main,

all the exigencies of an artistic epic,—adds, that this will

make itself at once evident to all those who have any sense of

artistical symmetry; but that, for those to whom that sense is

wanting, no conclusive demonstration can be given. He warns the

latter, however, that they are not to deny the existence of

that which their shortsighted vision cannot distinguish, for

everything cannot be made clear to children, which the mature man

sees through at a glance (Ulrici, Geschichte des Griechischen

Epos, Part i. ch. vii. pp. 260-261). Read also Payne Knight,

Proleg. c. xxvii, about the insanity of the Wolfian school,

obvious even to the “homunculus e trivio.”

I have the misfortune to dissent from both Lachmann and Ulrici;

for it appears to me a mistake to put the Iliad and Odyssey on

the same footing, as Ulrici does, and as is too frequently done

by others.

[274] Plato, Aristotle, and their contemporaries generally, read

the most suspicious portions of the Homeric poems as genuine

(Nitzsch, Plan und Gang der Odyssee, in the Preface to his second

vol. of Comments on the Odyssey, pp. lx-lxiv).

Thucydidês accepts the Hymn to Apollo as a composition by the

author of the Iliad.

Nevertheless, no classical scholar can be easy without _some_ opinion

respecting the authorship of these immortal poems. And the more

defective the evidence we possess, the more essential is it that

all that evidence should be marshalled in the clearest order, and

its bearing upon the points in controversy distinctly understood

beforehand. Both these conditions seem to have been often neglected,

throughout the long-continued Homeric discussion.

To illustrate the first point: Since two poems are comprehended in

the problem to be solved, the natural process would be, first, to

study the easier of the two, and then to apply the conclusions thence

deduced as a means of explaining the other. Now, the Odyssey, looking

at its aggregate character, is incomparably more easy to comprehend

than the Iliad. Yet most Homeric critics apply the microscope at

once, and in the first instance, to the Iliad.

To illustrate the second point: What evidence is sufficient to

negative the supposition that the Iliad or the Odyssey is a poem

originally and intentionally one? Not simply particular gaps and

contradictions, though they be even gross and numerous; but the

preponderance of these proofs of mere unprepared coalescence over the

other proofs of designed adaptation scattered throughout the whole

poem. For the poet (or the coöperating poets, if more than one) may

have intended to compose an harmonious whole, but may have realized

their intention incompletely, and left partial faults; or, perhaps,

the contradictory lines may have crept in through a corrupt text. A

survey of the whole poem is necessary to determine the question; and

this necessity, too, has not always been attended to.

If it had happened that the Odyssey had been preserved to us alone,

without the Iliad, I think the dispute respecting Homeric unity would

never have been raised. For the former is, in my judgment, pervaded

almost from beginning to end by marks of designed adaptation; and

the special faults which Wolf, W. Müller, and B. Thiersch,[275] have

singled out for the purpose of disproving such unity of intention,

are so few, and of so little importance, that they would have been

universally regarded as mere instances of haste or unskilfulness on

the part of the poet, had they not been seconded by the far more

powerful battery opened against the Iliad. These critics, having

laid down their general presumptions against the antiquity of the

long epopee, illustrate their principles by exposing the many flaws

and fissures in the Iliad, and then think it sufficient if they can

show a few similar defects in the Odyssey,—as if the breaking up of

Homeric unity in the former naturally entailed a similar necessity

with regard to the latter; and their method of proceeding, contrary

to the rule above laid down, puts the more difficult problem in the

foreground, as a means of solution for the easier. We can hardly

wonder, however, that they have applied their observations in the

first instance to the Iliad, because it is in every man’s esteem

the more marked, striking, and impressive poem of the two,—and the

character of Homer is more intimately identified with it than with

the Odyssey. This may serve as an explanation of the course pursued;

but be the case as it may in respect to comparative poetical merit,

it is not the less true, that, as an aggregate, the Odyssey is more

simple and easily understood, and, therefore, ought to come first in

the order of analysis.

[275] Bernhard Thiersch, Ueber das Zeitalter und Vaterland des

Homer (Halberstadt, 1832), Einleitung, pp. 4-18.

Now, looking at the Odyssey by itself, the proofs of an unity of

design seem unequivocal and everywhere to be found. A premeditated

structure, and a concentration of interest upon one prime hero, under

well-defined circumstances, may be traced from the first book to the

twenty-third. Odysseus is always either directly or indirectly kept

before the reader, as a warrior returning from the fulness of glory

at Troy, exposed to manifold and protracted calamities during his

return home, on which his whole soul is so bent that he refuses even

the immortality offered by Calypsô;—a victim, moreover, even after

his return, to mingled injury and insult from the suitors, who have

long been plundering his property, and dishonoring his house; but

at length obtaining, by valor and cunning united, a signal revenge,

which restores him to all that he had lost. All the persons and all

the events in the poem are subsidiary to this main plot: and the

divine agency, necessary to satisfy the feeling of the Homeric man,

is put forth by Poseidôn and Athênê, in both cases from dispositions

directly bearing upon Odysseus. To appreciate the unity of the

Odyssey, we have only to read the objections taken against that of

the Iliad,—especially in regard to the long withdrawal of Achilles,

not only from the scene, but from the memory,—together with the

independent prominence of Ajax, Diomêdês, and other heroes. How

far we are entitled from hence to infer the want of premeditated

unity in the Iliad, will be presently considered; but it is certain

that the constitution of the Odyssey, in this respect, everywhere

demonstrates the presence of such unity. Whatever may be the interest

attached to Penelopê, Telemachus, or Eumæus, we never disconnect

them from their association with Odysseus. The present is not the

place for collecting the many marks of artistical structure dispersed

throughout this poem; but it may be worth while to remark, that the

final catastrophe realized in the twenty-second book,—the slaughter

of the suitors in the very house which they were profaning,—is

distinctly and prominently marked out in the first and second books,

promised by Teiresias in the eleventh, by Athênê in the thirteenth,

and by Helen in the fifteenth, and gradually matured by a series of

suitable preliminaries, throughout the eight books preceding its

occurrence.[276] Indeed, what is principally evident, and what has

been often noticed, in the Odyssey, is, the equable flow both of

the narrative and the events; the absence of that rise and fall of

interest which is sufficiently conspicuous in the Iliad.

[276] Compare i, 295; ii. 145 (νήποινοί κεν ἔπειτα δόμων ἔντοσθεν

ὄλοισθε); xi. 118; xiii. 395; xv. 178; also xiv. 162.

To set against these evidences of unity, there ought, at least,

to be some strong cases produced of occasional incoherence

or contradiction. But it is remarkable how little of such

counter-evidence is to be found, although the arguments of Wolf,

W. Müller, and B. Thiersch stand so much in need of it. They have

discovered only one instance of undeniable inconsistency in the

parts,—the number of days occupied by the absence of Telemachus at

Pylus and Sparta. That young prince, though represented as in great

haste to depart, and refusing pressing invitations to prolong his

stay, must, nevertheless, be supposed to have continued for thirty

days the guest of Menelaus, in order to bring his proceedings into

chronological harmony with those of Odysseus, and to explain the

first meeting of father and son in the swine-fold of Eumæus. Here is

undoubtedly an inaccuracy, (so Nitzsch[277] treats it, and I think

justly) on the part of the poet, who did not anticipate, and did not

experience in ancient times, so strict a scrutiny; an inaccuracy

certainly not at all wonderful; the matter of real wonder is, that it

stands almost alone, and that there are no others in the poem.

[277] Nitzsch, Plan und Gang der Odyssee, p. xliii, prefixed to

the second vol. of his Commentary on the Odysseis.

“At carminum primi auditores non adeo curiosi erant (observes

Mr. Payne Knight, Proleg. c. xxiii.), ut ejusmodi rerum

rationes aut exquirerent aut expenderent; neque eorum fides e

subtilioribus congruentiis omnino pendebat. Monendi enim sunt

etiam atque etiam Homericorum studiosi, veteres illos ἀοιδοὺς

non linguâ professoriâ inter viros criticos et grammaticos, aut

alios quoscunque argutiarum captatores, carmina cantitasse,

sed inter eos qui sensibus animorum libere, incaute, et effuse

indulgerent,” etc. Chap. xxii-xxvii. of Mr. Knight’s Prolegomena,

are valuable to the same purpose, showing the “homines rudes et

agrestes,” of that day, as excellent judges of what fell under

their senses and observation, but careless, credulous, and

unobservant of contradiction, in matters which came only under

the mind’s eye.

Now, this is one of the main points on which W. Müller and

B. Thiersch rest their theory,—explaining the chronological

confusion by supposing that the journey of Telemachus to Pylus and

Sparta, constituted the subject of an epic originally separate

(comprising the first four books and a portion of the fifteenth),

and incorporated at second-hand with the remaining poem. And they

conceive this view to be farther confirmed by the double assembly

of the gods, (at the beginning of the first book as well as of the

fifth,) which they treat as an awkward repetition, such as could not

have formed part of the primary scheme of any epic poet. But here

they only escape a small difficulty by running into another and a

greater. For it is impossible to comprehend how the first four books

and part of the fifteenth can ever have constituted a distinct epic;

since the adventures of Telemachus have no satisfactory termination,

except at the point of confluence with those of his father, when the

unexpected meeting and recognition takes place under the roof of

Eumæus,—nor can any epic poem ever have described that meeting and

recognition without giving some account how Odysseus came thither.

Moreover, the first two books of the Odyssey distinctly lay the

ground, and carry expectation forward, to the final catastrophe

of the poem,—treating Telemachus as a subordinate person, and his

expedition as merely provisional towards an ulterior result. Nor can

I agree with W. Müller, that the real Odyssey might well be supposed

to begin with the fifth book. On the contrary, the exhibition of

the suitors and the Ithakesian agora, presented to us in the second

book, is absolutely essential to the full comprehension of the books

subsequent to the thirteenth. The suitors are far too important

personages in the poem to allow of their being first introduced in

so informal a manner as we read in the sixteenth book: indeed, the

passing allusions of Athênê (xiii. 310, 375) and Eumæus (xiv. 41,

81) to the suitors, presuppose cognizance of them on the part of the

hearer.

Lastly, the twofold discussion of the gods, at the beginning of the

first and fifth books, and the double interference of Athênê, far

from being a needless repetition, may be shown to suit perfectly

both the genuine epical conditions and the unity of the poem.[278]

For although the final consummation, and the organization of

measures against the suitors, was to be accomplished by Odysseus

and Telemachus jointly, yet the march and adventures of the two,

until the moment of their meeting in the dwelling of Eumæus, were

essentially distinct. But, according to the religious ideas of the

old epic, the presiding direction of Athênê was necessary for the

safety and success of both of them. Her first interference arouses

and inspires the son, her second produces the liberation of the

father,—constituting a point of union and common origination for two

lines of adventures, in both of which she takes earnest interest, but

which are necessarily for a time kept apart in order to coincide at

the proper moment.

[278] W. Müller is not correct in saying that, in the first

assembly of the gods, Zeus promises something which he does not

perform: Zeus does not _promise_ to send Hermes as messenger to

Kalypsô, in the first book, though Athênê urges him to do so.

Zeus, indeed, requires to be urged twice before he dictates to

Kalypsô the release of Odysseus, but he had already intimated, in

the first book, that he felt great difficulty in protecting the

hero, because of the wrath manifested against him by Poseidôn.

It will thus appear that the twice-repeated agora of the gods in the

Odyssey, bringing home, as it does to one and the same divine agent,

that double start which is essential to the scheme of the poem,

consists better with the supposition of premeditated unity than with

that of distinct self-existent parts. And, assuredly, the manner in

which Telemachus and Odysseus, both by different roads, are brought

into meeting and conjunction at the dwelling of Eumæus, is something

not only contrived, but very skilfully contrived. It is needless

to advert to the highly interesting character of Eumæus, rendered

available as a rallying-point, though in different ways, both to the

father and the son, over and above the sympathy which he himself

inspires.

If the Odyssey be not an original unity, of what self-existent

parts can we imagine it to have consisted? To this question it is

difficult to imagine a satisfactory reply: for the supposition that

Telemachus and his adventures may once have formed the subject of a

separate epos, apart from Odysseus, appears inconsistent with the

whole character of that youth as it stands in the poem, and with the

events in which he is made to take part. We could better imagine

the distribution of the adventures of Odysseus himself into two

parts,—one containing his wanderings and return, the other handling

his ill-treatment by the suitors, and his final triumph. But though

either of these two subjects might have been adequate to furnish

out a separate poem, it is nevertheless certain that, as they are

presented in the Odyssey, the former cannot be divorced from the

latter. The simple return of Odysseus, as it now stands in the

poem, could satisfy no one as a final close, so long as the suitors

remain in possession of his house, and forbid his reunion with his

wife. Any poem which treated his wanderings and return separately,

must have represented his reunion with Penelopê and restoration to

his house, as following naturally upon his arrival in Ithaka,—thus

taking little or no notice of the suitors. But this would be a

capital mutilation of the actual epical narrative, which considers

the suitors at home as an essential portion of the destiny of the

much-suffering hero, not less than his shipwrecks and trials at sea.

His return (separately taken) is foredoomed, according to the curse

of Polyphemus, executed by Poseidôn, to be long deferred, miserable,

solitary, and ending with destruction in his house to greet him;[279]

and the ground is thus laid, in the very recital of his wanderings,

for a new series of events which are to happen to him after his

arrival in Ithaka. There is no tenable halting-place between the

departure of Odysseus from Troy, and the final restoration to his

house and his wife. The distance between these two events may,

indeed, be widened, by accumulating new distresses and impediments,

but any separate portion of it cannot be otherwise treated than as a

fraction of the whole. The beginning and the end are here the data

in respect to epical genesis, though the intermediate events admit

of being conceived as variables, more or less numerous: so that the

conception of the whole may be said without impropriety both to

precede and to govern that of the constituent parts.

[279] Odyss. ix. 534.—

Ὀψὲ κακῶς ἔλθοι, ὀλέσας ἀπὸ πάντας ἑταίρους,

Νηὸς ἐπ᾽ ἀλλοτρίης, εὕροι δ᾽ ἐν πήματα οἴκῳ—

Ὣς ἔφατ᾽ εὐχόμενος· (the Cyclops to Poseidôn) τοῦ δ᾽ ἔκλυε Κυανοχαίτης.

The general result of a study of the Odyssey may be set down as

follows: 1. The poem, as it now stands, exhibits unequivocally

adaptation of parts and continuity of structure, whether by one

or by several consentient hands: it may, perhaps, be a secondary

formation, out of a preëxisting Odyssey of smaller dimensions;

but, if so, the parts of the smaller whole must have been so far

recast as to make them suitable members of the larger, and are noway

recognizable by us. 2. The subject-matter of the poem not only does

not favor, but goes far to exclude, the possibility of the Wolfian

hypothesis. Its events cannot be so arranged as to have composed

several antecedent substantive epics, afterwards put together into

the present aggregate. Its authors cannot have been mere compilers

of preëxisting materials, such as Peisistratus and his friends: they

must have been poets, competent to work such matter as they found,

into a new and enlarged design of their own. Nor can the age in

which this long poem, of so many thousand lines, was turned out as

a continuous aggregate, be separated from the ancient, productive,

inspired age of Grecian epic.

Arriving at such conclusions from the internal evidence of the

Odyssey,[280] we can apply them by analogy to the Iliad. We learn

something respecting the character and capacities of that early

age which has left no other mementos except these two poems. Long

continuous epics (it is observed by those who support the views

of Wolf), with an artistical structure, are inconsistent with the

capacities of a rude and non-writing age. Such epics (we may reply)

are _not inconsistent_ with the early age of the Greeks, and the

Odyssey is a proof of it; for in that poem the integration of the

whole, and the composition of the parts, must have been simultaneous.

The analogy of the Odyssey enables us to rebut that preconception

under which many ingenious critics sit down to the study of the

Iliad, and which induces them to explain all the incoherences of the

latter by breaking it up into smaller unities, as if short epics were

the only manifestation of poetical power which the age admitted.

There ought to be no reluctance in admitting a presiding scheme and

premeditated unity of parts, in so far as the parts themselves point

to such a conclusion.

[280] Wolf admits, in most unequivocal language, the compact

and artful structure of the Odyssey. Against this positive

internal evidence, he sets the general presumption, that no such

constructive art can possibly have belonged to a poet of the age

of Homer: “De Odysseâ maxime, cujus admirabilis summa et compages

pro præclarissimo monumento Græci ingenii habenda est.... Unde

fit ut Odysseam nemo, cui omnino priscus vates placeat, nisi

perlectam e manu deponere queat. At illa ars id ipsum est, quod

_vix ac ne vix quidem cadere_ videtur in vatem, singulas tantum

rhapsodias decantantem,” etc. (Prolegomen. pp. cxviii-cxx;

compare cxii.)

That the Iliad is not so essentially one piece as the Odyssey, every

man agrees. It includes a much greater multiplicity of events, and

what is yet more important, a greater multiplicity of prominent

personages: the very indefinite title which it bears, as contrasted

with the speciality of the name, _Odyssey_, marks the difference

at once. The parts stand out more conspicuously from the whole,

and admit more readily of being felt and appreciated in detached

recitation. We may also add, that it is of more unequal execution

than the Odyssey,—often rising to a far higher pitch of grandeur, but

also, occasionally, tamer: the story does not move on continuously;

incidents occur without plausible motive, nor can we shut our eyes to

evidences of incoherence and contradiction.

To a certain extent, the Iliad is open to all these remarks, though

Wolf and William Müller, and above all Lachmann, exaggerate the case

in degree. And from hence has been deduced the hypothesis which

treats the parts in their original state as separate integers,

independent of, and unconnected with, each other, and forced into

unity only by the afterthought of a subsequent age; or sometimes, not

even themselves as integers, but as aggregates grouped together out

of fragments still smaller,—short epics formed by the coalescence

of still shorter songs. Now there is some plausibility in these

reasonings, so long as the discrepancies are looked upon as the

whole of the case. But in point of fact they are not the whole of

the case: for it is not less true, that there are large portions

of the Iliad which present positive and undeniable evidences of

coherence as antecedent and consequent, though we are occasionally

perplexed by inconsistencies of detail. To deal with these latter,

is a portion of the duties of the critic. But he is not to treat the

Iliad as if inconsistency prevailed everywhere throughout its parts;

for coherence of parts—symmetrical antecedence and consequence—is

discernible throughout the larger half of the poem.

Now the Wolfian theory explains the gaps and contradictions

throughout the narrative, but it explains nothing else. If (as

Lachmann thinks) the Iliad originally consisted of sixteen songs,

or little substantive epics, (Lachmann’s sixteen songs cover the

space only as far as the 22d book, or the death of Hector, and two

more songs would have to be admitted for the 23d and 24th books),—not

only composed by different authors, but by each[281] without any view

to conjunction with the rest,—we have then no right to expect any

intrinsic continuity between them; and all that continuity which we

now find must be of extraneous origin. Where are we to look for the

origin? Lachmann follows Wolf, in ascribing the whole constructive

process to Peisistratus and his associates, at a period when the

creative epical faculty is admitted to have died out. But upon this

supposition, Peisistratus (or his associates) must have done much

more than omit, transpose, and interpolate, here and there; he must

have gone far to rewrite the whole poem. A great poet might have

recast preëxisting separate songs into one comprehensive whole, but

no mere arrangers or compilers would be competent to do so: and we

are thus left without any means of accounting for that degree of

continuity and consistence which runs through so large a portion of

the Iliad, though not through the whole. The idea that the poem,

as we read it, grew out of atoms not originally designed for the

places which they now occupy, involves us in new and inextricable

difficulties, when we seek to elucidate either the mode of

coalescence or the degree of existing unity.[282]

[281] Lachmann seems to admit one case in which the composer of

one song manifests cognizance of another song, and a disposition

to give what will form a sequel to it. His fifteenth song (the

Patrokleia) lasts from xv. 592 down to the end of the 17th book:

the sixteenth song (including the four next books, from eighteen

to twenty-two inclusive) is a continuation of the fifteenth,

but by a different poet. (Fernere Betrachtungen über die Ilias,

Abhandl. Berlin. Acad. 1841, sect. xxvi. xxviii. xxix. pp. 24,

34, 42.)

This admission of premeditated adaptation to a certain extent

breaks up the integrity of the Wolfian hypothesis.

[282] The advocates of the Wolfian theory, appear to feel the

difficulties which beset it; for their language is wavering in

respect to these supposed primary constituent atoms. Sometimes

Lachmann tells us, that the original pieces were much finer

poetry than the Iliad as we now read it; at another time, that

it cannot be now discovered what they originally were: nay, he

farther admits, (as remarked in the preceding note,) that the

poet of the sixteenth song had cognizance of the fifteenth.

But if it be granted that the original constituent songs were

so composed, though by different poets, as that the more recent

were adapted to the earlier with more or less dexterity and

success, this brings us into totally different conditions of the

problem. It is a virtual surrender of the Wolfian hypothesis,

which, however, Lachmann both means to defend, and does defend

with ability; though his vindication of it has, to my mind, only

the effect of exposing its inherent weakness by carrying it out

into something detailed and positive. I will add, in respect to

his Dissertations, so instructive as a microscopic examination

of the poem,—1. That I find myself constantly dissenting from

that critical feeling, on the strength of which he cuts out

parts as interpolations, and discovers traces of the hand of

distinct poets; 2. That his objections against the continuity

of the narrative are often founded upon lines which the ancient

scholiasts and Mr. Payne Knight had already pronounced to be

interpolations; 3. That such of his objections as are founded

upon lines undisputed, admit in many cases of a complete and

satisfactory reply.

Admitting then premeditated adaptation of parts to a certain extent

as essential to the Iliad, we may yet inquire, whether it was

produced all at once, or gradually enlarged,—whether by one author,

or by several; and, if the parts be of different age, which is the

primitive kernel, and which are the additions.

Welcker, Lange, and Nitzsch[283] treat the Homeric poems as

representing a second step in advance, in the progress of popular

poetry. First, comes the age of short narrative songs; next, when

these have become numerous, there arise constructive minds, who

recast and blend together many of them into a larger aggregate,

conceived upon some scheme of their own. The age of the epos is

followed by that of the epopee,—short, spontaneous effusions

preparing the way, and furnishing materials, for the architectonic

genius of the poet. It is farther presumed by the above-mentioned

authors, that the pre-Homeric epic included a great abundance of

such smaller songs,—a fact which admits of no proof, but which seems

countenanced by some passages in Homer, and is in itself no way

improbable. But the transition from such songs, assuming them to be

ever so numerous, to a combined and continuous poem, forms an epoch

in the intellectual history of the nation, implying mental qualities

of a higher order than those upon which the songs themselves depend.

Nor is it to be imagined that the materials pass unaltered from their

first state of isolation into their second state of combination.

They must of necessity be recast, and undergo an adapting process,

in which the genius of the organizing poet consists; nor can we

hope, by simply knowing them as they exist in the second stage, ever

to divine how they stood in the first. Such, in my judgment, is

the right conception of the Homeric epoch,—an organizing poetical

mind, still preserving that freshness of observation and vivacity of

details which constitutes the charm of the ballad.

[283] Lange, in his Letter to Goethe, Ueber die Einheit der

Iliade, p. 33 (1826); Nitzsch, Historia Homeri, Fasciculus 2,

Præfat. p. x.

Nothing is gained by studying the Iliad as a congeries of fragments

once independent of each other: no portion of the poem can be shown

to have ever been so, and the supposition introduces difficulties

greater than those which it removes. But it is not necessary to

affirm that the whole poem as we now read it, belonged to the

original and preconceived plan.[284] In this respect, the Iliad

produces, upon my mind, an impression totally different from the

Odyssey. In the latter poem, the characters and incidents are

fewer, and the whole plot appears of one projection, from the

beginning down to the death of the suitors: none of the parts look

as if they had been composed separately, and inserted by way of

addition into a preëxisting smaller poem. But the Iliad, on the

contrary, presents the appearance of a house built upon a plan

comparatively narrow, and subsequently enlarged by successive

additions. The first book, together with the eighth, and the books

from the eleventh to the twenty-second, inclusive, seem to form the

primary organization of the poem, then properly an Achillêis: the

twenty-third and twenty-fourth books are, perhaps, additions at

the tail of this primitive poem, which still leave it nothing more

than an enlarged Achillêis. But the books from the second to the

seventh, inclusive, together with the tenth, are of a wider and more

comprehensive character, and convert the poem from an Achillêis into

an Iliad.[285] The primitive frontispiece, inscribed with the anger

of Achilles, and its direct consequences, yet remains, after it has

ceased to be coextensive with the poem. The parts added, however, are

not necessarily inferior in merit to the original poem: so far is

this from being the case, that amongst them are comprehended some of

the noblest efforts of the Grecian epic. Nor are they more recent in

date than the original; strictly speaking, they must be a little more

recent, but they belong to the same generation and state of society

as the primitive Achillêis. These qualifications are necessary to

keep apart different questions, which, in discussions of Homeric

criticism, are but too often confounded.

[284] Even Aristotle, the great builder-up of the celebrity of

Homer as to epical aggregation, found some occasions (it appears)

on which he was obliged to be content with simply excusing,

without admiring, the poet (Poet. 44 τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀγαθοῖς ὁ

ποιητὴς ἡδύνων ἀφανίζει τὸ ἄτοπον.)

And Hermann observes justly, in his acute treatise De

Interpolationibus Homeri (Opuscula, tom. v. p. 53),—“Nisi

admirabilis illa Homericorum carminum suavitas lectorum animos

quasi incantationibus quibusdam captos teneret, non tam facile

delitescerent, quæ accuratius considerata, et multo minus apte

quam quis jure postulet composita esse apparere necesse est.”

This treatise contains many criticisms on the structure of the

Iliad, some of them very well founded, though there are many from

which I dissent.

[285] In reference to the books from the second to the seventh,

inclusive, I agree with the observations of William Müller,

Homerische Vorschule, Abschnitt viii. pp. 116-118.

If we take those portions of the poem which I imagine to have

constituted the original Achillêis, it will be found that the

sequence of events contained in them is more rapid, more unbroken,

and more intimately knit together in the way of cause and effect,

than in the other books. Heyne and Lachmann, indeed, with other

objecting critics, complains of the action in them as being too much

crowded and hurried, since one day lasts from the beginning of the

eleventh book to the middle of the eighteenth, without any sensible

halt in the march throughout so large a portion of the journey.

Lachmann, likewise, admits that those separate songs, into which he

imagines that the whole Iliad may be dissected, cannot be severed

with the same sharpness, in the books subsequent to the eleventh,

as in those before it.[286] There is only one real halting-place

from the eleventh book to the twenty-second,—the death of Patroclus;

and this can never be conceived as the end of a separate poem,[287]

though it is a capital step in the development of the Achillêis, and

brings about that entire revolution in the temper of Achilles which

was essential for the purpose of the poet. It would be a mistake to

imagine that there ever could have existed a separate poem called

Patrocleia, though a part of the Iliad was designated by that name.

For Patroclus has no substantive position: he is the attached friend

and second of Achilles, but nothing else,—standing to the latter in

a relation of dependence resembling that of Telemachus to Odysseus.

And the way in which Patroclus is dealt with in the Iliad, is, (in

my judgment,) the most dexterous and artistical contrivance in

the poem,—that which approaches nearest to the neat tissue of the

Odyssey.[288]

[286] Lachmann, Fernere Betrachtungen über die Ilias,

Abhandlungen Berlin. Acad. 1841, p. 4.

After having pointed out certain discrepancies which he maintains

to prove different composing hands, he adds: “Nevertheless, we

must be careful not to regard the single constituent songs in

this part of the poem as being distinct and separable in a degree

equal to those in the first half; for they all with one accord

harmonize in one particular circumstance, which, with reference

to the story of the Iliad, is not less important even than the

anger of Achilles, viz. that the three most distinguished heroes,

Agamemnôn, Odysseus, and Diomêdês, all become disabled throughout

the whole duration of the battles.”

Important for the story of the _Achillêis_, I should say, not

for that of the _Iliad_. This remark of Lachmann is highly

illustrative for the distinction between the original and the

enlarged poem.

[287] I confess my astonishment that a man of so much genius and

power of thought as M. Benjamin Constant, should have imagined

the original Iliad to have concluded with the death of Patroclus,

on the ground that Achilles then becomes reconciled with

Agamemnôn. See the review of B. Constant’s work, De la Religion,

etc., by O. Müller, in the Kleine Schriften of the latter, vol.

ii. p. 74.

[288] He appears as the mediator between the insulted Achilles

and the Greeks, manifesting kindly sympathies for the latter

without renouncing his fidelity to the former. The wounded

Machaon, an object of interest to the whole camp, being carried

off the field by Nestor,—Achilles, looking on from his distant

ship, sends Patroclus to inquire whether it be really Machaon;

which enables Nestor to lay before Patroclus the deplorable state

of the Grecian host, as a motive to induce him and Achilles again

to take arms. The compassionate feelings of Patroclus being

powerfully touched, he is hastening to enforce upon Achilles the

urgent necessity of giving help, when he meets Eurypylus crawling

out of the field, helpless with a severe wound, and imploring

his succor. He supports the wounded warrior to his tent, and

ministers to his suffering; but before this operation is fully

completed, the Grecian host has been totally driven back, and the

Trojans are on the point of setting fire to the ships: Patroclus

then hurries to Achilles to proclaim the desperate peril which

hangs over them all, and succeeds in obtaining his permission

to take the field at the head of the Myrmidons. The way in

which Patroclus is kept present to the hearer, as a prelude to

his brilliant but short-lived display, when he comes forth in

arms,—the contrast between his characteristic gentleness and the

ferocity of Achilles,—and the natural train of circumstances

whereby he is made the vehicle of reconciliation on the part of

his offended friend, and rescue to his imperiled countrymen,—all

these exhibit a degree of epical skill, in the author of the

primitive Achillêis, to which nothing is found parallel in the

added books of the Iliad.

The great and capital misfortune which prostrates the strength of the

Greeks, and renders them incapable of defending themselves without

Achilles, is the disablement, by wounds, of Agamemnôn, Diomêdês, and

Odysseus; so that the defence of the wall and of the ships is left

only to heroes of the second magnitude (Ajax alone excepted), such as

Idomeneus, Leonteus, Polypœtês, Merionês, Menelaus, etc. Now, it is

remarkable that all these three first-rate chiefs are in full force

at the beginning of the eleventh book: all three are wounded in the

battle which that book describes, and at the commencement of which

Agamemnôn is full of spirits and courage.

Nothing can be more striking than the manner in which Homer

concentrates our attention in the first book upon Achilles as

the hero, his quarrel with Agamemnôn, and the calamities to the

Greeks which are held out as about to ensue from it, through the

intercession of Thetis with Zeus. But the incidents dwelt upon from

the beginning of the second book down to the combat between Hector

and Ajax in the seventh, animated and interesting as they are, do

nothing to realize this promise. They are a splendid picture of the

Trojan war generally, and eminently suitable to that larger title

under which the poem has been immortalized,—but the consequences of

the anger of Achilles do not appear until the eighth book. The tenth

book, or Doloneia, is also a portion of the Iliad, but not of the

Achillêis: while the ninth book appears to me a subsequent addition,

nowise harmonizing with that main stream of the Achillêis which flows

from the eleventh book to the twenty-second. The eighth book ought

to be read in immediate connection with the eleventh, in order to

see the structure of what seems the primitive Achillêis; for there

are several passages in the eleventh and the following books, which

prove that the poet who composed them could not have had present to

his mind the main event of the ninth book,—the outpouring of profound

humiliation by the Greeks, and from Agamemnôn, especially, before

Achilles, coupled with formal offers to restore Brisêis, and pay the

amplest compensation for past wrong.[289] The words of Achilles (not

less than those of Patroclus and Nestor) in the eleventh and in the

following books, plainly imply that the humiliation of the Greeks

before him, for which he thirsts, is as yet future and contingent;

that no plenary apology has yet been tendered, nor any offer made of

restoring Brisêis; while both Nestor and Patroclus, with all their

wish to induce him to take arms, never take notice of the offered

atonement and restitution, but view him as one whose ground for

quarrel stands still the same as it did at the beginning. Moreover,

if we look at the first book,—the opening of the Achillêis,—we shall

see that this prostration of Agamemnôn and the chief Grecian heroes

before Achilles, would really be the termination of the whole poem;

for Achilles asks nothing more from Thetis, nor Thetis anything more

from Zeus, than that Agamemnôn and the Greeks may be brought to know

the wrong they have done to their capital warrior, and humbled in the

dust in expiation of it. We may add, that the abject terror in which

Agamemnôn appears in the ninth book, when he sends the supplicatory

message to Achilles, as it is not adequately accounted for by the

degree of calamity which the Greeks have experienced in the preceding

(eighth) book, so it is inconsistent with the gallantry and high

spirit with which he shines at the beginning of the eleventh.[290]

The situation of the Greeks only becomes desperate when the three

great chiefs, Agamemnôn, Odysseus, and Diomêdês, are disabled by

wounds;[291] this is the irreparable calamity which works upon

Patroclus, and through him upon Achilles. The ninth book, as it

now stands, seems to me an addition, by a different hand, to the

original Achillêis, framed so as both to forestall and to spoil the

nineteenth book, which is the real reconciliation of the two inimical

heroes: I will venture to add, that it carries the pride and egotism

of Achilles beyond even the largest exigences of insulted honor,

and is shocking to that sentiment of Nemesis which was so deeply

seated in the Grecian mind. We forgive any excess of fury against the

Trojans and Hector, after the death of Patroclus; but that he should

remain unmoved by restitution, by abject supplications, and by the

richest atoning presents, tendered from the Greeks, indicates an

implacability such as neither the first book, nor the books between

the eleventh and seventeenth, convey.

[289] Observe, for example, the following passages:—

1. Achilles, standing on the prow of his ship, sees the general

army of Greeks undergoing defeat by the Trojans, and also sees

Nestor conveying in his chariot a wounded warrior from the field.

He sends Patroclus to find out who the wounded man is: in calling

forth Patroclus, he says (xi. 607),—

Δῖε Μενοιτιάδη τῷ ᾽μῷ κεχαρισμένε θυμῷ,

Νῦν οἴω περὶ γούνατ᾽ ἐμὰ στήσεσθαι Ἀχαιοὺς

Λισσομένους· χρείω γὰρ ἱκάνεται οὔκετ᾽ ἀνεκτός.

Heyne, in his comment, asks the question, not unnaturally,

“Pœnituerat igitur asperitatis erga priorem legationem, an homo

arrogans expectaverat alteram ad se missam iri?” I answer,

neither one nor the other: the words imply that he had received

_no embassy_ at all. He is still the same Achilles who in the

first book paced alone by the seashore, devouring his own soul

under a sense of bitter affront, and praying to Thetis to aid

his revenge: this revenge is now about to be realized, and he

hails its approach with delight. But if we admit the embassy

of the ninth book to intervene, the passage becomes a glaring

inconsistency for that which Achilles anticipates as future,

and even yet as contingent, _had actually occurred_ on the

previous evening; the Greeks _had_ supplicated at his feet,—they

_had proclaimed_ their intolerable need,—and he had spurned

them. The Scholiast, in his explanation of these lines, after

giving the plain meaning, that “Achilles shows what he has long

been desiring, to see the Greeks in a state of supplication

to him,”—seems to recollect that this is in contradiction to

the ninth book, and tries to remove the contradiction, by

saying “that he had been previously mollified by conversation

with Phœnix,”—ἤδη δὲ προμαλαχθεὶς ἦν ἐκ τῶν Φοίνικος λόγων,—a

supposition neither countenanced by anything in the poet, nor

sufficient to remove the difficulty.

2. The speech of Poseidôn (xiii. 115) to encourage the dispirited

Grecian heroes, in which, after having admitted the injury done

to Achilles by Agamemnôn, he recommends an effort to heal the

sore, and intimates “that the minds of good men admit of this

healing process,” (Ἀλλ᾽ ἀκεώμεθα θᾶσσον· ἀκεσταί τε φρένες

ἐσθλῶν,) is certainly not very consistent with the supposition

that this attempt to heal _had been made_ in the best possible

way, and that Achilles had manifested a mind implacable in the

extreme on the evening before,—while the mind of Agamemnôn was

already brought to proclaimed humiliation, and needed no farther

healing.

3. And what shall we say to the language of Achilles and

Patroclus, at the beginning of the sixteenth book, just at the

moment when the danger has reached its maximum, and when Achilles

is about to send forth his friend?

Neither Nestor, when he invokes and instructs Patroclus as

intercessor with Achilles (xi. 654-790), nor Patroclus himself,

though in the extreme of anxiety to work upon the mind of

Achilles, and reproaching him with hardness of heart,—ever bring

to remembrance the ample atonement which had been tendered

to him; while Achilles himself repeats the original ground

of quarrel, the wrong offered to him in taking away Brisêis,

continuing the language of the first book; then, without the

least allusion to the atonement and restitution since tendered,

he yields to his friend’s proposition, just like a man whose

wrong remained unredressed, but who was, nevertheless, forced to

take arms by necessity (xvi. 60-63):—

Ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν προτετύχθαι ἐάσομεν, οὔδ᾽ ἄρα πως ἦν

Ἀσπερχὲς κεχολῶσθαι ἐνὶ φρεσίν· ἤτοι ἔφην γε

Οὐ πρὶν μηνιθμὸν καταπαύσεμεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὁπόταν δὴ

Νῆας ἐμὰς ἀφίκηται ἀϋτή τε πτόλεμός τε.

I agree with the Scholiast and Heyne in interpreting ἔφην γε

as equivalent to διενοήθην,—not as referring to any express

antecedent declaration.

Again, farther on in the same speech, “The Trojans (Achilles

says) now press boldly forward upon the ships, for they no longer

see the blaze of my helmet: but if Agamemnôn _were favorably

disposed towards me_, they would presently run away and fill the

ditches with their dead bodies” (71):—

... τάχα κεν φεύγοντες ἐναύλους

Πλήσειαν νεκύων, εἴ μοι κρείων Ἀγαμέμνων

Ἤπια εἰδείη· νῦν δὲ στράτον ἀμφιμάχονται.

Now here again, if we take our start from the first book,

omitting the ninth, the sentiment is perfectly just. But assume

the ninth book, and it becomes false and misplaced; for Agamemnôn

is then a prostrate and repentant man, not merely “favorably

disposed” towards Achilles, but offering to pay any price for the

purpose of appeasing him.

4. Again, a few lines farther, in the same speech, Achilles

permits Patroclus to go forth, in consideration of the extreme

peril of the fleet, but restricts him simply to avert this peril

and do nothing more: “Obey my words, so that you may procure _for

me honor_ and glory from _the body of Greeks_, and that they may

send back to me the damsel, giving me ample presents besides:

when you have driven the Trojans from the ships, come back

again”:—

Ὡς ἄν μοι τιμὴν μεγάλην καὶ κῦδος ἄροιο

Πρὸς πάντων Δαναῶν· ἀτὰρ οἳ περικαλλέα κούρην

Ἄψ ἀπονάσσωσι, προτὶ δ᾽ ἀγλαὰ δῶρα πόρωσιν·

Ἐκ νηῶν ἐλάσας, ἰέναι πάλιν (84-87).

How are we to reconcile this with the ninth book, where Achilles

declares that he does not care for being honored by the Greeks,

ix. 604? In the mouth of the affronted Achilles, of the first

book, such words are apt enough: he will grant succor, but only

to the extent necessary for the emergency, and in such a way as

to insure redress for his own wrong,—which redress he has no

reason as yet to conclude that Agamemnôn is willing to grant.

But the ninth book _has actually_ tendered to him everything

which he here demands, and even more (the daughter of Agamemnôn

in marriage, without the price usually paid for a bride, etc.):

Brisêis, whom now he is so anxious to repossess, was then offered

in restitution, and he disdained the offer. Mr. Knight, in

fact, strikes out these lines as spurious; partly, because they

contradict the ninth book, where Achilles has actually rejected

what he here thirsts for (“Dona cum puellâ jam antea oblata

aspernatus erat,”)—partly because he thinks that they express a

sentiment unworthy of Achilles; in which latter criticism I do

not concur.

5. We proceed a little farther to the address of Patroclus to the

Myrmidons, as he is conducting them forth to the battle: “Fight

bravely, Myrmidons, that we may bring honor to Achilles; and

that the wide-ruling Agamemnôn may know the mad folly which he

committed, when he dishonored the bravest of the Greeks.”

To impress this knowledge upon Agamemnôn was no longer necessary.

The ninth book records his humiliating confession of it,

accompanied by atonement and reparation. To teach him the lesson

a second time, is to break the bruised reed,—to slay the slain.

But leave out the ninth book, and the motive is the natural

one,—both for Patroclus to offer, and for the Myrmidons to obey:

Achilles still remains a dishonored man, and to humble the rival

who has dishonored him is the first of all objects, as well with

his friends as with himself.

6. Lastly, the time comes when Achilles, in deep anguish for

the death of Patroclus, looks back with aversion and repentance

to the past. To what point should we expect that his repentance

would naturally turn? Not to his primary quarrel with Agamemnôn,

in which he had been undeniably wronged,—but to the scene in

the ninth book, where the maximum of atonement for the previous

wrong is tendered to him and scornfully rejected. Yet when we

turn to xviii. 108, and xix. 55, 68, 270, we find him reverting

to the primitive quarrel in the first book, just as if it had

been the last incident in his relations with Agamemnôn: moreover,

Agamemnôn (xix. 86), in _his_ speech of reconciliation, treats

the past just in the same way,—deplores his original insanity in

wronging Achilles.

7. When we look to the prayers of Achilles and Thetis, addressed

to Zeus in the first book, we find that the consummation prayed

for is,—honor to Achilles,—redress for the wrong offered to

him,—victory to the Trojans until Agamemnôn and the Greeks shall

be made bitterly sensible of the wrong which they have done to

their bravest warrior (i. 409-509). Now this consummation is

brought about in the ninth book. Achilles can get no more, nor

does he ultimately get more, either in the way of redress to

himself or remorseful humiliation of Agamemnôn, than what is here

tendered. The defeat which the Greeks suffer in the battle of

the eighth book (Κόλος Μάχη) has brought about the consummation.

The subsequent and much more destructive defeats which they

undergo are thus causeless: yet Zeus is represented as inflicting

them reluctantly, and only because they are necessary to honor

Achilles (xiii. 350; xv. 75, 235, 598; compare also viii. 372 and

475).

If we reflect upon the constitution of the poem, we shall see

that the fundamental sequence of ideas in it is, a series of

misfortunes to the Greeks, brought on by Zeus for the special

purpose of procuring atonement to Achilles and bringing

humiliation on Agamemnôn: the introduction of Patroclus superadds

new motives of the utmost interest, but it is most harmoniously

worked into the fundamental sequence. Now the intrusion of the

ninth book breaks up the scheme of the poem by disuniting the

sequence: Agamemnôn is on his knees before Achilles, entreating

pardon and proffering reparation, yet the calamities of the

Greeks become more and more dreadful. The atonement of the ninth

book comes at the wrong time and in the wrong manner.

There are four passages (and only four, so far as I am aware)

in which the embassy of the ninth book is alluded to in the

subsequent books: one in xviii. 444-456, which was expunged as

spurious by Aristarchus (see the Scholia and Knight’s commentary,

_ad loc._); and three others in the following book, wherein the

gifts previously tendered by Odysseus as the envoy of Agamemnôn

are noticed as identical with the gifts actually given in the

nineteenth book. I feel persuaded that these passages (vv.

140-141, 192-195, and 243) are specially inserted for the purpose

of establishing a connection between the ninth book and the

nineteenth. The four lines (192-195) are decidedly better away:

the first two lines (140-141) are noway necessary; while the

word χθιζὸς (which occurs in both passages) is only rendered

admissible by being stretched to mean _nudius tertius_ (Heyne,

_ad loc._).

I will only farther remark with respect to the ninth book,

that the speech of Agamemnôn (17-28), the theme for the rebuke

of Diomêdês and the obscure commonplace of Nestor, is taken

verbatim from his speech in the second book, in which place

the proposition, of leaving the place and flying, is made, not

seriously, but as a stratagem (ii. 110, 118, 140).

The length of this note can only be excused by its direct bearing

upon the structure of the Iliad. To show that the books from the

eleventh downwards are composed by a poet who has no knowledge

of the ninth book, is, in my judgment, a very important point of

evidence in aiding us to understand what the original Achillêis

was. The books from the second to the seventh inclusive are

insertions into the Achillêis, and lie apart from its plot, but

do not violently contradict it, except in regard to the agora

of the gods at the beginning of the fourth book, and the almost

mortal wound of Sarpêdon in his battle with Tlepolemus. But the

ninth book overthrows the fundamental scheme of the poem.

[290] Helbig (Sittl. Zustände des Heldenalters, p. 30) says,

“The consciousness in the bosom of Agamemnôn that he has offered

atonement to Achilles strengthens his confidence and valor,” &c.

This is the idea of the critic, not of the poet. It does not

occur in the Iliad, though the critic not unnaturally imagines

that it _must_ occur. Agamemnôn never says, “I was wrong in

provoking Achilles, but you see I have done everything which man

could do to beg his pardon.” Assuming the ninth book to be a part

of the original conception, this feeling is so natural, that we

could hardly fail to find it, at the beginning of the eleventh

book, numbered among the motives of Agamemnôn.

[291] Iliad, xi. 659; xiv. 128; xvi. 25.

It is with the Grecian agora, in the beginning of the second

book, that the Iliad (as distinguished from the Achillêis)

commences,—continued through the Catalogue, the muster of the two

armies, the single combat between Menelaus and Paris, the renewed

promiscuous battle caused by the arrow of Pandarus, the (Epipôlêsis,

or) personal circuit of Agamemnôn round the army, the Aristeia, or

brilliant exploits of Diomêdês, the visit of Hector to Troy for

the purposes of sacrifice, his interview with Andromachê, and his

combat with Ajax,—down to the seventh book. All these are beautiful

poetry, presenting to us the general Trojan war, and its conspicuous

individuals under different points of view, but leaving no room in

the reader’s mind for the thought of Achilles. Now, the difficulty

for an enlarging poet, was, to pass from the Achillêis in the

first book, to the Iliad in the second, and it will accordingly be

found that here is an awkwardness in the structure of the poem,

which counsel on the poet’s behalf (ancient or modern) do not

satisfactorily explain.

In the first book, Zeus has promised Thetis, that he will punish

the Greeks for the wrong done to Achilles: in the beginning of the

second book, he deliberates how he shall fulfil the promise, and

sends down for that purpose “mischievous Oneirus” (the Dream-god) to

visit Agamemnôn in his sleep, to assure him that the gods have now

with one accord consented to put Troy into his hands, and to exhort

him forthwith to the assembling of his army for the attack. The

ancient commentators were here perplexed by the circumstance that

Zeus puts a falsehood into the mouth of Oneirus. But there seems no

more difficulty in explaining this, than in the narrative of the book

of 1 Kings (chap. xxii. 20), where Jehovah is mentioned to have put a

lying spirit into the mouth of Ahab’s prophets,—the real awkwardness

is, that Oneirus and his falsehood produce no effect. For in the

first place, Agamemnôn takes a step very different from that which

his dream recommends,—and in the next place, when the Grecian army

is at length armed and goes forth to battle, it does not experience

defeat, (which would be the case if the exhortation of Oneirus really

proved mischievous,) but carries on a successful day’s battle,

chiefly through the heroism of Diomêdês. Instead of arming the Greeks

forthwith, Agamemnôn convokes first a council of chiefs, and next

an agora of the host. And though himself in a temper of mind highly

elate with the deceitful assurances of Oneirus, he deliberately

assumes the language of despair in addressing the troops, having

previously prepared Nestor and Odysseus for his doing so,—merely in

order to try the courage of the men, and with formal instructions,

given to these two other chiefs, that they are to speak in opposition

to him. Now this intervention of Zeus and Oneirus, eminently

unsatisfactory when coupled with the incidents which now follow it,

and making Zeus appear, but only appear, to realize his promise of

honoring Achilles as well as of hurting the Greeks,—forms exactly the

point of junction between the Achillêis and the Iliad.[292]

[292] The intervention of Oneirus ought rather to come as an

immediate preliminary to book viii. than to book ii. The first

forty-seven lines of book ii would fit on and read consistently

at the beginning of book viii, the events of which book form a

proper sequel to the mission of Oneirus.

The freak which Agamemnôn plays off upon the temper of his army,

though in itself childish, serves a sufficient purpose, not only

because it provides a special matter of interest to be submitted to

the Greeks, but also because it calls forth the splendid description,

so teeming with vivacious detail, of the sudden breaking up of the

assembly after Agamemnôn’s harangue, and of the decisive interference

of Odysseus to bring the men back, as well as to put down Thersitês.

This picture of the Greeks in agora, bringing out the two chief

speaking and counselling heroes, was so important a part of the

general Trojan war, that the poet has permitted himself to introduce

it by assuming an inexplicable folly on the part of Agamemnôn; just

as he has ushered in another fine scene in the third book,—the

Teichoskopy, or conversation, between Priam and Helen on the walls of

Troy,—by admitting the supposition that the old king, in the tenth

year of the war, did not know the persons of Agamemnôn and the other

Grecian chiefs. This may serve as an explanation of the delusion

practised by Agamemnôn towards his assembled host; but it does not at

all explain the tame and empty intervention of Oneirus.[293]

[293] O. Müller, (History of Greek Literature, ch. v. § 8,)

doubts whether the beginning of the second book was written “by

the ancient Homer, or by one of the later Homerids:” he thinks

the speech of Agamemnôn, wherein he plays off the deceit upon

his army, is “a copious parody (of the same words used in the

ninth book) composed by a later Homerid, and inserted in the room

of an originally shorter account of the arming of the Greeks.”

He treats the scene in the Grecian agora as “an entire mythical

comedy, full of fine irony and with an amusing plot, in which the

deceiving and deceived Agamemnôn is the chief character.”

The comic or ironical character which is here ascribed to the

second book appears to me fanciful and incorrect; but Müller

evidently felt the awkwardness of the opening incident, though

his way of accounting for it is not successful. The second book

seems to my judgment just as serious as any part of the poem.

I think also that the words alluded to by O. Müller in the ninth

book are a transcript of those in the second, instead of the

reverse, as he believes,—because it seems probable that the ninth

book is an addition made to the poem after the books between the

first and the eighth had been already inserted,—it is certainly

introduced after the account of the fortification, contained in

the seventh book, had become a part of the poem: see ix. 349. The

author of the Embassy to Achilles fancied that that hero had been

too long out of sight, and out of mind,—a supposition for which

there was no room in the original Achillêis, when the eighth and

eleventh books followed in immediate succession to the first, but

which offers itself naturally to any one on reading our present

Iliad.

If the initial incident of the second book, whereby we pass out

of the Achillêis into the Iliad, is awkward, so also the final

incident of the seventh book, immediately before we come back into

the Achillêis, is not less unsatisfactory,—I mean, the construction

of the wall and ditch round the Greek camp. As the poem now stands,

no plausible reason is assigned why this should be done. Nestor

proposes it without any constraining necessity: for the Greeks are in

a career of victory, and the Trojans are making offers of compromise

which imply conscious weakness,—while Diomêdês is so confident of

the approaching ruin of Troy, that he dissuades his comrades from

receiving even Helen herself, if the surrender should be tendered.

“Many Greeks have been slain,” it is true,[294] as Nestor observes;

but an equal or greater number of Trojans have been slain, and all

the Grecian heroes are yet in full force: the absence of Achilles is

not even adverted to.

[294] Iliad, vii. 327.

Now this account of the building of the fortification seems to be

an after-thought, arising out of the enlargement of the poem beyond

its original scheme. The original Achillêis, passing at once from the

first to the eighth,[295] and from thence to the eleventh book, might

well assume the fortification,—and talk of it as a thing existing,

without adducing any special reason why it was erected. The hearer

would naturally comprehend and follow the existence of a ditch and

wall round the ships, as a matter of course, provided there was

nothing in the previous narrative to make him believe that the Greeks

had originally been without these bulwarks. And since the Achillêis,

immediately after the promise of Zeus to Thetis, at the close of the

first book, went on to describe the fulfilment of that promise and

the ensuing disasters of the Greeks, there was nothing to surprise

any one in hearing that their camp was fortified. But the case was

altered when the first and the eighth books were parted asunder, in

order to make room for descriptions of temporary success and glory

on the part of the besieging army. The brilliant scenes sketched in

the books, from the second to the seventh, mention no fortification,

and even imply its nonexistence; yet, since notice of it occurs

amidst the first description of Grecian disasters in the eighth

book, the hearer, who had the earlier books present to his memory,

might be surprised to find a fortification mentioned immediately

afterwards, unless the construction of it were specially announced

to have intervened. But it will at once appear, that there was some

difficulty in finding a good reason why the Greeks should begin to

fortify at this juncture, and that the poet who discovered the gap

might not be enabled to fill it up with success. As the Greeks have

got on, up to this moment, without the wall, and as we have heard

nothing but tales of their success, why should they now think farther

laborious precautions for security necessary? We will not ask, why

the Trojans should stand quietly by and permit a wall to be built,

since the truce was concluded expressly for burying the dead.[296]

[295] Heyne treats the eighth book as decidedly a separate song,

or epic; a supposition which the language of Zeus and the agora

of the gods at the beginning are alone sufficient to refute,

in my judgment (Excursus 1, ad lib. xi. vol. vi. p. 269). This

Excursus, in describing the sequence of events in the Iliad,

passes at once and naturally from book eighth to book eleventh.

And Mr. Payne Knight, when he defends book eleventh against

Heyne, says, “Quæ in undecimâ rhapsodiâ Iliadis narrata sunt,

haud minus ex ante narratis pendent: neque rationem pugnæ

commissæ, neque rerum in eâ gestarum nexum atque ordinem,

quisquam intelligere posset, nisi _iram et secessum_ Achillis, et

_victoriam_ quam Trojani inde consecuti erant, antea cognosset.”

(Prolegom. c. xxix.)

Perfectly true: to understand the eleventh book, we must have

before us the first and the eighth (which are those that describe

the anger and withdrawal of Achilles, and the defeat which the

Greeks experience in consequence of it); we may dispense with the

rest.

[296] O. Müller (Hist. Greek Literat. ch. v. § 6) says, about

this wall: “Nor is it until the Greeks are _taught by the

experience of the first day’s fighting_, that the Trojans can

resist them in open battle, that the Greeks build the wall round

their ships.... This appeared to Thucydidês so little conformable

to historical probability, that, without regard to the authority

of Homer, he placed the building of these walls immediately after

the landing.”

It is to be lamented, I think, that Thucydidês took upon him to

determine the point at all as a matter of history; but when he

once undertook this, the account in the Iliad was not of a nature

to give him much satisfaction, nor does the reason assigned by

Müller make it better. It is implied in Müller’s reason that,

before the first day’s battle, the Greeks did not believe that

the Trojans _could_ resist them in open battle: the Trojans

(according to him) never had maintained the field, so long as

Achilles was up and fighting on the Grecian side, and therefore

the Greeks were quite astonished to find now, for the first time,

that they _could_ do so.

Now nothing can be more at variance with the tenor of the second

and following books than this supposition. The Trojans come forth

readily and fight gallantly; neither Agamemnôn, nor Nestor, nor

Odysseus consider them as enemies who cannot hold front; and the

circuit of exhortation by Agamemnôn (Epipôlêsis), so strikingly

described in the fourth book, proves that _he_ does not

anticipate a very easy victory. Nor does Nestor, in proposing the

construction of the wall, give the smallest hint that the power

of the Trojans to resist in the open field was to the Greeks an

unexpected discovery.

The reason assigned by Müller, then, is a fancy of his own,

proceeding from the same source of mistake as others among his

remarks; because he tries to find, in the books between the

first and eighth, a governing reference to Achilles (the point

of view of the Achillêis), which those books distinctly refuse.

The Achillêis was a poem of Grecian disasters up to the time when

Achilles sent forth Patroclus; and during those disasters, it

might suit the poet to refer by contrast to the past time when

Achilles was active, and to say that _then_ the Trojans did not

dare even to present themselves in battle-array in the field,

whereas _now_ they were assailing the ships. But the author of

books ii. to vii. has no wish to glorify Achilles: he gives us a

picture of the Trojan war generally, and describes the Trojans,

not only as brave and equal enemies, but well known by the Greeks

themselves to be so.

The building of the Grecian wall, as it now stands described,

is an unexplained proceeding, which Müller’s ingenuity does not

render consistent.

The tenth book, or Doloneia, was considered by some of the ancient

scholiasts,[297] and has been confidently set forth by the modern

Wolfian critics, as originally a separate poem, inserted by

Peisistratus into the Iliad. How it can ever have been a separate

poem, I do not understand. It is framed with great specialty for the

antecedent circumstances under which it occurs, and would suit for

no other place; though capable of being separately recited, inasmuch

as it has a definite beginning and end, like the story of Nisus and

Euryalus in the Æneid. But while distinctly presupposing and resting

upon the incidents in the eighth book, and in line 88 of the ninth,

(probably, the appointment of sentinels on the part of the Greeks,

as well of the Trojans, formed the close of the battle described in

the eighth book,) it has not the slightest bearing upon the events of

the eleventh or the following books: it goes to make up the general

picture of the Trojan war, but lies quite apart from the Achillêis.

And this is one mark of a portion subsequently inserted,—that, though

fitted on to the parts which precede, it has no influence on those

which follow.

[297] Schol. ad Iliad. x. 1.

If the proceedings of the combatants on the plain of Troy, between

the first and the eighth book, have no reference either to Achilles,

or to an Achillêis, we find Zeus in Olympus still more completely

putting that hero out of the question, at the beginning of the fourth

book. He is in this last-mentioned passage the Zeus of the Iliad,

not of the Achillêis. Forgetful of his promise to Thetis, in the

first book, he discusses nothing but the question of continuance or

termination of the war, and manifests anxiety only for the salvation

of Troy, in opposition to the miso-Trojan goddesses, who prevent him

from giving effect to the victory of Menelaus over Paris, and the

stipulated restitution of Helen,—in which case, of course, the wrong

offered to Achilles would remain unexpiated. An attentive comparison

will render it evident that the poet who composed the discussion

among the gods, at the beginning of the fourth book, has not been

careful to put himself in harmony either with the Zeus of the first

book, or with the Zeus of the eighth.

So soon as we enter upon the eleventh book, the march of the poem

becomes quite different. We are then in a series of events, each

paving the way for that which follows, and all conducing to the

result promised in the first book,—the reappearance of Achilles,

as the only means of saving the Greeks from ruin,—preceded by

ample atonement,[298] and followed by the maximum both of glory

and revenge. The intermediate career of Patroclus introduces new

elements, which, however, are admirably woven into the scheme of the

poem, as disclosed in the first book. I shall not deny that there are

perplexities in the detail of events, as described in the battles

at the Grecian wall, and before the ships, from the eleventh to the

sixteenth books, but they appear only cases of partial confusion,

such as may be reasonably ascribed to imperfections of text: the main

sequence remains coherent and intelligible. We find no considerable

events which could be left out without breaking the thread, nor any

incongruity between one considerable event and another. There is

nothing between the eleventh and twenty-second books, which is at all

comparable to the incongruity between the Zeus of the fourth book and

the Zeus of the first and eighth. It may, perhaps, be true, that the

shield of Achilles is a superadded amplification of that which was

originally announced in general terms,—because the poet, from the

eleventh to the twenty-second books, has observed such good economy

of his materials, that he is hardly likely to have introduced one

particular description of such disproportionate length, and having so

little connection with the series of events. But I see no reason for

believing that it is an addition materially later than the rest of

the poem.

[298] Agamemnôn, after deploring the misguiding influence of Atê,

which induced him to do the original wrong to Achilles, says

(xix. 88-137),—

Ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἀασάμην καί μευ φρένας ἐξέλετο Ζεὺς,

Ἄψ ἐθέλω ἀρέσαι, δόμεναί τ᾽ ἀπερείσι᾽ ἄποινα, etc.

It must be confessed, that the supposition here advanced, in

reference to the structure of the Iliad, is not altogether free

from difficulties, because the parts constituting the original

Achillêis[299] have been more or less altered or interpolated, to

suit the additions made to it, particularly in the eighth book. But

it presents fewer difficulties than any other supposition, and it

is the only means, so far as I know, of explaining the difference

between one part of the Iliad and another; both the continuity of

structure, and the conformity to the opening promise, which are

manifest when we read the books in the order i. viii. xi. to xxii,

as contrasted with the absence of these two qualities in books ii.

to vii. ix. and x. An entire organization, preconceived from the

beginning, would not be likely to produce any such disparity, nor is

any such visible in the Odyssey;[300] still less would the result

be explained by supposing integers originally separate, and brought

together without any designed organization. And it is between these

three suppositions that our choice has to be made. A scheme, and a

large scheme too, must unquestionably be admitted as the basis of

any sufficient hypothesis. But the Achillêis would have been a long

poem, half the length of the present Iliad, and probably not less

compact in its structure than the Odyssey. Moreover, being parted off

only by an imaginary line from the boundless range of the Trojan war,

it would admit of enlargement more easily, and with greater relish to

hearers, than the adventures of one single hero; while the expansion

would naturally take place by adding new Grecian victory,—since the

original poem arrived at the exaltation of Achilles only through

a painful series of Grecian disasters. That the poem under these

circumstances should have received additions, is no very violent

hypothesis: in fact, when we recollect that the integrity both of

the Achillêis and of the Odyssey was neither guarded by printing nor

writing, we shall perhaps think it less wonderful that the former

was enlarged,[301] than that the latter was not. Any relaxation of

the laws of epical unity is a small price to pay for that splendid

poetry, of which we find so much between the first and the eighth

books of our Iliad.

[299] The supposition of a smaller original Iliad, enlarged

by successive additions to the present dimensions, and more

or less interpolated (we must distinguish _enlargement_ from

_interpolation_,—the insertion of a new rhapsody from that of a

new line), seems to be a sort of intermediate compromise, towards

which the opposing views of Wolf, J. H. Voss, Nitzsch, Hermann,

and Boeckh, all converge. Baumgarten-Crusius calls this smaller

poem an Achillêis.

Wolf, Preface to the Göschen edit. of the Iliad, pp. xii-xxiii;

Voss, Anti-Symbolik, part ii. p. 234; Nitzsch, Histor. Homeri,

Fasciculus i. p. 112; and Vorrede to the second volume of his

Comments on the Odyssey, p. xxvi: “In the Iliad (he there says)

many single portions may very easily be imagined as parts of

another whole, or as having been once separately sung.” (See

Baumgarten-Crusius, Preface to his edition of W. Müller’s

Homerische Vorschule, pp. xlv-xlix.)

Nitzsch distinguishes the Odyssey from the Iliad, and I think

justly, in respect to this supposed enlargement. The reasons

which warrant us in applying this theory to the Iliad have no

bearing upon the Odyssey. If there ever was an Ur-Odyssee, we

have no means of determining what it contained.

[300] The remarks of O. Müller on the Iliad (in his History of

Greek Literature) are highly deserving of perusal: with much of

them I agree, but there is also much which seems to me unfounded.

The range of combination, and the far-fetched narrative stratagem

which he ascribes to the primitive author, are in my view

inadmissible (chap. v. § 5-11):—

“The internal connection of the Iliad (he observes, § 6) rests

upon the union of certain parts; and neither the interesting

introduction, describing the defeat of the Greeks up to the

burning of the ship of Protesilaus, nor the turn of affairs

brought about by the death of Patroclus, nor the final

pacification of the anger of Achilles, could be spared from the

Iliad, when the fruitful seed of such a poem had once been sown

in the soul of Homer, and had begun to develop its growth. But

the plan of the Iliad is certainly very much extended beyond

what was actually necessary; and in particular, the preparatory

part, consisting of the _attempts_ on the part of _the other

heroes to compensate for the absence of Achilles_, has, it must

be owned, been drawn out to a disproportionate length, so that

the suspicion that there were later insertions of importance

applies with greater probability to the first than to the last

books.... A design manifested itself at an early period to

make this poem complete in itself, so that all the subjects,

descriptions, and actions, which could alone give interest to a

poem _on the entire war_, might find a place within the limits

of its composition. For this purpose, it is not improbable that

many lays of earlier bards, who had sung single adventures of the

Trojan war, were laid under contribution, and the finest parts of

them incorporated in the new poem.”

These remarks of O. Müller intimate what is (in my judgment)

the right view, inasmuch as they recognize an extension of

the plan of the poem beyond its original limit, manifested by

insertions in the first half; and it is to be observed that, in

his enumeration of those parts, the union of which is necessary

to the internal connection of the Iliad, nothing is mentioned

except what is comprised in books i. viii. xi. to xxii. or

xxiv. But his description of “_the preparatory part_,” as “_the

attempts of the other heroes to compensate for the absence of

Achilles_,” is noway borne out by the poet himself. From the

second to the seventh book, Achilles is scarcely alluded to;

moreover, the Greeks do perfectly well without him. This portion

of the poem displays, not “the _insufficiency_ of all the

other heroes without Achilles,” as Müller had observed in the

preceding section, but the perfect _sufficiency_ of the Greeks

under Diomêdês, Agamemnôn, etc. to make head against Troy; it is

only in the eighth book that their _insufficiency_ begins to be

manifested, and only in the eleventh book that it is consummated

by the wounds of the three great heroes. Diomêdês is, in fact,

exalted to a pitch of glory in regard to contests with the

gods, which even Achilles himself never obtains afterwards, and

Helenus the Trojan puts him above Achilles (vi. 99) in terrific

prowess. Achilles is mentioned two or three times as absent,

and Agamemnôn, in his speech to the Grecian agora, regrets the

quarrel (ii. 377), but we never hear any such exhortation as,

“Let us do our best to make up for the absence of Achilles,”—not

even in the Epipôlêsis of Agamemnôn, where it would most

naturally be found. “Attempts to compensate for the absence of

Achilles” must, therefore, be treated as the idea of the critic,

not of the poet.

Though O. Müller has glanced at the distinction between the two

parts of the poem (an original part, having chief reference

to _Achilles and the Greeks_; and a superinduced part, having

reference to _the entire war_), he has not conceived it clearly,

nor carried it out consistently. If we are to distinguish

these two points of view at all, we ought to draw the lines at

the end of the first book and at the beginning of the eighth,

thus regarding the intermediate six books as belonging to the

picture of _the entire war_ (or the Iliad as distinguished from

the Achillêis): the point of view of the Achillêis, dropped

at the end of the first book, is resumed at the beginning of

the eighth. The natural fitting together of these two parts is

noticed in the comment of Heyne, ad viii. 1: “Cæterum _nunc_

Jupiter aperte solvit Thetidi promissa, dum reddit causam

Trojanorum bello superiorem, ut Achillis desiderium Achivos, et

pœnitentia injuriæ ei illatæ Agamemnonem incessat (cf. i. 5).

Nam quæ _adhuc_ narrata sunt, partim continebantur in fortunâ

belli utrinque tentatâ ... partim valebant ad narrationem

variandam,” etc. The first and the eighth books belong to one

and the same point of view, while _all_ the intermediate books

belong to the other. But O. Müller seeks to prove that a portion

of these intermediate books belongs to one common point of view

with the first and eighth, though he admits that they have been

enlarged by insertions. Here I think he is mistaken. Strike out

anything which can be reasonably allowed for enlargement in the

books between the first and eighth, and the same difficulty

will still remain in respect to the remainder; for _all_ the

incidents between those two points are brought out in a spirit

altogether indifferent to Achilles or his anger. The Zeus of the

fourth book, as contrasted with Zeus in the first or eighth,

marks the difference; and this description of Zeus is absolutely

indispensable as the connecting link between book iii. on the one

side and books iv. and v. on the other. Moreover, the attempt of

O. Müller, to force upon the larger portion of what is between

the first and eighth books the point of view of the Achillêis,

is never successful: the poet does not exhibit in those books

“insufficient efforts of other heroes to compensate for the

absence of Achilles,” but a general and highly interesting

picture of the Trojan war, with prominent reference to the

original ground of quarrel. In this picture, the duel between

Paris and Menelaus forms naturally the foremost item,—but how

far-fetched is the reasoning whereby O. Müller brings that

striking recital within the scheme of the Achillêis! “The Greeks

and Trojans are for the first time struck by an idea, which

might have occurred in the previous nine years, if the Greeks,

_when assisted by Achilles_, had not, from _confidence in their

superior strength_, considered every compromise as unworthy of

them,—namely, to decide the war by a single combat between the

authors of it.” Here the causality of Achilles is dragged in by

main force, and unsupported either by any actual statement in the

poem or by any reasonable presumption; for it is _the Trojans_

who propose the single combat, and we are not told that they had

ever proposed it before, though they would have had stronger

reasons for proposing it during the presence of Achilles than

during his absence.

O. Müller himself remarks (§ 7), “that from the second to the

seventh book Zeus appears as it were to have forgotten his

resolution and his promise to Thetis.” In other words, the poet,

during this part of the poem, drops the point of view of the

Achillêis to take up that of the more comprehensive Iliad: the

Achillêis reappears in book viii,—again disappears in book x,—and

is resumed from book xi. to the end of the poem.

[301] This tendency to insert new homogeneous matter by new

poets into poems already existing, is noticed by M. Fauriel, in

reference to the _Romans_ of the Middle Ages:—

“C’est un phénomène remarquable dans l’histoire de la poésie

épique, que cette disposition, cette tendance constante du goût

populaire à amalgamer, à lier en une seule et même composition

le plus possible des compositions diverses,—cette disposition

persiste chez un peuple, tant que la poésie conserve un reste

de vie; tant qu’elle s’y transmet par la tradition et qu’elle

y circule à l’aide du chant ou des récitations publiques. Elle

cesse partout où la poésie est une fois fixée dans les livres, et

n’agit plus que par la lecture,—cette dernière époque est pour

ainsi dire, celle de la propriété poétique—celle où chaque poëte

prétend à une existence, à une gloire, personnelles; et où la

poésie cesse d’être une espèce de trésor commun dont le peuple

jouit et dispose à sa manière, sans s’inquiéter des individus qui

le lui ont fait.” (Fauriel, Sur les Romans Chevaleresques, leçon

5me, Revue des Deux Mondes, vol. xiii. p. 707.)

M. Fauriel thinks that the Shah Nameh of Ferdusi was an

amalgamation of epic poems originally separate, and that probably

the Mahabharat was so also (_ib._ 708).

The question respecting unity of authorship is different, and more

difficult to determine, than that respecting consistency of parts,

and sequence in the narrative. A poem conceived on a comparatively

narrow scale may be enlarged afterwards by its original author,

with greater or less coherence and success: the Faust of Goethe

affords an example even in our own generation. On the other hand,

a systematic poem may well have been conceived and executed by

prearranged concert between several poets; among whom probably

one will be the governing mind, though the rest may be effective,

and perhaps equally effective, in respect to execution of the

parts. And the age of the early Grecian epic was favorable to such

fraternization of poets, of which the Gens called Homerids probably

exhibited many specimens. In the recital or singing of a long

unwritten poem, many bards must have conspired together, and in the

earliest times the composer and the singer were one and the same

person.[302] Now the individuals comprised in the Homerid Gens,

though doubtless very different among themselves in respect of mental

capacity, were yet homogeneous in respect of training, means of

observation and instruction, social experience, religious feelings

and theories, etc., to a degree much greater than individuals in

modern times. Fallible as our inferences are on this point, where we

have only internal evidence to guide us, without any contemporary

points of comparison, or any species of collateral information

respecting the age, the society, the poets, the hearers, or the

language,—we must nevertheless, in the present case, take coherence

of structure, together with consistency in the tone of thought,

feeling, language, customs, etc., as presumptions of one author; and

the contrary as presumptions of severalty; allowing, as well as we

can, for that inequality of excellence which the same author may at

different times present.

[302] The remarks of Boeckh, upon the possibility of such

coöperation of poets towards one and the same scheme are

perfectly just:—

“Atqui quomodo componi a variis auctoribus successu temporum

rhapsodiæ potuerint, quæ post prima initia directæ jam ad idem

consilium et quam vocant unitatem carminis sint ... missis

istorum declamationibus qui populi universi opus Homerum esse

jactant ... tum potissimum intelligetur, ubi gentis civilis

Homeridarum propriam et peculiarem Homericam poesin fuisse,

veteribus ipsis si non testibus, at certe ducibus, concedetur....

Quæ quum ita sint, non erit adeo difficile ad intelligendum,

quomodo, post prima initia ab egregio vate facta, in gente

sacrorum et artis communione sociatâ, multæ rhapsodiæ ad unum

potuerint consilium dirigi.” (Index Lection. 1834, p. 12.)

I transcribe this passage from Giese (Ueber den Æolischen

Dialekt, p. 157), not having been able to see the essay of which

it forms a part.

Now, the case made out against single-headed authorship of the

Odyssey, appears to me very weak; and those who dispute it, are

guided more by their _à priori_ rejection of ancient epical unity,

than by any positive evidence which the poem itself affords. It

is otherwise with regard to the Iliad. Whatever presumptions a

disjointed structure, several apparent inconsistencies of parts,

and large excrescence of actual matter beyond the opening promise,

can sanction,—may reasonably be indulged against the supposition

that this poem all proceeds from a single author. There is a

difference of opinion on the subject among the best critics, which

is, probably, not destined to be adjusted, since so much depends

partly upon critical feeling, partly upon the general reasonings,

in respect to ancient epical unity, with which a man sits down to

the study. For the champions of unity, such as Mr. Payne Knight, are

very ready to strike out numerous and often considerable passages

as interpolations, thus meeting the objections raised against unity

of authorship, on the ground of special inconsistencies. Hermann

and Boeckh, though not going the length of Lachmann in maintaining

the original theory of Wolf, agree with the latter in recognizing

diversity of authors in the poem, to an extent overpassing the limit

of what can fairly be called interpolation. Payne Knight and Nitzsch

are equally persuaded of the contrary. Here, then, is a decided

contradiction among critics, all of whom have minutely studied the

poems since the Wolfian question was raised. And it is such critics

alone who can be said to constitute authority; for the cursory

reader, who dwells upon the parts simply long enough to relish their

poetical beauty, is struck only by that general sameness of coloring

which Wolf himself admits to pervade the poem.[303]

[303] Wolf, Prolegom. p. cxxxviii. “Quippe _in universum_ idem

sonus est omnibus libris; idem habitus sententiarum, orationis,

numerorum,” etc.

Having already intimated that, in my judgment, no theory of the

structure of the poem is admissible which does not admit an original

and preconcerted Achillêis,—a stream which begins at the first book

and ends with the death of Hector, in the twenty-second, although

the higher parts of it now remain only in the condition of two

detached lakes, the first book and the eighth,—I reason upon the

same basis with respect to the authorship. Assuming continuity of

structure as a presumptive proof, the whole of this Achillêis must

be treated as composed by one author. Wolf, indeed, affirmed, that

he never read the poem continuously through without being painfully

impressed with the inferiority[304] and altered style of the last

six books,—and Lachmann carries this feeling farther back, so as to

commence with the seventeenth book. If I could enter fully into this

sentiment, I should then be compelled, not to deny the existence

of a preconceived scheme, but to imagine that the books from the

eighteenth to the twenty-second, though forming part of that scheme,

or Achillêis, had yet been executed by another and an inferior

poet. But it is to be remarked, first, that inferiority of poetical

merit, to a certain extent, is quite reconcilable with unity of

authorship; and, secondly, that the very circumstances upon which

Wolf’s unfavorable judgment is built, seem to arise out of increased

difficulty in the poet’s task, when he came to the crowning cantos of

his designed Achillêis. For that which chiefly distinguishes these

books, is, the direct, incessant, and manual intervention of the

gods and goddesses, formerly permitted by Zeus,—and the repetition

of vast and fantastic conceptions to which such superhuman agency

gives occasion; not omitting the battle of Achilles against Skamander

and Simois, and the burning up of these rivers by Hêphæstus. Now,

looking at this vein of ideas with the eyes of a modern reader, or

even with those of a Grecian critic of the literary ages, it is

certain that the effect is unpleasing: the gods, sublime elements of

poetry when kept in due proportion, are here somewhat vulgarized.

But though the poet here has not succeeded, and probably success was

impossible, in the task which he has prescribed to himself,—yet the

mere fact of his undertaking it, and the manifest distinction between

his employment of divine agency in these latter cantos as compared

with the preceding, seems explicable only on the supposition that

they _are_ the latter cantos, and come in designed sequence, as the

continuance of a previous plan. The poet wishes to surround the

coming forth of Achilles with the maximum of glorious and terrific

circumstance; no Trojan enemy can for a moment hold out against

him:[305] the gods must descend to the plain of Troy and fight in

person, while Zeus, who at the beginning of the eighth book, had

forbidden them to take part, expressly encourages them to do so at

the beginning of the twentieth. If, then, the nineteenth book (which

contains the reconciliation between Achilles and Agamemnôn, a subject

naturally somewhat tame) and the three following books (where we

have before us only the gods, Achilles, and the Trojans, without

hope or courage) are inferior in execution and interest to the seven

preceding books (which describe the long-disputed and often doubtful

death-struggle between the Greeks and Trojans without Achilles), as

Wolf and other critics affirm,—we may explain the difference without

supposing a new poet as composer; for the conditions of the poem had

become essentially more difficult, and the subject more unpromising.

The necessity of keeping Achilles above the level, even of heroic

prowess, restricted the poet’s means of acting upon the sympathy of

his hearers.[306]

[304] Wolf, Prolegomen. p. cxxxvii. “Equidem certe quoties in

continenti lectione ad istas partes (_i. e._ the last six books)

deveni, nunquam non in iis talia quædam sensi, quæ nisi illæ

tam mature cum ceteris coaluissent, quovis pignore contendam,

dudum ab eruditis detecta et animadversa fuisse, immo multa ejus

generis, ut cum nunc Ὁμηρικώτατα habeantur, si tantummodo in

Hymnis legerentur, ipsa sola eos suspicionibus νοθείας adspersura

essent.” Compare the sequel, p. cxxxviii, “ubi nervi deficiant et

spiritus Homericus,—jejunum et frigidum in locis multis,” etc.

[305] Iliad, xx. 25. Zeus addresses the agora of the gods,—

Ἀμφοτέροισι δ᾽ ἀρήγετ᾽, ὅπη νόος ἐστὶν ἑκάστου·

Εἰ γὰρ Ἀχιλλεὺς οἶος ἐπὶ Τρώεσσι μαχεῖται,

Οὐδὲ μίνυνθ᾽ ἕξουσι ποδώκεα Πηλείωνα.

Καὶ δέ τέ μιν καὶ πρόσθεν ὑποτρομέεσκον ὁρῶντες·

Νῦν δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ καὶ θυμὸν ἑταίρου χώεται αἰνῶς,

Δείδω μὴ καὶ τεῖχος ὑπὲρ μόρον ἐξαλαπάξῃ.

The formal restriction put upon the gods by Zeus at the beginning

of the eighth book, and the removal of that restriction at

the beginning of the twentieth, are evidently parts of one

preconceived scheme.

It is difficult to determine whether the battle of the gods and

goddesses in book xxi. (385-520) is to be expunged as spurious,

or only to be blamed as of inferior merit (“improbanda tantum,

non resecanda—hoc enim est illud, quo plerumque summa criseôs

Homericæ redit,” as Heyne observes in another place, Obss. Iliad.

xviii. 444). The objections on the score of non-Homeric locution

are not forcible (see P. Knight, _ad loc._), and the scene

belongs to that vein of conception which animates the poet in the

closing act of his Achillêis.

[306] While admitting that these last books of the Iliad are not

equal in interest with those between the eleventh and eighteenth,

we may add that they exhibit many striking beauties, both of

plan and execution, and one in particular may be noticed as an

example of happy epical adaptation. The Trojans are on the point

of ravishing from the Greeks the dead body of Patroclus, when

Achilles (by the inspiration of Hêrê and Iris) shows himself

unarmed on the Grecian mound, and by his mere figure and voice

strikes such terror into the Trojans that they relinquish the

dead body. As soon as night arrives, Polydamas proposes, in the

Trojan agora, that the Trojans shall retire without farther

delay from the ships to the town, and shelter themselves within

the walls, without awaiting the assault of Achilles armed on

the next morning. Hector repels this counsel of Polydamas with

expressions,—not merely of overweening confidence in his own

force, even against Achilles,—but also of extreme contempt and

harshness towards the giver; whose wisdom, however, is proved

by the utter discomfiture of the Trojans the next day. Now this

angry deportment and mistake on the part of Hector is made to

tell strikingly in the twenty-second book, just before his

death. There yet remains a moment for him to retire within the

walls, and thus obtain shelter against the near approach of his

irresistible enemy, but he is struck with the recollection of

that fatal moment when he repelled the counsel which would have

saved his countrymen: “If I enter the town, Polydamas will be the

first to reproach me, as having brought destruction upon Troy on

that fatal night when Achilles came forth, and when I resisted

his better counsel.” (Compare xviii. 250-315; xxii. 100-110; and

Aristot. Ethic. iii. 8.)

In a discussion respecting the structure of the Iliad, and in

reference to arguments which deny all designed concatenation of

parts, it is not out of place to notice this affecting touch of

poetry, belonging to those books which are reproached as the

feeblest.

The last two books of the Iliad may have formed part of the original

Achillêis. But the probability rather is, that they are additions;

for the death of Hector satisfies the exigencies of a coherent

scheme, and we are not entitled to extend the oldest poem beyond the

limit which such necessity prescribes. It has been argued on one side

by Nitzsch and O. Müller, that the mind could not leave off with

satisfaction at the moment in which Achilles sates his revenge, and

while the bodies of Patroclus and Hector are lying unburied,—also,

that the more merciful temper which he exhibits in the twenty-fourth

book, must always have been an indispensable sequel, in order to

create proper sympathy with his triumph. Other critics, on the

contrary, have taken special grounds of exception against the last

book, and have endeavored to set it aside as different from the

other books, both in tone and language. To a certain extent, the

peculiarities of the last book appear to me undeniable, though it

is plainly a designed continuance, and not a substantive poem. Some

weight also is due to the remark about the twenty-third book, that

Odysseus and Diomêdês, who have been wounded and disabled during

the fight, now reappear in perfect force, and contend in the games:

here is no case of miraculous healing, and the inconsistency is more

likely to have been admitted by a separate enlarging poet, than by

the schemer of the Achillêis.

The splendid books from the second to v. 322 of the seventh,[307]

are equal, in most parts, to any portion of the Achillêis, and are

pointedly distinguished from the latter by the broad view which

they exhibit of the general Trojan war, with all its principal

personages, localities, and causes,—yet without advancing the result

promised in the first book, or, indeed, any final purpose whatever.

Even the desperate wound inflicted by Tlepolemus on Sarpêdon, is

forgotten, when the latter hero is called forth in the subsequent

Achillêis.[308] The arguments of Lachmann, who dissects these six

books into three or four separate songs,[309] carry no conviction to

my mind; and I see no reason why we should not consider all of them

to be by the same author, bound together by the common purpose of

giving a great collective picture which may properly be termed an

Iliad. The tenth book, or Doloneia, though adapted specially to the

place in which it stands, agrees with the books between the first and

eighth in belonging only to the general picture of the war, without

helping forward the march of the Achillêis; yet it seems conceived in

a lower vein, in so far as we can trust our modern ethical sentiment.

One is unwilling to believe that the author of the fifth book, or

Aristeia of Diomêdês, would condescend to employ the hero whom he

there so brightly glorifies,—the victor even over Arês himself,—in

slaughtering newly-arrived Thracian sleepers, without any large

purpose or necessity.[310] The ninth book, of which I have already

spoken at length, belongs to a different vein of conception, and

seems to me more likely to have emanated from a separate composer.

[307] The latter portion of the seventh book is spoiled by

the very unsatisfactory addition introduced to explain the

construction of the wall and ditch: all the other incidents (the

agora and embassy of the Trojans, the truce for burial, the

arrival of wine-ships from Lemnos, etc.) suit perfectly with

the scheme of the poet of these books, to depict the Trojan war

generally.

[308] Unless, indeed, we are to imagine the combat between

Tlepolemus and Sarpêdon, and that between Glaukus and Diomêdês,

to be separate songs; and they are among the very few passages

in the Iliad which are completely separable, implying no special

antecedents.

[309] Compare also Heyne, Excursus ii. sect. ii. ad Iliad. xxiv.

vol. viii. p. 783.

[310] Subsequent poets, seemingly thinking that the naked story,

(of Diomêdês slaughtering Rhêsus and his companions in their

sleep,) as it now stands in the Iliad, was too displeasing,

adopted different ways of dressing it up. Thus, according to

Pindar (ap. Schol. Iliad. x. 435), Rhêsus fought one day as the

ally of Troy, and did such terrific damage, that the Greeks

had no other means of averting total destruction from his hand

on the next day, except by killing him during the night. And

the Euripidean drama, called _Rhêsus_, though representing the

latter as a new-comer, yet puts into the mouth of Athênê the like

overwhelming predictions of what he would do on the coming day,

if suffered to live; so that to kill him in the night is the only

way of saving the Greeks (Eurip. Rhês. 602): moreover, Rhêsus

himself is there brought forward as talking with such overweening

insolence, that the sympathies of man, and the envy of the gods,

are turned against him (_ib._ 458).

But the story is best known in the form and with the addition

(equally unknown to the Iliad) which Virgil has adopted. It was

decreed by fate that, if the splendid horses of Rhêsus were

permitted once either to taste the Trojan provender, or to drink

of the river Xanthus, nothing could preserve the Greeks from ruin

(Æneid, i. 468, with Servius, _ad loc._):—

“Nec procul hinc Rhesi niveis tentoria velis

Agnoscit lacrymans: primo quæ prodita somno

Tydides multâ vastabat cæde cruentus:

Ardentesque avertit equos in castra, priusquam

Pabula gustassent Trojæ, Xanthumque bibissent.”

All these versions are certainly improvements upon the story as

it stands in the Iliad.

While intimating these views respecting the authorship of the Iliad,

as being in my judgment the most probable, I must repeat that, though

the study of the poem carries to my mind a sufficient conviction

respecting its structure, the question between unity and plurality

of authors is essentially less determinable. The poem consists of a

part original, and other parts superadded; yet it is certainly not

impossible that the author of the former may himself have composed

the latter; and such would be my belief if I regarded plurality of

composers as an inadmissible idea. On this supposition, we must

conclude that the poet, while anxious for the addition of new, and

for the most part, highly interesting matter, has not thought fit to

recast the parts and events in such manner as to impart to the whole

a pervading thread of _consensus_ and organization, such as we see in

the Odyssey.

That the Odyssey is of later date than the Iliad, and by a different

author, seems to be now the opinion of most critics, especially of

Payne Knight[311] and Nitzsch; though O. Müller leans to a contrary

conclusion, at the same time adding that he thinks the arguments

either way not very decisive. There are considerable differences of

statement in the two poems in regard to some of the gods: Iris is

messenger of the gods in the Iliad, and Hermês in the Odyssey: Æolus,

the dispenser of the winds in the Odyssey, is not noticed in the

twenty-third book of the Iliad, but, on the contrary, Iris invites

the winds, as independent gods, to come and kindle the funeral pile

of Patroclus; and, unless we are to expunge the song of Demodokus

in the eighth book of the Odyssey as spurious, Aphroditê there

appears as the wife of Hêphæstus,—a relationship not known to the

Iliad. There are also some other points of difference enumerated by

Mr. Knight and others, which tend to justify the presumption that

the author of the Odyssey is not identical either with the author of

the Achillêis or his enlargers, which G. Hermann considers to be a

point unquestionable.[312] Indeed, the difficulty of supposing a long

coherent poem to have been conceived, composed, and retained, without

any aid of writing, appears to many critics even now, insurmountable,

though the evidences on the other side, are, in my view, sufficient

to outweigh any negative presumption thus suggested. But it is

improbable that the same person should have powers of memorial

combination sufficient for composing two such poems, nor is there any

proof to force upon us such a supposition.

[311] Mr. Knight places the Iliad about two centuries, and the

Odyssey one century, anterior to Hesiod: a century between the

two poems (Prolegg. c. lxi.)

[312] Hermann, Præfat. ad Odyss. p. vii.

Presuming a difference of authorship between the two poems, I feel

less convinced about the supposed juniority of the Odyssey. The

discrepancies in manners and language in the one and the other, are

so little important, that two different persons, in the same age

and society, might well be imagined to exhibit as great or even

greater. It is to be recollected that the subjects of the two are

heterogeneous, so as to conduct the poet, even were he the same

man, into totally different veins of imagination and illustration.

The pictures of the Odyssey seem to delineate the same heroic life

as the Iliad, though looked at from a distinct point of view: and

the circumstances surrounding the residence of Odysseus, in Ithaka,

are just such as we may suppose him to have left in order to attack

Troy. If the scenes presented to us are for the most part pacific,

as contrasted with the incessant fighting of the Iliad, this is not

to be ascribed to any greater sociality or civilization in the real

hearers of the Odyssey, but to the circumstances of the hero whom the

poet undertakes to adorn: nor can we doubt that the poems of Arktinus

and Leschês, of a later date than the Odyssey, would have given us

as much combat and bloodshed as the Iliad. I am not struck by those

proofs of improved civilization which some critics affirm the Odyssey

to present: Mr. Knight, who is of this opinion, nevertheless admits

that the mutilation of Melanthius, and the hanging up of the female

slaves by Odysseus, in that poem, indicate greater barbarity than

any incidents in the fights before Troy.[313] The more skilful and

compact structure of the Odyssey, has been often considered as a

proof of its juniority in age: and in the case of two poems by the

same author, we might plausibly contend that practice would bring

with it improvement in the combining faculty. But in reference to the

poems before us, we must recollect, first, that in all probability

the Iliad (with which the comparison is taken) is not a primitive

but an enlarged poem, and that the primitive Achillêis might well

have been quite as coherent as the Odyssey; secondly, that between

different authors, superiority in structure is not a proof of

subsequent composition, inasmuch as, on that hypothesis, we should

be compelled to admit that the later poem of Arktinus would be an

improvement upon the Odyssey; thirdly, that, even if it were so,

we could only infer that the author of the Odyssey had _heard_ the

Achillêis or the Iliad; we could not infer that he lived one or two

generations afterwards.[314]

[313] Knight, Prolegg. 1, c. Odyss. xxii. 465-478.

[314] The arguments, upon the faith of which Payne Knight and

other critics have maintained the Odyssey to be younger than the

Iliad, are well stated and examined in Bernard Thiersch,—Quæstio

de Diversâ Iliadis et Odysseæ Ætate,—in the Anhang (p. 306) to

his work Ueber das Zeitalter und Vaterland des Homer.

He shows all such arguments to be very inconclusive; though the

grounds upon which he himself maintains identity of age between

the two appear to me not at all more satisfactory (p. 327): we

can infer nothing to the point from the mention of Telemachus in

the Iliad.

Welcker thinks that there is a great difference of age, and an

evident difference of authorship, between the two poems (Der

Episch. Cyclus, p. 295).

O. Müller admits the more recent date of the Odyssey, but

considers it “difficult and hazardous to raise upon this

foundation any definite conclusions as to the person and age of

the poet.” (History of the Literature of Ancient Greece, ch. v.

s. 13.)

On the whole, the balance of probabilities seems in favor of distinct

authorship for the two poems, but the same age,—and that age a very

early one, anterior to the first Olympiad. And they may thus be

used as evidences, and contemporary evidences, for the phenomena of

primitive Greek civilization; while they also show that the power of

constructing long premeditated epics, without the aid of writing, is

to be taken as a characteristic of the earliest known Greek mind.

This was the point controverted by Wolf, which a full review of

the case (in my judgment) decides against him: it is, moreover, a

valuable result for the historian of the Greeks, inasmuch as it marks

out to him the ground from which he is to start in appreciating their

ulterior progress.[315]

[315] Dr. Thirlwall has added to the second edition of his

History of Greece a valuable Appendix, on the early history

of the Homeric poems (vol. i. pp. 500-516); which contains

copious information respecting the discrepant opinions of German

critics, with a brief comparative examination of their reasons.

I could have wished that so excellent a judge had superadded,

to his enumeration of the views of others, an ampler exposition

of his own. Dr. Thirlwall seems decidedly convinced upon that

which appears to me the most important point in the Homeric

controversy: “That before the appearance of the earliest of the

poems of the Epic Cycle, the Iliad and Odyssey, even if they did

not exist precisely in their present form, had at least reached

their present compass, and were regarded each as a complete and

well-defined whole, not as a fluctuating aggregate of fugitive

pieces.” (p. 509.)

This marks out the Homeric poems as ancient both in the items

and in the total, and includes negation of the theory of Wolf

and Lachmann, who contend that, as a total, they only date from

the age of Peisistratus. It is then safe to treat the poems as

unquestionable evidences of Grecian antiquity (meaning thereby

776 B. C.), which we could not do if we regarded all congruity

of parts in the poems as brought about through alterations of

Peisistratus and his friends.

There is also a very just admonition of Dr. Thirlwall (p. 516)

as to the difficulty of measuring what degree of discrepancy or

inaccuracy might or might not have escaped the poet’s attention,

in an age so imperfectly known to us.

Whatever there may be of truth in the different conjectures of

critics respecting the authorship and structure of these unrivalled

poems, we are not to imagine that it is the perfection of their

epical symmetry which has given them their indissoluble hold upon

the human mind, as well modern as ancient. There is some tendency

in critics, from Aristotle downwards,[316] to invert the order of

attributes in respect to the Homeric poems, so as to dwell most on

recondite excellences which escape the unaided reader, and which are

even to a great degree disputable. But it is given to few minds (as

Goethe has remarked[317]) to appreciate fully the mechanism of a long

poem; and many feel the beauty of the separate parts, who have no

sentiment for the aggregate perfection of the whole.

[316] There are just remarks on this point in Heyne’s Excursus,

ii. sect. 2 and 4, ad Il. xxiv. vol. viii. pp. 771-800.

[317] “Wenig Deutsche, und vielleicht nur wenige Menschen aller

_neuern_ Nationen, haben Gefühl für ein æsthetisches Ganzes:

sie loben und tadeln nur stellenweise, sie entzücken sich nur

stellenweise.” (Goethe, Wilhelm Meister: I transcribe this from

Welcker’s Æschyl. Trilogie, p. 306.)

What ground there is for restricting this proposition to _modern_

as contrasted with _ancient_ nations, I am unable to conceive.

Nor were the Homeric poems originally addressed to minds of the

rarer stamp. They are intended for those feelings which the critic

has in common with the unlettered mass, not for that enlarged range

of vision and peculiar standard which he has acquired to himself.

They are of all poems the most absolutely and unreservedly popular:

had they been otherwise, they could not have lived so long in the

mouth of the rhapsodes, and the ear and memory of the people: and it

was _then_ that their influence was first acquired, never afterwards

to be shaken. Their beauties belong to the parts taken separately,

which revealed themselves spontaneously to the listening crowd at

the festival,—far more than to the whole poem taken together, which

could hardly be appreciated unless the parts were dwelt upon and

suffered to expand in the mind. The most unlettered hearer of those

times could readily seize, while the most instructed reader can still

recognize, the characteristic excellence of Homeric narrative,—its

straightforward, unconscious, unstudied simplicity,—its concrete

forms of speech [318] and happy alternation of action with

dialogue,—its vivid pictures of living agents, always clearly and

sharply individualized, whether in the commanding proportions

of Achilles and Odysseus, in the graceful presence of Helen and

Penelope, or in the more humble contrast of Eumæus and Melanthius;

and always, moreover, animated by the frankness with which his heroes

give utterance to all their transient emotions and even all their

infirmities,—its constant reference to those coarser veins of feeling

and palpable motives which belong to all men in common,—its fulness

of graphic details, freshly drawn from the visible and audible world,

and though often homely, never tame, nor trenching upon that limit

of satiety to which the Greek mind was so keenly alive,—lastly,

its perpetual junction of gods and men in the same picture, and

familiar appeal to ever-present divine agency, in harmony with the

interpretation of nature at that time universal.

[318] The κινούμενα ὀνόματα of Homer were extolled by Aristotle;

see Schol. ad Iliad. i. 481; compare Dionys. Halicarn. De Compos.

Verbor. c. 20. ὥστε μηδὲν ἡμῖν διαφέρειν γινόμενα τὰ πράγματα ἢ

λεγόμενα ὁρᾶν. Respecting the undisguised bursts of feeling by

the heroes, the Scholiast ad Iliad, i. 349 tells us,—ἕτοιμον τὸ

ἡπωϊκον πρὸς δάκρυα,—compare Euripid. Helen. 959, and the severe

censures of Plato, Republ. ii. p. 388.

The Homeric poems were the best understood, and the most widely

popular of all Grecian composition, even among the least

instructed persons, such (for example) as the semibarbarians who

had acquired the Greek language in addition to their own mother

tongue. (Dio Chrysost. Or. xviii. vol. i. p. 478; Or. liii. vol.

ii. p. 277, Reisk.) Respecting the simplicity and perspicuity

of the narrative style, implied in this extensive popularity,

Porphyry made a singular remark: he said, that the sentences

of Homer _really_ presented much difficulty and obscurity, but

that ordinary readers fancied they understood him, “because

of the general clearness _which appeared_ to run through the

poems.” (See the Prolegomena of Villoison’s edition of the

Iliad, p. xli.) This remark affords the key to a good deal of

the Homeric criticism. There doubtless were real obscurities in

the poems, arising from altered associations, customs, religion,

language, etc., as well as from corrupt text; but while the

critics did good service in elucidating these difficulties,

they also introduced artificially many others, altogether of

their own creating. Refusing to be satisfied with the plain and

obvious meaning, they sought in Homer hidden purposes, elaborate

innuendo, recondite motives even with regard to petty details,

deep-laid rhetorical artifices (see a specimen in Dionys. Hal.

Ars Rhetor. c. 15, p. 316, Reiske; nor is even Aristotle exempt

from similar tendencies, Schol. ad Iliad. iii. 441, x. 198), or

a substratum of philosophy allegorized. No wonder that passages,

quite perspicuous to the vulgar reader, seemed difficult to them.

There could not be so sure a way of missing the real Homer as by

searching for him in these devious recesses. He is essentially

the poet of the broad highway and the market-place, touching

the common sympathies and satisfying the mental appetencies of

his countrymen with unrivalled effect; but exempt from ulterior

views, either selfish or didactic, and immersed in the same

medium of practical life and experience, religiously construed,

as his auditors. No nation has ever yet had so perfect and

touching an exposition of its early social mind as the Iliad and

Odyssey exhibit.

In the verbal criticism of Homer, the Alexandrine literati

seem to have made a very great advance, as compared with the

glossographers who preceded them. (See Lehrs, De Studiis

Aristarchi, Dissert. ii. p. 42.)

It is undoubtedly easier to feel than to describe the impressive

influence of Homeric narrative: but the time and circumstances under

which that influence was first, and most powerfully felt, preclude

the possibility of explaining it by comprehensive and elaborate

comparisons, such as are implied in Aristotle’s remarks upon the

structure of the poems. The critic who seeks the explanation in the

right place will not depart widely from the point of view of those

rude auditors to whom the poems were originally addressed, or from

the susceptibilities and capacities common to the human bosom in

every stage of progressive culture. And though the refinements and

delicacies of the poems, as well as their general structure, are a

subject of highly interesting criticism,—yet it is not to these that

Homer owes his wide-spread and imperishable popularity. Still less is

it true, as the well-known observations of Horace would lead us to

believe, that Homer is a teacher of ethical wisdom akin and superior

to Chrysippus or Crantor.[319] No didactic purpose is to be found

in the Iliad and Odyssey; a philosopher may doubtless extract, from

the incidents and strongly marked characters which it contains, much

illustrative matter for his exhortations,—but the ethical doctrine

which he applies must emanate from his own reflection. The Homeric

hero manifests virtues or infirmities, fierceness or compassion, with

the same straightforward and simple-minded vivacity, unconscious of

any ideal standard by which his conduct is to be tried;[320] nor

can we trace in the poet any ulterior function beyond that of the

inspired organ of the Muse, and the nameless, but eloquent, herald of

lost adventures out of the darkness of the past.

[319] Horat. Epist. i. 2, v. 1-26:—

“Sirenum voces, et Circes pocula nosti:

Quæ si cum sociis stultus cupidusque bibisset,

Vixisset canis immundus, vel amica luto sus.”

Horace contrasts the folly and greediness of the companions of

Ulysses, in accepting the refreshments tendered to them by Circe,

with the self-command of Ulysses himself in refusing them. But

in the incident as described in the original poem, neither the

praise nor the blame, here implied, finds any countenance. The

companions of Ulysses follow the universal practice in accepting

hospitality tendered to strangers, the fatal consequences of

which, in their particular case, they could have no ground for

suspecting; while Ulysses is preserved from a similar fate, not

by any self-command of his own, but by a previous divine warning

and a special antidote, which had not been vouchsafed to the rest

(see Odyss. x. 285). And the incident of the Sirens, if it is to

be taken as evidence of anything, indicates rather the absence,

than the presence, of self-command on the part of Ulysses.

Of the violent mutations of text, whereby the _Grammatici_ or

critics tried to efface from Homer bad ethical tendencies (we

must remember that many of these men were lecturers to youth),

a remarkable specimen is afforded by Venet. Schol. ad Iliad.

ix. 453; compare Plutarch, de Audiendis Poetis, p. 95. Phœnix

describes the calamitous family tragedy in which he himself had

been partly the agent, partly the victim. Now that an Homeric

hero should confess guilty proceedings, and still more guilty

designs, without any expression of shame or contrition, was

insupportable to the feelings of the critics. One of them,

Aristodemus, thrust two negative particles into one of the

lines; and though he thereby ruined not only the sense but the

metre, his emendation procured for him universal applause,

because he had maintained the innocence of the hero (καὶ οὐ μόνον

ηὐδοκίμησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐτιμήθη, ὡς εὐσεβῆ τηρήσας τὸν ἥρωα). And

Aristarchus thought the case so alarming, that he struck out

from the text four lines, which have only been preserved to us

by Plutarch (Ὁ μὲν Ἀρίσταρχος ἔξειλε τὰ ἔπη ταῦτα, ~φοβηθείς~).

See the Fragment of Dioscorides (περὶ τῶν παρ᾽ Ὁμήρῳ Νόμων) in

Didot’s Fragmenta Historicor. Græcor. vol. ii. p. 193.

[320] “C’est un tableau idéal, à coup sûr, que celui de la

société Grecque dans les chants qui portent le nom d’Homère: et

pourtant cette société y est toute entière reproduite, avec la

rusticité, la férocité de ses mœurs, ses bonnes et ses mauvaises

passions, sans dessein de faire particulièrement ressortir, de

célébrer tel ou tel de ses mérites, de ses avantages, ou de

laisser dans l’ombre ses vices et ses maux. Ce mélange du bien

et du mal, du fort et du faible,—cette simultanéité d’idées

et de sentimens en apparence contraires,—cette variété, cette

incohérence, ce développement inégal de la nature et de la

destinée humaine,—c’est précisément là ce qu’il y a de plus

poétique, car c’est le fond même des choses, c’est la vérité sur

l’homme et le monde: et dans les peintures idéales qu’en veulent

faire la poésie, le roman et même l’histoire, cet ensemble, si

divers et pourtant si harmonieux, doit se retrouver: sans quoi

l’idéal véritable y manque aussi bien que la réalité.” (Guizot,

Cours d’Histoire Moderne; Leçon 7me, vol. i. p. 285.)

HISTORY OF GREECE.

PART II.

HISTORICAL GREECE.

CHAPTER I.

GENERAL GEOGRAPHY AND LIMITS OF GREECE.

Greece Proper lies between the 36th and 40th parallels of north

latitude, and between the 21st and 26th degrees of east longitude.

Its greatest length, from Mount Olympus to Cape Tænarus, may be

stated at 250 English miles; its greatest breadth, from the western

coast of Akarnania to Marathon in Attica, at 180 miles; and the

distance eastward from Ambrakia across Pindus to the Magnesian

mountain Homolê and the mouth of the Peneius is about 120 miles.

Altogether, its area is somewhat less than that of Portugal.[321] In

regard, however, to all attempts at determining the exact limits of

Greece proper, we may remark, first, that these limits seem not to

have been very precisely defined even among the Greeks themselves;

and next, that so large a proportion of the Hellens were distributed

among islands and colonies, and so much of their influence upon the

world in general produced through their colonies, as to render the

extent of their original domicile a matter of comparatively little

moment to verify.

[321] Compare Strong, Statistics of the Kingdom of Greece, p. 2;

and Kruse, Hellas, vol. i. ch. 3, p. 196.

The chain called Olympus and the Cambunian mountains, ranging

from east and west, and commencing with the Ægean sea or the gulf

of Therma, near the 40th degree of north latitude, is prolonged

under the name of Mount Lingon, until it touches the Adriatic at

the Akrokeraunian promontory. The country south of this chain

comprehended all that in ancient times was regarded as Greece, or

Hellas proper, but it also comprehended something more. Hellas

proper,[322] (or continuous Hellas, to use the language of Skylax

and Dikæarchus) was understood to begin with the town and gulf of

Ambrakia: from thence, northward to the Akrokeraunian promontory,

lay the land called by the Greeks Epirus,—occupied by the Chaonians,

Molossians, and Thesprotians, who were termed Epirots, and were not

esteemed to belong to the Hellenic aggregate. This at least was the

general understanding, though Ætolians and Akarnanians, in their more

distant sections, seem to have been not less widely removed from the

full type of Hellenism than the Epirots were; while Herodotus is

inclined to treat even Molossians and Thesprotians as Hellens.[323]

[322] Dikæarch, 31, p. 460, ed. Fuhr:—

Ἡ δ᾽ Ἑλλὰς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀμβρακίας εἶναι δοκεῖ

Μάλιστα συνεχὴς τὸ πέρας· αὐτὴ δ᾽ ἔρχεται

Ἐπὶ τὸν πόταμον Πηνειὸν, ὡς Φιλέας γράφει,

Ὄρος τε Μαγνήτων Ὁμόλην κεκλημένον.

Skylax, c. 35.—Ἀμβρακία—ἐντεῦθεν ἄρχεται ἡ Ἑλλὰς συνεχὴς εἶναι

μέχρι Πηνείου ποτάμου, καὶ Ὁμολίου Μαγνητικῆς πόλεως, ἥ ἔστι παρὰ

τὸν πόταμον.

[323] Herod. i. 146: ii. 56. The Molossian Alkôn passes for a

Hellen (Herod. vi. 127).

At a point about midway between the Ægean and Ionian seas, Olympus

and Lingon are traversed nearly at right angles by the still longer

and vaster chain called Pindus, which stretches in a line rather

west of north from the northern side of the range of Olympus: the

system to which these mountains belong seems to begin with the lofty

masses of greenstone comprised under the name of Mount Scardus, or

Scordus, (Schardagh,)[324] which is divided only by the narrow

cleft, containing the river Drin, from the limestone of the Albanian

Alps. From the southern face of Olympus, Pindus strikes off nearly

southward, forming the boundary between Thessaly and Epirus, and

sending forth about the 39th degree of latitude the lateral chain of

Othrys,—which latter takes an easterly course, forming the southern

boundary of Thessaly, and reaching the sea between Thessaly and the

northern coast of Eubœa. Southward of Othrys, the chain of Pindus,

under the name of Tymphrêstus, still continues, until another lateral

chain, called Œta, projects from it again towards the east,—forming

the lofty coast immediately south of the Maliac gulf, with the narrow

road of Thermopylæ between the two,—and terminating at the Eubœan

strait. At the point of junction with Œta, the chain of Pindus

forks into two branches; one striking to the westward of south,

and reaching across Ætolia, under the names of Arakynthus, Kurius,

Korax, and Taphiassus, to the promontory called Antirrhion, situated

on the northern side of the narrow entrance of the Corinthian gulf,

over against the corresponding promontory of Rhion in Peloponnesus;

the other tending south-east, and forming Parnassus, Helicon,

and Kithærôn; indeed, Ægaleus and Hymettus, even down to the

southernmost cape of Attica, Sunium, may be treated as a continuance

of this chain. From the eastern extremity of Œta, also, a range of

hills, inferior in height to the preceding, takes its departure

in a south-easterly direction, under the various names of Knêmis,

Ptôon, and Teumêssus. It is joined with Kithærôn by the lateral

communication, ranging from west to east, called Parnês; while the

celebrated Pentelikus, abundant in marble quarries, constitutes its

connecting link, to the south of Parnês with the chain from Kithærôn

to Sunium.

[324] The mountain systems in the ancient Macedonia and

Illyricum, north of Olympus, have been yet but imperfectly

examined: see Dr. Griesebach, Reise durch Rumelien und nach

Brussa im Jahre 1839, vol. ii. ch. 13, p. 112, _seqq._ (Götting.

1841), which contains much instruction respecting the real

relations of these mountains as compared with the different ideas

and representations of them. The words of Strabo (lib. vii.

Excerpt. 3, ed. Tzschucke), that Scardus, Orbêlus, Rhodopê, and

Hæmus extend in a straight line from the Adriatic to the Euxine,

are incorrect.

See Leake’s Travels in Northern Greece, vol. i. p. 335: the pass

of Tschangon, near Castoria (through which the river Devol passes

from the eastward to fall into the Adriatic on the westward),

is the only cleft in this long chain from the river Drin in the

north down to the centre of Greece.

From the promontory of Antirrhion, the line of mountains crosses

into Peloponnesus, and stretches in a southerly direction down to

the extremity of the peninsula called Tænarus, now Cape Matapan.

Forming the boundary between Elis with Messenia on one side, and

Arcadia with Laconia on the other, it bears the successive names of

Olenus, Panachaikus, Pholoê, Erymanthus, Lykæus, Parrhasius, and

Taygetus. Another series of mountains strikes off from Kithærôn

towards the south-west, constituting, under the names of Geraneia and

Oneia, the rugged and lofty Isthmus of Corinth, and then spreading

itself into Peloponnesus. On entering that peninsula, one of its

branches tends westward along the north of Arkadia, comprising the

Akrokorinthus, or citadel of Corinth, the high peak of Kyllênê, the

mountains of Aroanii and Lampeia, and ultimately joining Erymanthus

and Pholoê,—while the other branch strikes southward towards the

south-eastern cape of Peloponnesus, the formidable Cape Malea, or St.

Angelo,—and exhibits itself under the successive names of Apesas,

Artemisium, Parthenium, Parnôn, Thornax, and Zarêx.

From the eastern extremity of Olympus, in a direction rather to the

eastward of south, stretches the range of mountains first called

Ossa, and afterwards Pelion, down to the south-eastern corner of

Thessaly. The long, lofty, and naked back-bone of the island of

Eubœa, may be viewed as a continuance both of this chain and of

the chain of Othrys: the line is farther prolonged by a series of

islands in the Archipelago, Andros, Tênos, Mykonos, and Naxos,

belonging to the group called the Cyclades, or islands encircling

the sacred centre of Delos. Of these Cyclades, others are in like

manner a continuance of the chain which reaches to Cape Sunium,—Keôs,

Kythnos, Seriphos, and Siphnos join on to Attica, as Andros does to

Eubœa. And we might even consider the great island of Krete as a

prolongation of the system of mountains which breasts the winds and

waves at Cape Malea, the island of Kythêra forming the intermediate

link between them. Skiathus, Skopelus, and Skyrus, to the north-east

of Eubœa, also mark themselves out as outlying peaks of the range

comprehending Pelion and Eubœa.[325]

[325] For the general sketch of the mountain system of Hellas,

see Kruse, Hellas, vol. i. ch. 4, pp. 280-290; Dr. Cramer, Geog.

of An. Greece, vol. i. pp. 3-8.

Respecting the northern regions, Epirus, Illyria, and Macedonia,

O. Müller, in his short but valuable treatise Ueber die

Makedoner, p. 7 (Berlin, 1825), may be consulted with advantage.

This treatise is annexed to the English translation of his

History of the Dorians by Mr. G. C. Lewis.

By this brief sketch, which the reader will naturally compare

with one of the recent maps of the country, it will be seen that

Greece proper is among the most mountainous territories in Europe.

For although it is convenient, in giving a systematic view of the

face of the country, to group the multiplicity of mountains into

certain chains, or ranges, founded upon approximative uniformity of

direction; yet, in point of fact, there are so many ramifications and

dispersed peaks,—so vast a number of hills and crags of different

magnitude and elevation,—that a comparatively small proportion of the

surface is left for level ground. Not only few continuous plains,

but even few continuous valleys, exist throughout all Greece proper.

The largest spaces of level ground are seen in Thessaly, in Ætolia,

in the western portion of Peloponnesus, and in Bœotia; but irregular

mountains, valleys frequent but isolated, land-locked basins and

declivities, which often occur, but seldom last long, form the

character of the country.[326]

[326] Out of the 47,600,000 stremas (= 12,000,000 English acres)

included in the present kingdom of Greece, 26,500,000 go to

mountains, rocks, rivers, lakes, and forests,—and 21,000,000 to

arable land, vineyards, olive and currant grounds, etc. By arable

land is meant, land fit for cultivation; for a comparatively

small portion of it is actually cultivated at present (Strong,

Statistics of Greece, p. 2, London, 1842).

The modern kingdom of Greece does not include Thessaly. The

epithet κοιλὸς (hollow) is applied to several of the chief

Grecian states,—κοιλὴ Ἦλις, κοιλὴ Λακεδαίμων, κοιλὸν Ἄργος, etc.

Κόρινθος ὀφρύᾳ τε καὶ κοιλαίνεται, Strabo, viii. p. 381.

The fertility of Bœotia is noticed in Strabo, ix. p. 400, and in

the valuable fragment of Dikæarchus, Βίος Ἑλλάδος, p. 140, ed.

Fuhr.

The islands of the Cyclades, Eubœa, Attica, and Laconia, consist

for the most part of micaceous schist, combined with and often

covered by crystalline granular limestone.[327] The centre and west

of Peloponnesus, as well as the country north of the Corinthian

gulf from the gulf of Ambrakia to the strait of Eubœa, present a

calcareous formation, varying in different localities as to color,

consistency, and hardness, but, generally, belonging or approximating

to the chalk: it is often very compact, but is distinguished in a

marked manner from the crystalline limestone above mentioned. The

two loftiest summits in Greece[328] (both, however, lower than

Olympus, estimated at nine thousand seven hundred feet) exhibit this

formation,—Parnassus, which attains eight thousand feet, and the

point of St. Elias in Taygetus, which is not less than seven thousand

eight hundred feet. Clay-slate, and conglomerates of sand, lime,

and clay, are found in many parts: a close and firm conglomerate of

lime composes the Isthmus of Corinth: loose deposits of pebbles,

and calcareous breccia, occupy also some portions of the territory.

But the most important and essential elements of the Grecian soil,

consist of the diluvial and alluvial formations, with which the

troughs and basins are filled up, resulting from the decomposition

of the older adjoining rocks. In these reside the productive powers

of the country, and upon these the grain and vegetables for the

subsistence of the people depend. The mountain regions are to a

great degree barren, destitute at present of wood or any useful

vegetation, though there is reason to believe that they were better

wooded in antiquity: in many parts, however, and especially in Ætolia

and Akarnania, they afford plenty of timber, and in all parts,

pasture for the cattle during summer, at a time when the plains are

thoroughly burnt up.[329] For other articles of food, dependence

must be had on the valleys, which are occasionally of singular

fertility. The low ground of Thessaly, the valley of the Kephisus,

and the borders of the lake Kopaïs, in Bœotia, the western portion of

Elis, the plains of Stratus on the confines of Akarnania and Ætolia,

and those near the river Pamisus in Messenia, both are now, and were

in ancient times, remarkable for their abundant produce.

[327] For the geological and mineralogical character of Greece,

see the survey undertaken by Dr. Fiedler, by orders of the

present government of Greece, in 1834 and the following years

(Reise durch alle Theile des Königreichs Griechenland in Auftrag

der K. G. Regierung in den Jahren 1834 bis 1837, especially vol.

ii. pp. 512-530).

Professor Ross remarks upon the character of the Greek

limestone,—hard and intractable to the mason,—jagged and

irregular in its fracture,—as having first determined in early

times the polygonal style of architecture, which has been

denominated (he observes) Cyclopian and Pelasgic, without the

least reason for either denomination (Reise auf den Griech.

Inseln, vol. i. p. 15).

[328] Griesebach, Reisen durch Rumelien, vol. ii. ch. 13, p. 124.

[329] In passing through the valley between Œta and Parnassus,

going towards Elateia, Fiedler observes the striking change

in the character of the country. “Romelia (_i. e._ Akarnania,

Ætolia, Ozolian Lokris, etc.), woody, well-watered, and covered

with a good soil, ceases at once and precipitously: while craggy

limestone mountains, of a white-grey color, exhibit the cold

character of Attica and the Morea.” (Fiedler, Reise, i. p. 213.)

The Homeric Hymn to Apollo conceives even the πεδίον πυρήφορον of

Thebes as having in its primitive state been covered with wood

(v. 227).

The best timber used by the ancient Greeks came from Macedonia,

the Euxine, and the Propontis: the timber of Mount Parnassus

and of Eubœa was reckoned very bad; that of Arcadia better

(Theophrast. v. 2, 1; iii. 9).

Besides the scarcity of wood for fuel, there is another serious

inconvenience to which the low grounds of Greece are exposed,—the

want of a supply of water at once adequate and regular.[330]

Abundance of rain falls during the autumnal and winter months, little

or none during the summer; while the naked limestone of the numerous

hills, neither absorbs nor retains moisture, so that the rain runs

off as rapidly as it falls, and springs are rare.[331] Most of the

rivers of Greece are torrents in early spring, and dry before the

end of the summer: the copious combinations of the ancient language,

designated the winter torrent by a special and separate word.[332]

The most considerable rivers in the country are, the Peneius, which

carries off all the waters of Thessaly, finding an exit into the

Ægean through the narrow defile which parts Ossa from Olympus,—and

the Achelôus, which flows from Pindus in a south-westerly direction,

separating Ætolia from Akarnania, and emptying itself into the Ionian

sea: the Euênus also takes its rise at a more southerly part of

the same mountain chain, and falls into the same sea more to the

eastward. The rivers more to the southward are unequal and inferior.

Kephisus and Asôpus, in Bœotia, Alpheius, in Elis and Arcadia,

Pamisus in Messenia, maintain each a languid stream throughout the

summer; while the Inachus near Argos, and the Kephisus and Ilissus

near Athens, present a scanty reality which falls short still more of

their great poetical celebrity. Of all those rivers which have been

noticed, the Achelôus is by far the most important. The quantity of

mud which its turbid stream brought down and deposited, occasioned

a sensible increase of the land at its embouchure, within the

observation of Thucydidês.[333]

[330] See Fiedler, Reise, etc. vol. i. pp. 84, 219, 362, etc.

Both Fiedler and Strong (Statistics of Greece, p. 169) dwell with

great reason upon the inestimable value of Artesian wells for the

country.

[331] Ross, Reise auf den Griechischen Inseln, vol. i. letter 2,

p. 12.

[332] The Greek language seems to stand singular in the

expression χειμαῤῥοῦς,—the _Wadys_ of Arabia manifest the like

alternation, of extreme temporary fulness and violence, with

absolute dryness (Kriegk, Schriften zur allgemeinen Erdkunde, p.

201, Leipzig, 1840).

[333] Thucydid. ii. 102.

But the disposition and properties of the Grecian territory, though

not maintaining permanent rivers, are favorable to the multiplication

of lakes and marshes. There are numerous hollows and inclosed basins,

out of which the water can find no superficial escape, and where,

unless it makes for itself a subterranean passage through rifts in

the mountains, it remains either as a marsh or a lake according to

the time of year. In Thessaly, we find the lakes Nessônis and Bœbêis;

in Ætolia, between the Achelous and Eunêus, Strabo mentions the lake

of Trichônis, besides several other lakes, which it is difficult

to identify individually, though the quantity of ground covered by

lake and marsh is, as a whole, very considerable. In Bœotia, are

situated the lakes Kopaïs, Hylikê, and Harma; the first of the three

formed chiefly by the river Kephisus, flowing from Parnassus on the

north-west, and shaping for itself a sinuous course through the

mountains of Phokis. On the north-east and east, the lake Kopaïs

is bounded by the high land of Mount Ptôon, which intercepts its

communication with the strait of Eubœa. Through the limestone of this

mountain, the water has either found or forced several subterraneous

cavities, by which it obtains a partial egress on the other side of

the rocky hill, and then flows into the strait. The Katabothra, as

they were termed in antiquity, yet exist, but in an imperfect and

half-obstructed condition. Even in antiquity, however, they never

fully sufficed to carry off the surplus waters of the Kephisus; for

the remains are still found of an artificial tunnel, pierced through

the whole breadth of the rock, and with perpendicular apertures

at proper intervals to let in the air from above. This tunnel—one

of the most interesting remnants of antiquity, since it must date

from the prosperous days of the old Orchomenus, anterior to its

absorption into the Bœotian league, as well as to the preponderance

of Thebes,—is now choked up and rendered useless. It may, perhaps,

have been designedly obstructed by the hand of an enemy, and the

scheme of Alexander the Great, who commissioned an engineer from

Chalkis to reopen it, was defeated, first, by discontents in Bœotia,

and ultimately by his early death.[334]

[334] Strabo, ix. p. 407.

The Katabothra of the lake Kopaïs, are a specimen of the phenomenon

so frequent in Greece,—lakes and rivers finding for themselves

subterranean passages through the cavities in the limestone rocks,

and even pursuing their unseen course for a considerable distance

before they emerge to the light of day. In Arcadia, especially,

several remarkable examples of subterranean water communication

occur; this central region of Peloponnesus presents a cluster of such

completely inclosed valleys, or basins.[335]

[335] Colonel Leake observes (Travels in Morea, vol. iii. pp. 45,

153-155), “The plain of Tripolitza (anciently that of Tegea and

Mantineia) is by far the greatest of that cluster of valleys in

the centre of Peloponnesus, each of which is so closely shut in

by the intersecting mountains, that no outlet is afforded to the

waters except through the mountains themselves,” etc. Respecting

the Arcadian Orchomenus, and its inclosed lake with Katabothra,

see the same work, p. 103; and the mountain plains near Corinth,

p. 263.

This temporary disappearance of the rivers was familiar to

the ancient observers—οἱ καταπινόμενοι τῶν ποταμῶν. (Aristot.

Meteorolog. i. 13. Diodor. xv. 49. Strabo, vi. p. 271; viii. p.

389, etc.)

Their familiarity with this phenomenon was in part the source

of some geographical suppositions, which now appear to us

extravagant, respecting the long subterranean and submarine

course of certain rivers, and their reappearance at very distant

points. Sophokles said that the Inachus of Akarnania joined the

Inachus of Argolis: Ibykus the poet affirmed that the Asôpus,

near Sikyon, had its source in Phrygia; the river Inôpus of the

little island of Delos was alleged by others to be an effluent

from the mighty Nile; and the rhetor Zôilus, in a panegyrical

oration to the inhabitants of Tenedos, went the length of

assuring them that the Alpheius in Elis had its source in their

island (Strabo, vi. p. 271). Not only Pindar and other poets

(Antigon. Caryst. c. 155), but also the historian Timæus (Timæi

Frag. 127, ed. Göller), and Pausanias, also, with the greatest

confidence (v. 7, 2), believed that the fountain Arethusa, at

Syracuse, was nothing else but the reappearance of the river

Alpheius from Peloponnesus: this was attested by the actual fact

that a goblet or cup (φιάλη), thrown into the Alpheius, had

come up at the Syracusan fountain, which Timæus professed to

have verified,—but even the arguments by which Strabo justifies

his disbelief of this tale, show how powerfully the phenomena

of the Grecian rivers acted upon his mind. “If (says he, _l.

c._) the Alpheius, instead of flowing into the sea, fell into

some chasm in the earth, there would be some plausibility in

supposing that it continued its subterranean course as far as

Sicily without mixing with the sea: but since its junction with

the sea is matter of observation, and since there is no aperture

visible near the shore to absorb the water of the river (στόμα τὸ

καταπῖνον τὸ ῥεῦμα τοῦ ποταμοῦ), so it is plain that the water

cannot maintain its separation and its sweetness, whereas the

spring Arethusa is perfectly good to drink.” I have translated

here the sense rather than the words of Strabo; but the phenomena

of “rivers falling into chasms and being drunk up,” for a time,

is exactly what happens in Greece. It did not appear to Strabo

impossible that the Alpheius might traverse this great distance

underground; nor do we wonder at this, when we learn that a more

able geographer than he (Eratosthenês) supposed that the marshes

of Rhinokolura, between the Mediterranean and the Red sea, were

formed by the Euphrates and Tigris, which flowed underground

for the length of 6000 stadia or furlongs (Strabo, xvi. p.

741: Seidel; Fragm. Eratosth. p. 194): compare the story about

the Euphrates passing underground, and reappearing in Ethiopia

as the river Nile (Pausan. ii. 5, 3). This disappearance and

reappearance of rivers connected itself, in the minds of ancient

physical philosophers, with the supposition of vast reservoirs of

water in the interior of the earth, which were protruded upwards

to the surface by some gaseous force (see Seneca, Nat. Quæst.

vi. 8). Pomponius Mela mentions an idea of some writers, that

the source of the Nile was to be found, not in our (οἰκουμένη)

habitable section of the globe, but in the Antichthon, or

southern continent, and that it flowed under the ocean to rise up

in Ethiopia (Mela, i. 9, 55).

These views of the ancients, evidently based upon the analogy of

Grecian rivers, are well set forth by M. Letronne, in a paper on

the situation of the Terrestrial Paradise, as represented by the

Fathers of the Church; cited in A. von Humboldt, Examen Critique

de l’Histoire de la Géographie, etc., vol. iii. pp. 118-130.

It will be seen from these circumstances, that Greece, considering

its limited total extent, offers but little motive, and still less

of convenient means, for internal communication among its various

inhabitants.[336] Each village, or township, occupying its plain

with the inclosing mountains,[337] supplied its own main wants whilst

the transport of commodities by land was sufficiently difficult to

discourage greatly any regular commerce with neighbors. In so far

as the face of the interior country was concerned, it seemed as if

nature had been disposed, from the beginning, to keep the population

of Greece socially and politically disunited,—by providing so many

hedges of separation, and so many boundaries, generally hard,

sometimes impossible, to overleap. One special motive to intercourse,

however, arose out of this very geographical constitution of the

country, and its endless alternation of mountain and valley. The

difference of climate and temperature between the high and low

grounds is very great; the harvest is secured in one place before it

is ripe in another, and the cattle find during the heat of summer

shelter and pasture on the hills, at a time when the plains are burnt

up.[338] The practice of transferring them from the mountains to the

plain according to the change of season, which subsists still as it

did in ancient times, is intimately connected with the structure of

the country, and must from the earliest period have brought about

communication among the otherwise disunited villages.[339]

[336] “Upon the arrival of the king and regency in 1833 (observes

Mr. Strong), no carriage-roads existed in Greece; nor were they,

indeed, much wanted previously, as down to that period not a

carriage, waggon, or cart, or any other description of vehicles,

was to be found in the whole country. The traffic in general was

carried on by means of boats, to which the long indented line

of the Grecian coast and its numerous islands afforded every

facility. Between the seaports and the interior of the kingdom,

the communication was effected by means of beasts of burden, such

as mules, horses, and camels.” (Statistics of Greece, p. 33.)

This exhibits a retrograde march to a point lower than the

description of the Odyssey, where Telemachus and Peisistratus

drive their chariot from Pylus to Sparta. The remains of the

ancient roads are still seen in many parts of Greece (Strong, p.

34).

[337] Dr. Clarke’s description deserves to be noticed, though

his warm eulogies on the fertility of the soil, taken generally,

are not borne out by later observers: “The physical phenomena

of Greece, differing from those of any other country, present a

series of beautiful plains, successively surrounded by mountains

of limestone; resembling, although upon a larger scale, and

rarely accompanied by volcanic products, the craters of the

Phlegræan fields. Everywhere, their level surfaces seems to have

been deposited by water, gradually retired or evaporated; they

consist for the most part of the richest soil, and their produce

is yet proverbially abundant. In this manner, stood the cities

of Argos, Sikyon, Corinth, Megara, Eleusis, Athens, Thebes,

Amphissa, Orchomenus, Chæronea, Lebadea, Larissa, Pella, and many

others.” (Dr. Clarke’s Travels, vol. ii. ch. 4, p. 74.)

[338] Sir W. Gell found, in the month of March, summer in the low

plains of Messenia, spring in Laconia, winter in Arcadia (Journey

in Greece, pp. 355-359).

[339] The cold central region (or mountain plain,—ὀροπέδιον)

of Tripolitza, differs in climate from the maritime regions of

Peloponnesus, as much as the south of England from the south

of France.... No appearance of spring on the trees near Tegea,

though not more than twenty-four miles from Argos.... Cattle are

sent from thence every winter to the maritime plains of Elos in

Laconia (Leake, Trav. in Morea, vol. i. pp. 88, 98, 197). The

pasture on Mount Olono (boundary of Elis, Arcadia, and Achaia) is

not healthy until June (Leake, vol. ii. p. 119); compare p. 348,

and Fiedler, Reise, i. p. 314.

See also the Instructive Inscription of Orchomenus, in Boeckh,

Staatshaushaltung der Athener, t. ii. p. 380.

The transference of cattle, belonging to proprietors in one

state, for temporary pasturage in another, is as old as the

Odyssey, and is marked by various illustrative incidents: see the

cause of the first Messenian war (Diodor. Fragm. viii. vol. iv.

p. 23, ed. Wess; Pausan. iv. 4, 2).

Such difficulties, however, in the internal transit by land, were

to a great extent counteracted by the large proportion of coast,

and the accessibility of the country by sea. The prominences and

indentations in the line of Grecian coast, are hardly less remarkable

than the multiplicity of elevations and depressions which everywhere

mark the surface.[340] The shape of Peloponnesus, with its three

southern gulfs, (the Argolic, Laconian, and Messenian,) was compared

by the ancient geographers to the leaf of a plane-tree: the Pagasæan

gulf on the eastern side of Greece, and the Ambrakian gulf on the

western, with their narrow entrances and considerable area, are

equivalent to internal lakes: Xenophon boasts of the double sea

which embraces so large a proportion of Attica, Ephorus of the triple

sea, by which Bœotia was accessible from west, north, and south,—the

Eubœan strait, opening a long line of country on both sides to

coasting navigation.[341] But the most important of all Grecian

gulfs are the Corinthian and the Saronic, washing the northern and

north-eastern shores of Peloponnesus, and separated by the narrow

barrier of the Isthmus of Corinth. The former, especially, lays open

Ætolia, Phokis, and Bœotia, as well as the whole northern coast of

Peloponnesus, to water approach. Corinth, in ancient times, served as

an entrepôt for the trade between Italy and Asia Minor,—goods being

unshipped at Lechæum, the port on the Corinthian gulf, and carried by

land across to Cenchreæ, the port on the Saronic: indeed, even the

merchant-vessels themselves, when not very large,[342] were conveyed

across by the same route. It was accounted a prodigious advantage to

escape the necessity of sailing round Cape Malea: and the violent

winds and currents which modern experience attests to prevail around

that formidable promontory, are quite sufficient to justify the

apprehensions of the ancient Greek merchant, with his imperfect

apparatus for navigation.[343]

[340] “Universa autem (Peloponnesus), velut pensante æquorum

incursus naturâ, in montes 76 extollitur.” (Plin. H. N. iv. 6.)

Strabo touches, in a striking passage (ii. pp. 121-122), on the

influence of the sea in determining the shape and boundaries

of the land: his observations upon the great superiority of

Europe over Asia and Africa, in respect of intersection and

interpenetration of land by the sea-water are remarkable: ἡ

μὲν οὖν Εὐρώπη πολυσχημονεστάτη πασῶν ἐστι, etc. He does not

especially name the coast of Greece, though his remarks have a

more exact bearing upon Greece than upon any other country. And

we may copy a passage out of Tacitus (Agricol. c. 10), written in

reference to Britain, which applies far more precisely to Greece:

“nusquam latius dominari mare ... nec litore tenus accrescere aut

resorberi, sed influere penitus et ambire, _et jugis etiam atque

montibus inseri velut in suo_.”

[341] Xenophon, De Vectigal. c. 1; Ephor. Frag. 67, ed. Marx;

Stephan. Byz. Βοιωτία.

[342] Pliny, H. N. iv. 5, about the Isthmus of Corinth: “Lechææ

hinc, Cenchreæ illinc, angustiarum termini, longo et ancipiti

navium ambitu (_i. e._ round Cape Malea), quas _magnitudo

plaustris transvehi prohibet_: quam ob causam perfodere

navigabili alveo angustias eas tentavere Demetrius rex, dictator

Cæsar, Caius princeps, Domitius Nero,—infausto (ut omnium exitu

patuit) incepto.”

The διολκὸς, less than four miles across, where ships were drawn

across, if their size permitted, stretched from Lechæum on the

Corinthian gulf, to Schœnus, a little eastward of Cenchreæ, on

the Saronic gulf (Strabo, viii. p. 330). Strabo (viii. p. 335)

reckons the breadth of the διολκὸς at forty stadia (about 4¾

English miles); the reality, according to Leake, is 3½ English

miles (Travels in Morea, vol. iii. ch. xxix. p. 297).

[343] The north wind, the Etesian wind of the ancients, blows

strong in the Ægean nearly the whole summer, and with especially

dangerous violence at three points,—under Karystos, the southern

cape of Eubœa, near Cape Malea, and in the narrow strait between

the islands of Tenos, Mykonos, and Dêlos (Ross, Reisen auf den

Griechischen Inseln, vol. i. p. 20). See also Colonel Leake’s

account of the terror of the Greek boatman, from the gales and

currents round Mount Athos: the canal cut by Xerxes through the

isthmus was justified by sound reasons (Travels in Northern

Greece, vol. iii. c. 24, p. 145).

It will thus appear that there was no part of Greece proper which

could be considered as out of reach of the sea, while most parts of

it were convenient and easy of access: in fact, the Arcadians were

the only large section of the Hellenic name, (we may add the Doric,

Tetrapolis, and the mountaineers along the chain of Pindus and

Tymphrêstus,) who were altogether without a seaport.[344] But Greece

proper constituted only a fraction of the entire Hellenic world,

during the historical age: there were the numerous islands, and

still more numerous continental colonies, all located as independent

intruders on distinct points of the coast,[345] in the Euxine, the

Ægean, the Mediterranean, and the Adriatic; and distant from each

other by the space which separates Trebizond from Marseilles. All

these various cities were comprised in the name Hellas, which implied

no geographical continuity: all prided themselves on Hellenic blood,

name, religion, and mythical ancestry. As the only communication

between them was maritime, so the sea, important, even if we look

to Greece proper exclusively, was the sole channel for transmitting

ideas and improvements, as well as for maintaining sympathies—social,

political, religious, and literary—throughout these outlying members

of the Hellenic aggregate.

[344] The Periplus of Skylax enumerates every section of the

Greek name, with the insignificant exceptions noticed in the

text, as partaking of the line of coast; it even mentions

Arcadia (c. 45), because at that time Lepreum had shaken off the

supremacy of Elis, and was confederated with the Arcadians (about

360 B. C.): Lepreum possessed about twelve miles of coast, which

therefore count as Arcadian.

[345] Cicero (De Republicâ, ii. 2-4, in the Fragments of that

lost treatise, ed. Maii) notices emphatically both the general

maritime accessibility of Grecian towns, and the effects of that

circumstance on Grecian character: “Quod de Corintho dixi, id

haud scio an liceat de cunctâ Græciâ verissime dicere. Nam et

ipsa Peloponnesus fere tota in mari est: nec prætor Phliuntios

ulli sunt, quorum agri non contingant mare: et extra Peloponnesum

Ænianes et Dores et Dolopes soli absunt a mari. Quid dicam

insulas Græciæ, quæ fluctibus cinctæ natant pæne ipsæ simul cum

civitatium institutis et moribus? Atque hæc quidem, ut supra

dixi, veteris sunt Græciæ. Coloniarum vero quæ est deducta a

Graiis in Asiam, Thraciam, Italiam, Siciliam, Africam, præter

unam Magnesiam, quam unda non alluat? Ita barbarorum agris quasi

adtexta quædam videtur ora esse Græciæ.”

Compare Cicero, Epistol. ad Attic. vi. 2, with the reference to

Dikæarchus, who agreed to a great extent in Plato’s objections

against a maritime site (De Legg. iv. p. 705; also, Aristot.

Politic. vii. 5-6). The sea (says Plato) is indeed a salt and

bitter neighbor (μάλα γε μὴν ὄντως ἁλμυρὸν καὶ πικρὸν γειτόνημα),

though convenient for purposes of daily use.

The ancient philosophers and legislators were deeply impressed

with the contrast between an inland and a maritime city: in the

former, simplicity and uniformity of life, tenacity of ancient

habits, and dislike of what is new or foreign, great force of

exclusive sympathy, and narrow range both of objects and ideas;

in the latter, variety and novelty of sensations, expansive

imagination, toleration, and occasional preference for extraneous

customs, greater activity of the individual, and corresponding

mutability of the state. This distinction stands prominent in the

many comparisons instituted between the Athens of Periklês and the

Athens of the earlier times down to Solôn. Both Plato and Aristotle

dwell upon it emphatically,—and the former especially, whose genius

conceived the comprehensive scheme of prescribing beforehand and

insuring in practice the whole course of individual thought and

feeling in his imaginary community, treats maritime communication,

if pushed beyond the narrowest limits, as fatal to the success

and permanence of any wise scheme of education. Certain it is,

that a great difference of character existed between those Greeks

who mingled much in maritime affairs, and those who did not. The

Arcadian may stand as a type of the pure Grecian landsman, with his

rustic and illiterate habits,[346]—his diet of sweet chestnuts,

barley-cakes, and pork (as contrasted with the fish which formed

the chief seasoning for the bread of an Athenian,)—his superior

courage and endurance,—his reverence for Lacedaemonian headship

as an old and customary influence,—his sterility of intellect and

imagination, as well as his slackness in enterprise,—his unchangeable

rudeness of relations with the gods, which led him to scourge and

prick Pan, if he came back empty-handed from the chase; while the

inhabitant of Phôkæa or Miletus exemplifies the Grecian mariner,

eager in search of gain,—active, skilful, and daring at sea, but

inferior in stedfast bravery on land,—more excitable in imagination

as well as more mutable in character,—full of pomp and expense in

religious manifestations towards the Ephesian Artemis or the Apollo

of Branchidæ; with a mind more open to the varieties of Grecian

energy and to the refining influences of Grecian civilization. The

Peloponnesians generally, and the Lacedæmonians in particular,

approached to the Arcadian type,—while the Athenians of the fifth

century B. C. stood foremost in the other; superadding to it,

however, a delicacy of taste, and a predominance of intellectual

sympathy and enjoyments, which seem to have been peculiar to

themselves.

[346] Hekatæus, Fragm. Ἀρκαδικὸν δεῖπνον ... μάζας καὶ ὕεια κρέα.

Herodot. i. 66. Βαλανηφάγοι ἄνδρες. Theocrit. Id. vii. 106.—

Κἢν μὲν ταῦθ᾽ ἑρδῇς, ὦ Πᾶν φίλε, μή τί τυ παῖδες

Ἀρκαδικοὶ σκίλλαισιν ὑπὸ πλευράς τε καὶ ὤμους

Τανίκα μαστίσδοιεν ὅτε κρέα τυτθὰ παρείη·

Εἰ δ᾽ ἄλλως νεύσαις κατὰ μὲν χρόα πάντ᾽ ὀνύχεσσι

Δακνόμενος κνάσαιο, etc.

The alteration of Χῖοι, which is obviously out of place, in the

scholia on this passage, to ἔνιοι, appears unquestionable.

The configuration of the Grecian territory, so like in many respects

to that of Switzerland, produced two effects of great moment upon

the character and history of the people. In the first place, it

materially strengthened their powers of defence: it shut up the

country against those invasions from the interior, which successively

subjugated all their continental colonies; and it at the same time

rendered each fraction more difficult to be attacked by the rest,

so as to exercise a certain conservative influence in assuring the

tenure of actual possessors: for the pass of Thermopylæ, between

Thessaly and Phokis, that of Kythærôn, between Bœotia and Attica, or

the mountainous range of Oneion and Geraneia along the Isthmus of

Corinth, were positions which an inferior number of brave men could

hold against a much greater force of assailants. But, in the next

place, while it tended to protect each section of Greeks from being

conquered, it also kept them politically disunited, and perpetuated

their separate autonomy. It fostered that powerful principle of

repulsion, which disposed even the smallest township to constitute

itself a political unit apart from the rest, and to resist all

idea of coalescence with others, either amicable or compulsory. To

a modern leader, accustomed to large political aggregations, and

securities for good government through the representative system,

it requires a certain mental effort to transport himself back to a

time when even the smallest town clung so tenaciously to its right

of self-legislation. Nevertheless, such was the general habit and

feeling of the ancient world, throughout Italy, Sicily, Spain,

and Gaul. Among the Hellenes, it stands out more conspicuously,

for several reasons,—first, because they seem to have pushed the

multiplication of autonomous units to an extreme point, seeing that

even islands not larger than Peparêthos and Amorgos had two or three

separate city communities;[347] secondly, because they produced, for

the first time in the history of mankind, acute systematic thinkers

on matters of government, amongst all of whom the idea of the

autonomous city was accepted as the indispensable basis of political

speculation; thirdly, because this incurable subdivision proved

finally the cause of their ruin, in spite of pronounced intellectual

superiority over their conquerors: and lastly, because incapacity

of political coalescence did not preclude a powerful and extensive

sympathy between the inhabitants of all the separate cities, with

a constant tendency to fraternize for numerous purposes, social,

religious, recreative, intellectual, and æsthetical. For these

reasons, the indefinite multiplication of self-governing towns,

though in truth a phenomenon common to ancient Europe, as contrasted

with the large monarchies of Asia, appears more marked among the

ancient Greeks than elsewhere: and there cannot be any doubt that

they owe it, in a considerable degree, to the multitude of insulating

boundaries which the configuration of their country presented.

[347] Skylax, Peripl. 59.

Nor is it rash to suppose that the same causes may have tended to

promote that unborrowed intellectual development for which they

stand so conspicuous. General propositions respecting the working

of climate and physical agencies upon character are, indeed,

treacherous; for our knowledge of the globe is now sufficient to

teach us that heat and cold, mountain and plain, sea and land, moist

and dry atmosphere, are all consistent with the greatest diversities

of resident men: moreover, the contrast between the population of

Greece itself, for the seven centuries preceding the Christian era,

and the Greeks of more modern times, is alone enough to inculcate

reserve in such speculations. Nevertheless, we may venture to note

certain improving influences, connected with their geographical

position, at a time when they had no books to study, and no more

advanced predecessors to imitate. We may remark, first, that their

position made them at once mountaineers and mariners, thus supplying

them with great variety of objects, sensations, and adventures; next,

that each petty community, nestled apart amidst its own rocks,[348]

was sufficiently severed from the rest to possess an individual

life and attributes of its own, yet not so far as to subtract it

from the sympathies of the remainder; so that an observant Greek,

commercing with a great diversity of half countrymen, whose language

he understood, and whose idiosyncrasies he could appreciate, had

access to a larger mass of social and political experience than

any other man in so unadvanced an age could personally obtain. The

Phœnician, superior to the Greek on shipboard, traversed wider

distances, and saw a greater number of strangers, but had not the

same means of intimate communion with a multiplicity of fellows in

blood and language. His relations, confined to purchase and sale, did

not comprise that mutuality of action and reaction which pervaded

the crowd at a Grecian festival. The scene which here presented

itself, was a mixture of uniformity and variety highly stimulating

to the observant faculties of a man of genius,—who at the same time,

if he sought to communicate his own impressions, or to act upon

this mingled and diverse audience, was forced to shake off what was

peculiar to his own town or community, and to put forth matter in

harmony with the feelings of all. It is thus that we may explain, in

part, that penetrating apprehension of human life and character, and

that power of touching sympathies common to all ages and nations,

which surprises us so much in the unlettered authors of the old epic.

Such periodical intercommunion of brethren habitually isolated from

each other, was the only means then open of procuring for the bard

a diversified range of experience and a many-colored audience; and

it was to a great degree the result of geographical causes. Perhaps

among other nations such facilitating causes might have been found,

yet without producing any result comparable to the Iliad and Odyssey.

But Homer was, nevertheless, dependent upon the conditions of his

age, and we can at least point out those peculiarities in early

Grecian society, without which Homeric excellence would never have

existed,—the geographical position is one, the language another.

[348] Cicero, de Orator. i. 44. “Ithacam illam in asperrimis

saxulis, sicut nidulum, affixam.”

In mineral and metallic wealth, Greece was not distinguished. Gold

was obtained in considerable abundance in the island of Siphnos,

which, throughout the sixth century B. C., was among the richest

communities of Greece, and possessed a treasure-chamber at Delphi,

distinguished for the richness of its votive offerings. At that time,

gold was so rare in Greece, that the Lacedæmonians were obliged to

send to the Lydian Crœsus, in order to provide enough of it for the

gilding of a statue.[349] It appears to have been more abundant in

Asia Minor, and the quantity of it in Greece was much multiplied by

the opening of mines in Thrace, Macedonia, Epirus, and even some

parts of Thessaly. In the island of Thasos, too, some mines were

reopened with profitable result, which had been originally begun, and

subsequently abandoned, by Phœnician settlers of an earlier century.

From these same districts, also, was procured a considerable amount

of silver; while, about the beginning of the fifth century B. C., the

first effective commencement seems to have been made of turning to

account the rich southern district of Attica, called Laureion. Copper

was obtained in various parts of Greece, especially in Cyprus and

Eubœa,—in which latter island was also found the earth called Cadmia,

employed for the purification of the ore. Bronze was used among the

Greeks for many purposes in which iron is now employed: and even the

arms of the Homeric heroes (different in this respect from the later

historical Greeks) are composed of copper, tempered in such a way as

to impart to it an astonishing hardness. Iron was found in Eubœa,

Bœôtia, and Melos,—but still more abundantly in the mountainous

region of the Laconian Taygetus. There is, however no part of Greece

where the remains of ancient metallurgy appear now so conspicuous,

as the island of Seriphos. The excellence and varieties of marble,

from Pentelikus, Hymettus, Paros, Karystus, etc., and other parts

of the country,—so essential for the purposes of sculpture and

architecture,—is well known.[350]

[349] Herodot. i. 52; iii. 57; vi. 46-125. Boeckh, Public Economy

of Athens, b. i. ch. 3.

The gold and silver offerings sent to the Delphian temple, even

from the Homeric times (Il. ix. 405) downwards, were numerous and

valuable; especially those dedicated by Crœsus, who (Herodot. i.

17-52) seems to have surpassed all predecessors.

[350] Strabo, x. p. 447; xiv. pp. 680-684. Stephan. Byz. v.

Αἴδηψος, Λακεδαίμων. Kruse, Hellas, ch. iv. vol. i. p. 328.

Fiedler, Reisen in Griechenland, vol. ii. pp. 118-559.

Situated under the same parallels of latitude as the coast of Asia

Minor, and the southernmost regions of Italy and Spain, Greece

produced wheat, barley, flax, wine, and oil, in the earliest times

of which we have any knowledge;[351] though the currants, Indian

corn, silk, and tobacco, which the country now exhibits, are an

addition of more recent times. Theophrastus and other authors amply

attest the observant and industrious agriculture prevalent among

the ancient Greeks, as well as the care with which its various

natural productions, comprehending a great diversity of plants,

herbs, and trees, were turned to account. The cultivation of the

vine and the olive,—the latter indispensable to ancient life, not

merely for the purposes which it serves at present, but also from

the constant habit then prevalent of anointing the body,—appears to

have been particularly elaborate; and the many different accidents

of soil, level, and exposure, which were to be found, not only in

Hellas proper, but also among the scattered Greek settlements,

afforded to observant planters materials for study and comparison.

The barley-cake seems to have been more generally eaten than

the wheaten loaf;[352] but one or other of them, together with

vegetables and fish, (sometimes fresh, but more frequently salt,)

was the common food of the population; the Arcadians fed much upon

pork, and the Spartans also consumed animal food; but by the Greeks,

generally, fresh meat seems to have been little eaten, except at

festivals and sacrifices. The Athenians, the most commercial people

in Greece proper, though their light, dry, and comparatively poor

soil produced excellent barley, nevertheless, did not grow enough

corn for their own consumption: they imported considerable supplies

of corn from Sicily, from the coast of the Euxine, and the Tauric

Chersonese, and salt-fish both from the Propontis and even from

Gades:[353] the distance from whence these supplies came, when we

take into consideration the extent of fine corn-land in Bœotia and

Thessaly, proves how little internal trade existed between the

various regions of Greece proper. The exports of Athens consisted

in her figs and other fruit, olives, oil,—for all of which she was

distinguished,—together with pottery, ornamental manufactures, and

the silver from her mines at Laureion. Salt-fish, doubtless, found

its way more or less throughout all Greece;[354] but the population

of other states in Greece lived more exclusively upon their own

produce than the Athenians, with less of purchase and sale,[355]—a

mode of life assisted by the simple domestic economy universally

prevalent, in which the women not only carded and spun all the

wool, but also wove out of it the clothing and bedding employed in

the family. Weaving was then considered as much a woman’s business

as spinning, and the same feeling and habits still prevail to the

present day in modern Greece, where the loom is constantly seen in

the peasants’ cottages, and always worked by women.[356]

[351] _Note to second edition._—In my first edition, I

had asserted that cotton grew in Greece in the time of

Pausanias,—following, though with some doubt, the judgment of

some critics, that βυσσὸς meant cotton. I now believe that this

was a mistake, and have expunged the passage.

[352] At the repast provided at the public cost for those who

dined in the Prytaneium of Athens, Solôn directed barley-cakes

for ordinary days, wheaten bread for festivals (Athenæus, iv. p.

137).

The milk of ewes and goats was in ancient Greece preferred to

that of cows (Aristot. Hist. Animal. iii. 15, 5-7); at present,

also, cow’s-milk and butter is considered unwholesome in Greece,

and is seldom or never eaten (Kruse, Hellas, vol. i. ch. 4, p.

368).

[353] Theophrast. Caus. Pl. ix. 2; Demosthen. adv. Leptin. c. 9.

That salt-fish from the Propontis and from Gades was sold in the

markets of Athens during the Peloponnesian war, appears from a

fragment of the Marikas of Eupolis (Fr. 23, ed. Meineke; Stephan.

Byz. v. Γάδειρα):—

Πότερ᾽ ἦν τὸ τάριχος, Φρύγιον ἢ Γαδειρικόν;

The Phœnician merchants who brought the salt-fish from Gades took

back with them Attic pottery for sale among the African tribes of

the coast of Morocco (Skylax, Peripl. c. 109).

[354] Simonidês, Fragm. 109, Gaisford.—

Πρόσθε μὲν ἀμφ᾽ ὤμοισιν ἔχων τρηχεῖαν ἄσιλλαν

Ἰχθῦς ἐξ Ἄργους εἰς Τεγέαν ἔφερον, etc.

The Odyssey mentions certain inland people, who knew nothing

either of the sea, or of ships, or the taste of salt: Pausanias

looks for them in Epirus (Odyss. xi. 121; Pausan. i. 12, 3).

[355] Αὐτουργοί τε γάρ εἰσι Πελοποννήσιοι (says Perikles, in his

speech to the Athenians, at the commencement of the Peloponnesian

war, Thucyd. i. 141) καὶ οὔτε ἰδίᾳ οὔτε ἐν κοινῷ χρήματά ἐστιν

αὐτοῖς, etc.,—ἄνδρες γεωργοὶ καὶ οὐ θαλάσσιοι, etc. (ib. c. 142.)

[356] In Egypt, the men sat at home and wove, while the women did

out-door business: both the one and the other excite the surprise

of Herodotus and Sophoklês (Herod. ii. 35; Soph. Œd. Col. 340).

For the spinning and weaving of the modern Greek peasant women,

see Leake, Trav. Morea, vol. i. pp. 13, 18, 223, etc.; Strong,

Stat. p. 185.

The climate of Greece appears to be generally described by modern

travellers in more favorable terms than it was by the ancients,

which is easily explicable from the classical interest, picturesque

beauties, and transparent atmosphere, so vividly appreciate by an

English or a German eye. Herodotus,[357] Hippocrates, and Aristotle,

treat the climate of Asia as far more genial and favorable both to

animal and vegetable life, but at the same time more enervating

than that of Greece: the latter, they speak of chiefly in reference

to its changeful character and diversities of local temperature,

which they consider as highly stimulant to the energies of the

inhabitants. There is reason to conclude that ancient Greece was

much more healthy than the same territory is at present, inasmuch

as it was more industriously cultivated, and the towns both more

carefully administered and better supplied with water. But the

differences in respect of healthiness, between one portion of Greece

and another, appear always to have been considerable, and this, as

well as the diversities of climate, affected the local habits and

the character of the particular sections. Not merely were there

great differences between the mountaineers and the inhabitants of

the plains,[358]—between Lokrains, Ætolians, Phokians, Dorians,

Œtæans, and Arcadians, on one hand, and the inhabitants of Attica,

Bœotia, and Elis, on the other,—but each of the various tribes which

went to compose these categories, had its peculiarities; and the

marked contrast between Athenians and Bœotians was supposed to be

represented by the light and heavy atmosphere which they respectively

breathed. Nor was this all: for, even among the Bœotian aggregate,

every town had its own separate attributes, physical as well as moral

and political:[359] Orôpus, Tanagra, Thespiæ, Thebes, Anthêdôn,

Haliartus, Korôneia, Onchêstus, and Platæa, were known to Bœotians

each by its own characteristic epithet: and Dikæarchus even notices a

marked distinction between the inhabitants of the city of Athens and

those in the country of Attica. Sparta, Argos, Corinth, and Sikyôn,

though all called Doric, had each its own dialect and peculiarities.

All these differences, depending in part upon climate, site, and

other physical considerations, contributed to nourish antipathies,

and to perpetuate that imperfect cohesion, which has already been

noticed as an indelible feature in Hellas.

[357] Herodot. i. 142; Hippocrat. De Aëre, Loc. et Aq. c. 12-13;

Aristot. Polit. vii. 6, 1.

[358] The mountaineers of Ætolia are, at this time, unable to

come down into the marshy plain of Wrachōri, without being taken

ill after a few days (Fiedler, Reise in Griech. i. p. 184).

[359] Dikæarch. Fragm. p. 145, ed. Fuhr—Βίος Ἑλλάδος. Ἱστοροῦσι

δ᾽ οἱ Βοιωτοὶ τὰ κατ᾽ αὐτοὺς ὑπάρχοντα ἴδια ἀκληρήματα λέγοντες

ταῦτα—Τὴν μὲν αἰσχροκέρδειαν κατοικεῖν ἐν Ὠρώπῳ, τὸν δὲ φθόνον

ἐν Τανάγᾳ, τὴν φιλονεικίαν ἐν Θεσπίαις, τὴν ὕβριν ἐν Θήβαις, τὴν

πλεονεξίαν ἐν Ἀνθήδονι, τὴν περιεργίαν ἐν Κορωνείᾳ, ἐν Πλαταίαις

τὴν ἄλαζόνειαν, τὸν πυρετὸν ἐν Ὀγχήστῳ, τὴν ἀναισθησίαν ἐν

Ἁλιάρτῳ.

About the distinction between Ἀθηναῖοι and Ἀττικοὶ, see the same

work, p. 141.

The Epirotic tribes, neighbors of the Ætolians and Akarnanians,

filled the space between Pindus and the Ionian sea until they

joined to the northward the territory inhabited by the powerful

and barbarous Illyrians. Of these Illyrians, the native Macedonian

tribes appear to have been an outlying section, dwelling northward

of Thessaly and Mount Olympus, eastward of the chain by which

Pindus is continued, and westward of the river Axius. The Epirots

were comprehended under the various denominations of Chaonians,

Molossians, Thesprotians, Kassopæans, Amphilochians, Athamānes, the

Æthīkes, Tymphæi, Orestæ, Paroræi, and Atintānes,[360]—most of the

latter being small communities dispersed about the mountainous region

of Pindus. There was, however, much confusion in the application of

the comprehensive name _Epirot_, which was a title given altogether

by the Greeks, and given purely upon geographical, not upon ethnical

considerations. Epirus seems at first to have stood opposed to

Peloponnesus, and to have signified the general region northward of

the gulf of Corinth; and in this primitive sense it comprehended the

Ætolians and Akarnanians, portions of whom spoke a dialect difficult

to understand, and were not less widely removed than the Epirots from

Hellenic habits.[361] The oracle of Dodona forms the point of ancient

union between Greeks and Epirots, which was superseded by Delphi, as

the civilization of Hellas developed itself. Nor is it less difficult

to distinguish Epirots from Macedonians on the one hand, than from

Hellenes on the other; the language, the dress, and the fashion

of wearing the hair being often analogous, while the boundaries,

amidst rude men and untravelled tracts, were very inaccurately

understood.[362]

[360] Strabo, vii. pp. 322, 324, 326; Thucydid. ii. 68.

Theopompus (ap. Strab. _l. c._) reckoned 14 Epirotic ἔθνη.

[361] Herodot. i. 140, ii. 56, vi. 127.

[362] Strabo, vii. p. 327.

Several of the Epirotic tribes were δίγλωσσοι,—spoke Greek in

addition to their native tongue.

See, on all the inhabitants of these regions, the excellent

dissertation of O. Müller above quoted, Ueber die Makedoner;

appended to the first volume of the English translation of his

History of the Dorians.

In describing the limits occupied by the Hellens in 776 B. C., we

cannot yet take account of the important colonies of Leukas and

Ambrakia, established by the Corinthians subsequently on the western

coast of Epirus. The Greeks of that early time seem to comprise the

islands of Kephallenia, Zakynthus, Ithaka, and Dulichium, but no

settlement, either inland or insular, farther northward.

They include farther, confining ourselves to 776 B. C., the great

mass of islands between the coast of Greece and that of Asia Minor,

from Tenedos on the north, to Rhodes, Krete, and Kythêra southward;

and the great islands of Lesbos, Chios, Samos, and Eubœa, as well

as the groups called the Sporades and the Cyclades. Respecting the

four considerable islands nearer to the coasts of Macedonia and

Thrace,—Lemnos, Imbros, Samothrace, and Thasos,—it may be doubted

whether they were at that time Hellenized. The Catalogue of the

Iliad includes, under Agamemnôn, contingents from Ægina, Eubœa,

Krete, Karpathus, Kasus, Kôs, and Rhodes: in the oldest epical

testimony which we possess, these islands thus appear inhabited by

Greeks; but the others do not occur in the Catalogue, and are never

mentioned in such manner as to enable us to draw any inference. Eubœa

ought, perhaps, rather to be looked upon as a portion of Grecian

mainland (from which it was only separated by a strait narrow enough

to be bridged over) than as an island. But the last five islands

named in the Catalogue are all either wholly or partially Doric: no

Ionic or Æolic island appears in it: these latter, though it was

among them that the poet sung, appear to be represented by their

ancestral heroes, who came from Greece proper.

The last element to be included, as going to make up the Greece of

776 B. C., is the long string of Doric, Ionic, and Æolic settlements

on the coast of Asia Minor,—occupying a space bounded on the north

by the Troad and the region of Ida, and extending southward as far

as the peninsula of Knidus. Twelve continental cities, over and

above the islands of Lesbos and Tenedos, are reckoned by Herodotus

as ancient Æolic foundations,—Smyrna, Kymê, Larissa, Neon-Teichos,

Têmnos, Killa, Notium, Ægirœssa, Pitana, Ægæ, Myrina, and Gryneia.

Smyrna, having been at first Æolic, was afterwards acquired through

a stratagem by Ionic inhabitants, and remained permanently Ionic.

Phokæa, the northernmost of the Ionic settlements, bordered upon

Æolis: Klazomenæ, Erythræ, Teôs, Lebedos, Kolophôn, Priênê, Myus,

and Milêtus, continued the Ionic name to the southward. These,

together with Samos and Chios, formed the Panionic federation.[363]

To the south of Milêtus, after a considerable interval, lay the

Doric establishments of Myndus, Halikarnassus, and Knidus: the two

latter, together with the island of Kôs and the three townships in

Rhodes, constituted the Doric Hexapolis, or communion of six cities,

concerted primarily with a view to religious purposes, but producing

a secondary effect analogous to political federation.

[363] Herodot. i. 143-150.

Such, then, is the extent of Hellas, as it stood at the commencement

of the recorded Olympiads. To draw a picture even for this date,

we possess no authentic materials, and are obliged to ante-date

statements which belong to a later age: and this consideration might

alone suffice to show how uncertified are all delineations of the

Greece of 1183 B. C., the supposed epoch of the Trojan war, four

centuries earlier.

History of Greece, Volume 02 (of 12) · 第 1 / 9 章